Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Bloomington City Zoning Code

ARTICLE III

DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

§ 21.301.01 DEVELOPMENT INTENSITY AND SITE CHARACTERISTICS.

   (a)   Purpose. The tables in this section depict required floor area ratio, building floor area, impervious surface area, site width and site area standards by zoning district.
   (b)   Table key. The following labeling conventions apply to each table in this section.
      (1)   Floor area ratio; minimum. The floor area ratio on a site, as calculated in § 21.601, must meet or exceed the listed minimum for the respective zoning district. In cases where development on a site occurs in phases, each individual development phase must comply with the floor area ratio requirements of this subsection (b)(1) on its own or in conjunction with previous phase(s) if previous phase(s) exceeded floor area ratio requirements.
      (2)   Floor area ratio; maximum. The floor area ratio on a site must not exceed the listed maximum for the respective zoning district.
      (3)   Building floor area; minimum. Building floor area, expressed in gross square feet, for each building on a site must meet or exceed the listed minimum for the respective zoning district.
      (4)   Impervious surface area; maximum. The total impervious surface area on a site may not exceed the listed maximum for the respective zoning district.
      (5)   Site width; minimum. The site width, measured at the minimum required structure setback for the respective zoning district must meet or exceed the listed minimum for the respective zoning district.
      (6)   Site area; minimum. The gross site area must meet or exceed the minimum listed for the respective zoning district.
      (7)   Not applicable. Standards identified in the zoning district row with the letters “NA” do not apply within the respective zoning district.
      (8)   Density - minimum. The density on a site must meet or exceed the listed density for the respective zoning district.
      (9)   Density - maximum. The density on a site must not exceed the listed maximum for the respective zoning district.
   (c)   Residential Zoning Districts.
      (1)   Residential site standards.
Zoning District
Site Area
Site Width
Density
Impervious Surface Area
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum
Zoning District
Site Area
Site Width
Density
Impervious Surface Area
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum
R-1
7,800 sq. ft. (corner lot 11,050 sq. ft.)
see (A) below
NA
NA
35% and see (B) below
RS-1
33,000 sq. ft.
see (A) below
NA
NA
35% and see (B) below
R-1A
65,000 sq. ft.
see (A) below
NA
NA
35% and see (B) below
R-3
20,000 sq. ft.
120 feet
NA
8 u./ac.
70%
R-4
40,000 sq. ft.
200 feet
4 u./ac.
12 u./ac.
80%
RM-12
40,000 sq. ft.
200 feet
8 u./ac.
12 u./ac.
80%
RM-24
40,000 sq. ft.
200 feet
12 u./ac.
24 u./ac.
85%
RM-50
80,000 sq. ft.
200 feet
20 u./ac. and see (D) below
50 u./ac. and see (E) below
90%
RM-100
80,000 sq. ft.
200 feet
50 u./ac. and see (D) below
100 u./ac. and see (E) below
95%
 
         (A)   Site width. Site width for non-corner sites must be at least 60 feet in the R-1 and RS-1 zoning districts and at least 100 feet in the R-1A zoning district. Corner site width at both of the minimum required front setback lines must be at least 100 feet in the R-1, RS-1 and R-1A zoning districts. Single and two-family residential sites approved by the city after August 31, 2006 must meet minimum site width requirements at the front setback line and over the first 50 feet of the site beyond the required front setback line.
            (i)   Graphic illustration. Site width measurements.
 
         (B)    Storm water. To mitigate the impacts of increased storm water runoff rates and volume, single-family dwellings must meet the following storm water standards:
            (i)   Erosion and sediment control must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code;
            (ii)   The area of impervious surface on a single-family residential site may not exceed 12,000 sq. ft. plus 1,000 sq. ft. for each full acre of lot size over one acre.
            (iii)   Single-family residential sites less than 11,000 square feet in area may exceed 35% of impervious surface up to a maximum of 45% with approval from the City Engineer or designee prior to issuance of a grading, foundation, or building permit, subject to the following requirements:
               (aa)   Approval of stormwater management plans consistent with the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan.
               (bb)   Additional impervious surface above 35% must be mitigated by installing on-site trees at a rate of one tree per three percent of impervious surface area above 35%, with a minimum requirement of one tree, unless a waiver is granted by the Issuing Authority based upon existing tree canopy cover of the single-family residential site. Trees must be overstory trees, except sites that require more than one tree may use one ornamental tree in lieu of one overstory tree. A maximum of one ornamental tree may be installed to satisfy the mitigation requirement.
         (C)   Minimum gross density may be reduced by ten dwelling units per acre provided that structure lot coverage does not exceed 20% of the lot area and provided that the remaining vacant lot area provides reasonable opportunity for residential development above the minimum gross density for the entire site.
         (D)   Maximum gross density may be increased an additional ten dwelling units per acre provided that the lot area is in excess of 200,000 square feet, that the property fronts on an arterial street and that it is contiguous to public open space larger than the site itself.
         (E)   Buildings on lot. In a single-family residential district, every building hereafter erected or structurally altered must be located on a lot. The words "principal building" must be given their common, ordinary meaning; in case of doubt, or on any question of interpretation the decision of the issuing authority is final.
      (2)   Nonresidential site standards.
 
Zoning District
Site Area
Site Width
Floor Area Ratio
Impervious Surface Area
Minimum
Minimum
Maximum
Maximum
R-1, RS-1, R-1A
30,000 sq. ft.
120 feet
0.5
75%
R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50, RM-100
40,000 sq. ft.
200 feet
0.5
Same as 21.301.01(c)(1)
SC
-
100 feet
-
-
 
         (A)   Fire stations are not subject to the maximum floor area ratio and maximum impervious surface standards for non-residential sites in residential zoning districts. Fire stations are required to be strategically located within residential zoning districts to meet the public health, safety, and welfare needs of the city in order to minimize emergency response times.
      (3)   Building floor area minimum.
Unit
Floor Area
Minimum*
Unit
Floor Area
Minimum*
Apartments and condominiums
 
   Efficiency units
400 sq. ft.
   1 bedroom
650 sq. ft.
   2 bedrooms
800 sq. ft.
   3 or more bedrooms
950 sq. ft.
Accessibility and senior citizen housing
 
   Efficiency units
400 sq. ft.
   1 bedroom
525 sq. ft.
   2 or more bedrooms
700 sq. ft.
Rowhouses, townhouses and other attached dwelling units of a similar nature
 
   1 bedroom
750 sq. ft.
   2 bedrooms
900 sq. ft.
   3 bedrooms
1,040 sq. ft.
Note:
*   Garages, breezeway, and porch floor area do not count towards the required floor area.
 
   (d)   Commercial and Industrial Zoning Districts.
Zoning District
Floor Area Ratio
Building Floor Area
Impervious Surface Area
Site Width
Site Area
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Minimum
Zoning District
Floor Area Ratio
Building Floor Area
Impervious Surface Area
Site Width
Site Area
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Minimum
B-1
NA
0.5
1,000 sq. ft.
80%
100 ft.; 150 ft. for corner sites
25,000 sq. ft.
B-2
NA
0.5
3,000 sq. ft.; 2,000 sq. ft. for restaurants
90%
100 ft.; 150 ft. for corner sites
25,000 sq. ft.
B-4
0.2
0.5; 2.0 with residential
4,000 sq. ft.
95%
150 ft.; 200 ft. for corner sites
40,000 sq. ft.
C-1
0.4
1.0
20,000 sq. ft.
90%
200 ft.; 250 ft. for corner sites
120,000 sq. ft.
C-2
NA
0.5
20,000 sq. ft.; 6,000 sq. ft. for restaurants and convenience facilities with fuel sales
90%
200 ft.; 250 ft. for corner sites
80,000 sq. ft.
C-3
0.5
1.0
20,000 sq. ft.
95%
100 ft.
40,000 sq. ft.
C-4
0.4*
2.0
20,000 sq. ft.; 6,000 sq. ft. for restaurants
90%
200 ft.; 250 ft. for corner sites
120,000 sq. ft.
C-5
1.0
1.5
20,000 sq. ft.
95%
200 ft.; 250 ft. for corner sites
80,000 sq. ft.
CX-2
NA
2.0
120,000 sq. ft. 2,000 sq. ft. for accessory buildings
NA
200 ft.; 250 ft. for corner sites
120,000 sq. ft.
LX
0.7**
2.0
10,000 sq. ft.
NA
100 ft.
NA
IT
0.4
2.0
20,000 sq. ft.
6,000 sq. ft. for restaurants
90%
200 ft.
250 ft. for corner sites
80,000 sq. ft.
I-1
NA
1.0
20,000 sq. ft.
120,000 sq. ft.
I-2
NA
1.0
10,000 sq. ft.
80,000 sq. ft.
I-3
NA
1.0
3,000 sq. ft.
100 ft.
NA
IP
NA
1.0
20,000 sq. ft.
200 ft.
120,000 sq. ft.
TI
0.2
2.0
2,000 sq. ft. for restaurants; 3,000 sq. ft. for all other uses
95%
150 ft.; 200 ft. for corner sites
40,000 sq. ft.
FD-2
NA
2.0
10,000 sq. ft.
40,000 sq. ft.
Notes:
*   Minimum FAR increases to 1.0 for sites where over 50% of the site is within one quarter mile of the intersection of American Boulevard and Knox Avenue (planned bus rapid transit station location) with exceptions for motor vehicle sales uses subject to the requirements of § 21.302.01(k).
**   FAR reductions may be allowed subject to the criteria in § 21.207.02(c)(1)(A).
 
   (e)   When larger lots are required. In areas served by private wells or private sewage disposal system, the Council may require larger lots than required in this § 21.301.01 of this code if soil tests indicate that a larger size is necessary to ensure the sanitary functioning of such systems.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2006-54, passed 12-18-2006; Ord. 2009-1, passed 1-26-2009; Ord. 2010-16, passed 6-7-2010; Ord. 2013-26, passed 11-4-2013; Ord. 2015-3, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2016-6, passed 4-18-2016; Ord. 2017-13, passed 5-22-2017; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2020-1, passed 2-24-2020; Ord. 2021-24, passed 8-2-2021; Ord. 2022-73, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2023-3, passed 2-6-2023; Ord. 2023-16, passed 5-22-2023; Ord. 2023-36, passed 12-18-2023; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-02, passed 2-24-2025)

§ 21.301.02 STRUCTURE PLACEMENT.

   (a)   Purpose. The tables in this section depict minimum and maximum structure setback requirements by zoning district.
   (b)   Table key. The following labeling conventions apply to each table in this section.
      (1)   Setbacks from public streets. All setbacks from public streets or proposed public streets must be measured from the planned widened rights-of-way in accordance with the Master Street Plan of the city, unless exempted by the City Engineer and Planning Manager through the execution of an encroachment agreement that must be recorded against the property.
      (2)   Rear and side. For corner sites that abut two public streets and for which it is not apparent due to lot configuration or past approval which property line is the rear and which property line is the side, the applicant may select which property line to consider rear and which to consider side.
      (3)   Abutting residential. For the purpose of determining the required setback abutting residential, a site is considered to be “residential” if it is guided residential by the Comprehensive Plan.
      (4)   Building facade with street frontage. Where applicable, at least 75% of any building facade with street frontage must meet the listed maximum setback requirement. The City Council may waive maximum setback requirements through the planned development process for buildings with more than two street frontages.
   (c)   Easement encroachments. Structures must not encroach into public easements of record unless there is written approval of the issuing authority to allow an encroachment. An encroachment agreement between the issuing authority and the owner of the property in question must be recorded against the aforementioned property to allow an encroachment into public easements of record. The issuing authority reserves the right to not issue an encroachment agreement and to not allow an encroachment into public easements of record.
   (d)   Residential District setbacks.
      (1)   Residential structure setbacks in residential districts.
Zoning District
Along Streets**
Rear
Side Not Along Streets
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Zoning District
Along Streets**
Rear
Side Not Along Streets
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
R-1
30 feet. Setbacks also subject to the exception in subsection (3) below.
30 feet
5 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer service
10 feet
5 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer service
RS-1
30 feet. Setbacks also subject to the exception in subsection (3) below.
30 feet
5 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer service
10 feet
5 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer service
R-1A
75. Setbacks also subject to the exception in subsection (3) below.
75 feet
5 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer service
30 feet
5 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer service
R-3
30 feet*
30 feet
10 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer
10 feet
R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50
40 feet*
30 feet
10 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer
10 feet plus 0.25 feet for each foot in height over 30 feet
RM-100
10 feet or width of required public easement*
20 feet
10 feet for garages and accessory buildings not connected to water or sanitary sewer
10 feet plus 0.25 feet for each foot in height over 30 feet
Note:
*   No portion of an accessory building may be closer to the property line adjacent to a public street than the principal structure.
**   On flag lots, the minimum setback along a street is measured from where the minimum lot width begins.
 
      (2)   Nonresidential structure setbacks in residential and conservation districts.
 
Zoning District
Along Streets
Rear
Side Not Along Streets
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
R-1, RS-1, R-1A, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50, RM-100
50 feet
(75 feet in R-1A)
30 feet
20 feet or the height of the structure, whichever is greater
SC
50 feet
30 feet
20 feet or the height of the structure, whichever is greater
 
      (3)   Exception for setbacks from side property lines abutting streets. Where single-family dwellings were legally constructed with a setback of 20 feet or more from a side property line abutting a street, the dwelling may be expanded without a setback variance provided the existing setback is maintained or increased. Where garages were legally constructed with a setback of 20 feet or more from a side property line abutting a street, the garage may be expanded without a setback variance provided the existing setback is maintained or increased and provided additional or expanded garage doors are not proposed to face the side property line abutting a street.
   (e)   Commercial and Industrial Zoning District setbacks.
Zoning District
Along Public Street
Rear
Side
Abutting Property Used and Zoned Residential
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
Zoning District
Along Public Street
Rear
Side
Abutting Property Used and Zoned Residential
Minimum
Maximum
Minimum
Minimum
Minimum
B-1
35 ft.
NA
15 ft.
10 ft.
50 ft.
B-2
35 ft.
NA
15 ft.
10 ft.
50 ft.
B-4
10 ft. (or width of required public easement)
40 ft.
15 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
10 ft.; 20 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
50 ft.
C-1
35 ft.
NA
30 ft.; 40 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
20 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
50 ft.
C-2
35 ft.
NA
30 ft.; 40 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
20 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
50 ft.
C-3
35 ft.
See Note (1)
NA
20 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
20 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
NA
C-4
35 ft.
See Note (1)
NA
20 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
20 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
50 ft.
C-5
10 ft. (or width of required public easement)
20 ft.
20 ft.
20 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
NA
CX-2
20 ft.
NA
20 ft.
20 ft.
NA
LX
10 ft. (or width of required public easement)
20 ft.
10 ft.
10 ft.
NA
IT
20 ft.
NA
25 ft.
25 ft.
50 ft.
I-1
30 ft.
NA
25 ft.
25 ft.
100 ft.
I-2
30 ft.
NA
25 ft.
25 ft.
100 ft.
I-3
30 ft.
NA
25 ft.
10 ft.
100 ft.
IP
30 ft.
NA
25 ft.
25 ft.
100 ft.
TI
10 ft.
40 ft.
15 ft.; 30 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
10 ft.; 20 ft. for buildings over 4 stories in height
50 ft.
FD-2
30 ft.
NA
25 ft.
25 ft.
NA
(1)    In the Penn American District minimum setbacks in C-3 and C-4 zoning districts follow the C-5 District setbacks.
(2)    Skyways, tunnels and similar pedestrian connection structures up to 120 feet in width have no setback requirements from property lines.
(3)   Developments along Harriet Avenue and Halsey Lane are exempted from the maximum setback for buildings or additions.
 
   (f)   Mixed Use District standards. To promote the intended character and pedestrian orientation, commercial structures in the mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX) must generally be located near the street with parking to the side or rear subject to the following requirements:
      (1)   Structure placement. See § 21.301.02(e) for applicable standards.
      (2)   Parking placement. Off-street parking must not be located between a building and a public street unless:
         (A)   The parking is located entirely below grade;
         (B)   The site meets the standards for large development sites in accordance with § 21.301.02(f)(5); or
         (C)   The site has received an exemption for sites with multiple street frontages in accordance with § 21.301.02(f)(6).
         Off-street parking may be located on the rooftops of buildings. Examples of permitted parking configurations are illustrated in § 21.301.02(f)(8).
      (3)   Street enclosure. It is the intent of the mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX) to foster a more urban character by establishing clearly defined street edges enclosed by buildings and other vertical elements. The highest degree of enclosure should be provided on the street determined by the Issuing Authority to be the most pedestrian-oriented; this is considered the primary street. All other streets are considered to be secondary streets. A combination of building frontage and other vertical elements may be used to enclose and define the street edge as follows:
         (A)   Primary street. At least 50% of the linear primary street frontage must be enclosed by buildings. An additional 20% must be enclosed by buildings and/or other vertical elements located along the minimum building setback line. Vertical elements may consist of: trees, shrubs, walls, fences and sculptural elements. Vertical elements over four feet in height must be consistent with the Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) objectives in the Planning Manager's Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures document as may be amended from time to time.
         (B)   Secondary street. At least 30% of the linear secondary street frontage must contain buildings. An additional 20% must be enclosed by buildings and/or vertical elements, located along the minimum building setback line. Vertical elements over four feet in height must be consistent with the Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) objectives in the Planning Manager's Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures document.
      (4)   Corner sites. It is the intent of the mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX) to promote an attractive streetscape by having buildings or gathering spaces anchor corners, particularly on highly visible and/or pedestrian-oriented streets. Off-street parking must not be located within 100 feet of an intersection of two streets unless there is a building or gathering space between the parking and the public street (see § 21.301.02(d)(8) for a graphic illustration). For the purposes of this subsection, intersection is defined as the point at which planned widened right-of-way lines for each street would intersect if extended.
      (5)   Large sites. Large development sites may be able to accommodate buildings internal to the site as well as adjacent to public streets. Buildings located on the interior of sites over five acres in size may be placed beyond the maximum setbacks for the C-5 District provided at least 50% of the linear public street frontage of the site contains buildings that comply with setback requirements and have no parking located between the buildings and the public street except for parking located entirely below grade.
      (6)   Exemptions for sites with multiple street frontages. While it is the intent of the mixed use districts to have buildings close to the street with parking to the side or rear or entirely below grade, that arrangement may not be possible for each street frontage on sites which front on two or more public streets in either a corner or through-lot configuration. When a site fronts on multiple public streets in a corner or through-lot configuration, the City Council may exempt through the planned development process all but one of the street frontages from complying with the mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX) building or parking placement requirements provided the City Council determines that:
         (A)   The site cannot reasonably comply with the mixed use districts structure and parking placement requirements for all street frontages;
         (B)   The proposed structure and parking configuration will meet the purpose and intent of the mixed use districts;
         (C)   The proposed structure and parking configuration will complement the character of existing or planned development in the area;
         (D)   The proposed structure and parking configuration will facilitate pedestrian and bicycle access;
         (E)   The proposed structure and parking configuration will place vehicle access points in optimal locations; and
         (F)   The proposed structure and parking configuration will be compatible with natural features, surrounding development, redevelopment plans, and traffic volumes.
      (7)   Drive-throughs. In addition to requirements of § 21.301.05, drive-through windows and stacking lanes in the mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX) must:
         (A)   Not be located between a building and a street;
         (B)   Not exceed one lane per business;
         (C)   Be located in a manner that discourages pedestrian crossing of stacking lanes; and
         (D)   Be screened from public and private streets, sidewalks, adjacent outdoor dining spaces, parks and public open spaces.
      (8)   Graphic illustrations.
         (A)   Examples of permitted parking locations in the Mixed Use Districts.
 
 
         (B)   Mixed use District parking prohibition for corner lots.
   (g)   Setback encroachments. Selected building features, site features, structures, and equipment are allowed to encroach into the required setback area to the extent specified below. Selected building features, site features, structures and equipment specified below must not encroach into public easements of record, unless there is written approval of the issuing authority to allow an encroachment as outlined in subsection (c).
      (1)   General. Except where otherwise regulated by this code and as established below, all buildings, building features, site features, structures and equipment must maintain the setback requirements established for the zoning district in which they are located.
      (2)   Permitted encroachments; required setbacks. Except as prohibited by Chapter 17, Article II, Division E of this code, the building features, site features, structures and equipment listed below will be permitted to locate in yards and to encroach into required zoning district setbacks to the extent specified in this section, but in all cases must maintain the minimum setback indicated.
         (A)   Yards. The established yards of the Zoning Code and any primary zoning district. For the purposes of this section, the terms "front yard," "side yard" and "rear yard" will have the same meanings as defined in § 21.601, except that any yard adjacent to a public street will in all cases be considered a "front" yard for setback purposes unless otherwise specified.
         (B)   Setbacks from public streets. All setbacks from public streets or proposed public streets will be measured from the planned widened rights-of-way in accordance with the Master Street Plan of the city. References to a "front property line" is assumed to denote the planned widened rights-of-way in accordance with the Master Street Plan of the city.
         (C)   Required setback. Except where otherwise noted, references to "required setback" means the minimum setback required for the principal building in the applicable zoning district.
      (3)   In all zoning districts.
         (A)   Utility poles and wires, water, gas and other public utility appurtenances are permitted at any location in a front, side or rear yard with no minimum setback from any property line.
         (B)   Retaining walls up to four feet in height are permitted at any location in a front yard provided that a front setback of not less than ten feet is maintained and at any location in a side or rear yard with no minimum setback from any property line.
         (C)   Steps, stoops, egress windows and exterior landings are permitted in a front, side or rear yard providing that front, side and rear setbacks of not less than five feet are maintained.
         (D)   Private sidewalks are permitted in a front yard without a minimum front setback provided that a side setback of not less than five feet is maintained, and a side or rear yard providing that side or rear setbacks of not less than five feet is maintained.
         (E)   Overhanging eaves may encroach up to three feet into a required front, side or rear setback. Where a required setback to a property line is reduced to less than three feet by reason of a variance or other approval granted by the city, the allowed eave encroachment can in no event cross the property line. An overhanging eave may encroach up to six feet into a required front or rear setback when placed over steps, stoops or an exterior landing providing that the encroachment does not exceed eight feet in width along the wall plane.
         (F)   Underground garages, in accordance with § 21.301.06(h), may encroach into any required front, side or rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 15 feet and side and rear setbacks of not less than five feet is maintained.
         (G)   Antennas and supporting structures, including satellite receiving antennas greater than one meter in diameter in residential districts and greater than two meters in diameter in nonresidential districts, cannot be located within a front yard and will be located only to the side or rear of the principal structure where side and rear setbacks of no less than ten feet are maintained. All antennas and supporting structures, including satellite receiving antennas, must meet the applicable requirements of §§ 15.14, 21.302.37 and 21.301.10.
         (H)   Ramps and other devices for access to buildings and sites by disabled persons in compliance with the American Disabilities Act may encroach into any required front, side or rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 20 feet and side and rear setbacks of not less than two feet are maintained.
         (I)   Fences are permitted to encroach into front, side and rear yard setbacks when specifically permitted by the city code.
         (J)   Open air dog runs may encroach into any required front, side or rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 15 feet and side and rear setbacks of not less than five feet must be maintained. Structures as part of the dog run must meet the required setback. Fencing must comply with city code requirements.
         (K)   Sunshades up to 15 feet in height may encroach into any front, side or rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 20 feet and side and rear setbacks of not less than five feet must be maintained.
      (4)   In residential zoning districts (R-1A, R-1, RS-1, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50, and RM-100).
         (A)   Patios and terraces may encroach ten feet into a required front setback, five feet into a required side setback and 20 feet into a required rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 20 feet, a side setback of not less than five feet and a rear setback of not less than ten feet must be maintained.
         (B)   Open decks and balconies not greater than five feet above grade at any point may encroach ten feet into a required front setback, five feet into a required side setback and 20 feet into a required rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 20 feet, a side setback of not less than five feet and a rear setback of not less than ten feet must be maintained.
         (C)   Open decks and balconies greater than five feet in height above grade at any point may encroach five feet into a required front setback and ten feet into a required rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 25 feet, a rear setback of not less than 20 feet and a side setback of not less than ten feet must be maintained. Such features are permitted in a side yard provided that a side setback of no less than ten feet must be maintained.
         (D)   Chimneys may encroach three feet into a required front, side or rear setback, provided that front and rear setbacks of not less than 27 feet and a side setback of not less than seven feet must be maintained.
         (E)   Awnings may encroach three feet into a required front, side or rear setback, provided that front and rear setbacks of not less than 27 feet and a side setback of not less than seven feet must be maintained. An awning may encroach up to six feet into a required front or rear setback and up to five feet into a required side setback when placed over steps, stoops or an exterior landing, provided that the encroachment will not exceed eight feet in width along the wall plane and that front and rear setbacks of not less than 24 feet and a side setback of not less than five feet must be maintained.
         (F)   Clothes lines and laundry drying equipment are not permitted within the front yard and will be located only in side and rear yards where side and rear setbacks of not less than five feet must be maintained. In instances where the side or rear yard abuts a public street, the required setback will be no less than the required setback for a principal building in the zoning district.
         (G)   Arbors and trellises may encroach ten feet into a required front setback, five feet into a required side setback and 20 feet into a required rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 20 feet, a side setback of not less than five feet and a rear setback of not less than ten feet must be maintained. A setback of not less than 20 feet must be maintained from any public street.
         (H)   Permanently installed outdoor fireplaces and barbecues are not permitted within the front yard and will be located only in side and rear yards. Such features shall not encroach into the required side setbacks and may encroach up to 15 feet into the required rear setback provided that a rear setback of not less than 15 feet must be maintained. In instances where the side or rear yard abuts a public street, a setback of not less than the required front setback must be maintained.
         (I)   Basketball backboards, rims and support structures may encroach 15 feet into required front and rear setbacks and five feet into a required side setback in the front yard, provided that front and rear setbacks of not less than 15 feet and a side setback in the front yard of not less than five feet must be maintained. In side and rear yards, side setbacks of not less than 15 feet must be maintained.
         (J)   Other recreational equipment, such as, but not limited to, play apparatus over four feet in height, ice rinks, skateboard ramps over two feet in height, trampolines, hot tubs or whirlpools, and children's swimming pools over two feet in height are not permitted within the front yard. Such features are permitted in side and rear yards provided that side and rear setbacks of not less than 15 feet must be maintained, including those instances where the side or rear yard abuts a public street.
         (K)   Air conditioning equipment may encroach five feet into any required front, side and rear setback, provided that front and rear setbacks of not less than 25 feet and side setbacks of not less than five feet must be maintained.
         (L)   Bay and bow windows may encroach two feet into any required front, side and rear setback, provided that front and rear setbacks of not less than 28 feet and a side setback of not less than eight feet must be maintained.
         (M)   Entry vestibules ten feet or less in width may encroach six feet into any required front and rear setback, provided that front and rear setbacks of not less than 24 feet must be maintained. The overhanging eaves of the entry vestibule may encroach up to an additional three feet into the required front, side or rear setback provided that the entry vestibule eaves do not exceed the prevailing dimension of overhanging eaves on the elevation of the house to which the entry vestibule is attached. No encroachment will be allowed into a required side setback, except for an overhanging eave as described above. Such features must not encroach into public easements of record.
         (N)   Covered but open porches without windows or screens may encroach eight feet into any required front setback and ten feet into any required rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 22 feet and a rear setback of 20 feet is maintained. No encroachment will be allowed into a required side setback. Such features must not encroach into public easements of record.
      (5)   In nonresidential zoning districts.
         (A)   Telephone booths are permitted in any front, side or rear yard, provided that a front setback of not less than 15 feet, a side setback of not less than five feet and a rear setback of not less than that required for the principal building in the zoning district must be maintained.
         (B)   Newspaper boxes are permitted in the front, side and rear yards when the property is occupied by a principal building, provided that a front setback of not less than 15 feet and side, and rear setbacks of not less than five feet must be maintained. In instances where the side or rear yard abuts a public street, a setback of not less than the required front setback must be maintained.
         (C)   Awnings and canopies may encroach six feet into required front and rear setbacks and four feet into required side setbacks provided that a front setback of not less than ten feet, and side and rear setbacks of not less than five feet must be maintained.
         (D)   Underground storage tanks for any purpose (but not above-ground appurtenant equipment) are permitted in any front, side or rear yard, provided that front, side and rear setbacks of not less than ten feet must be maintained. Such features must not encroach into public easements of record.
         (E)   Above-ground equipment appurtenant to underground storage tanks (except fuel dispensing equipment and stations as per § 21.302.15 is not permitted within a front yard and must be located only in side and rear yards. The side setback for such equipment not over five feet in height above grade must be not less than ten feet and the equipment must be screened from public streets and adjacent properties in accordance with the requirements of § 21.302.15(d). The side setback for such equipment over five feet in height above grade must be not less than the required side setback of the principal building in the zoning district or ten feet, whichever is greater. The rear setback for all such equipment must be not less than ten feet. Such equipment must not encroach into public easements of record.
         (F)   Refuse and recyclable material storage rooms may encroach eight feet into a required side setback and 12 feet into a required rear setback, provided that a side setback of not less than five feet and a rear setback of not less than 15 feet must be maintained. Such features are not permitted within the yard area between a building and the public right-of-way.
         (G)   Structured areas for active play or play structures related to daycare facilities, instructional centers, schools and other institutional uses may encroach into any front, side, or rear setback, provided that a front setback of not less than 20 feet and side and rear setbacks of not less than ten feet must be maintained.
   (h)   Proposed buildings on street sites. A building permit will not be issued for any building in unplatted areas that would obstruct a future street planned by the city.
   (i)   Buildings to abut street. No building permit will be granted on any site which does not abut upon a public right-of-way unless a variance or planned development flexibility is approved. This limitation does not apply to planned developments approved by the City Council pursuant to the zoning ordinance.
   (j)   Measurement. The structure setback is measured from the foundation of a structure to the nearest property line.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2006-54, passed 12-18-2006; Ord. 2010-16, passed 6-7-2010; Ord. 2013-26, passed 11-4-2013; Ord. 2015-3, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2023-3, passed 2-6-2023; Ord. 2023-16, passed 5-22-2023; Ord. 2023-43, passed 12-18-2023; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2024-46, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2024-49, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2024-52, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-02, passed 2-24-2025; Ord. 2025-37, passed 11-17-2025; Ord. 2025-44, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.03 STRUCTURE DESIGN.

   (a)   General structure design standards. Structures in the B-1, B-2, B-4, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, TI, and LX Zoning Districts must meet the following requirements.
      (1)   Blank facades. Blank building facades or walls must not exceed 20 feet in length when the building facade or wall faces a public street. A building facade or wall is considered to be blank if it is uninterrupted by windows, doors, ornamentation, decoration, articulation or other architectural detailing.
      (2)   Building massing. To reduce the apparent scale and uniformity of long, one- or two-story building facades and to provide visual interest, one- or two-story building facades facing public streets that exceed 200 feet in linear building length must include wall projections or recesses of three or more foot depth for every 100 linear feet of facade and/or vertical height variations of four or more feet for every 100 linear feet of facade.
      (3)   Reserved.
      (4)   Windows. For windows facing public or private streets or pedestrian corridors, no more than 25% of the total window area and no more than 25% of linear eye-level window width may be obscured by signs, film coverings, product displays or similar covering. Blinds, curtains and similar temporary coverings for privacy or sunlight control are permitted.
      (5)   Entrance buffer. To ensure that pedestrians can safely exit a building before entering traffic flow, any building must provide a sidewalk buffer area of at least eight feet between a public entrance and any vehicular circulation drive. Any single tenant building or individual tenant space of 20,000 square feet or above must provide a sidewalk buffer area of at least ten feet between a public entrance and any vehicle circulation drive.
   (b)   Additional structure design standards for Mixed Use Districts. To provide an attractive street-level environment that promotes pedestrian activity, comfort and public safety in the B-4, C-5 and LX zoning districts, buildings fronting on a public or private street must meet additional design standards as described below. The highest design standards must be provided on the street front intended for the highest pedestrian-orientation; this is the primary façade. The Issuing Authority will determine which elevation is considered to be the primary façade. All other street frontages are considered to be secondary facades.
      (1)   Windows. The ground level portion of a building façade between two feet and ten feet above grade must consist of:
         (A)   Primary facade. A minimum of 50% transparent windows, including windows on entrances.
         (B)   Secondary façade. A minimum of 25% transparent windows, including windows on entrances.
         (C)   Highly reflective glass. Highly reflective glass is prohibited.
         (D)   Exceptions. Where the Issuing Authority determines that meeting the minimum window requirement is not practical due to location of loading, storage, “back of house” operations, or other structural impediments, the area of windows required in this section may be substituted with an equivalent area comprised of at least two of the following enhancements to the ground level portion of a building façade between two feet and ten feet above grade:
            (i)   Wall design. Embellishment of the building façade to create visual interest through:
               (aa)   Horizontal and vertical indentations or projections that create discernible patterns or shadows;
               (bb)   Variations in material module, pattern and/or color;
               (cc)   Green screen or planter walls; or
               (dd)   Translucent, fritted, patterned or colored glazing.
            (ii)   Display boxes. Framed display boxes may be attached to the exterior building wall provided:
               (aa)   Applicable building setbacks are met;
               (bb)   Internal light sources are not visible;
               (cc)   Any signage in or attached to the display box meets the requirements of Chapter 21, Article III, Division D, the sign code; and
               (dd)   Any merchandise displayed is available for sale on the site.
            (iii)   Permanent art. Non-commercial art or graphic design that complies with the following standards:
               (aa)   Is of sufficient scale and orientation to be perceived from the public right-of-way;
               (bb)   Is rendered in materials or media appropriate to an exterior, urban environment;
               (cc)   Is permanently integrated into or immediately adjacent to the building wall; and
               (dd)   Complies with all applicable safety and maintenance requirements.
      (2)   Street entrances. Each building and each separate tenant space adjacent to a street where on-street parking is provided must include at least one entrance, on the street side of the building that is open to the public during regular business hours.
      (3)   Structure height. To promote intensity in the mixed use districts (C-5, LX), at least 60% of the building footprint area on a site must rise to at least two stories or 25 feet in height. Structures in the mixed use districts must meet the height limitations of § 21.301.10. Additionally, structures in the LX District must meet the height limitations of the Airport Runway Overlay Districts in § 21.208.04.
      (4)   Exterior materials. The exterior materials and finish of all buildings and structures must comply with the applicable requirements of § 21.301.24 .
      (5)   Arcades. Arcades along building frontages must comply with the following standards:
         (A)   The exterior face of the arcade column line must meet the minimum setback requirements in § 21.301.02; and
         (B)   The interior wall of the arcade must not exceed the maximum setbacks requirements in § 21.301.02.
      (6)   Canopies and awnings. First floor canopies and awnings are encouraged in order to promote a pedestrian oriented environment and add visual interest to a building elevation. Canopies and awnings must meet the requirements of § 21.301.24 .
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2006-54, passed 12-18-2006; Ord. 2015-3, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2022-24, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2023-3, passed 2-6-2023; Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-42, passed 11-17-2025; Ord. 2025-53, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.04 SIDEWALKS.

   (a)   Purpose. Sidewalk standards promote public health, safety and welfare by:
      (1)   Improving access to homes, parks, schools, businesses and public buildings;
      (2)   Reducing the need to use motorized vehicles for short trips;
      (3)   Improving safety by separating pedestrian and vehicle traffic;
      (4)   Improving access to public transit; and
      (5)   Improving opportunities for exercise that can lead to improved public health.
   (b)   Where required.
      (1)   Public sidewalks. All new development or significant redevelopment must construct public sidewalks and provide sidewalk easements conforming to the standards of this section and approved by the city parallel and adjacent to any public street abutting the development site and where otherwise specified on the sidewalk plan of the city or through condition of approval. The following exceptions apply.
         (A)   Individual single- and two-family dwellings. Construction of a streetside public sidewalk is not required for redevelopment or expansion of an individual single- or two-family dwelling where no sidewalk was previously present; however a sidewalk easement, petition and waiver of assessment hearing for potential future construction must be provided for construction of new two-family dwellings.
         (B)   Residential subdivisions. The City Council has the authority to waive the streetside public sidewalk requirement for single- and two-family residential subdivisions where the proposed sidewalks would not connect with an existing network of sidewalks, although a sidewalk easement, petition and waiver of assessment hearing for potential future construction must be provided despite the waiver.
         (C)   Nonresidential development. The City Council has the authority to defer the construction of public sidewalks for nonresidential development provided:
            (i)   The proposed sidewalks would not connect with an existing network of sidewalks;
            (ii)   A sidewalk easement is provided for future sidewalk construction;
            (iii)   The Council finds a sidewalk along the development site to have little or no short term public benefit given the characteristics of the site and surrounding neighborhood; and
            (iv)   The landowner completes an agreement with the city that commits the landowner and all future landowners to accept assessment against the property of potential future sidewalk construction costs.
      (2)   Private sidewalks. All new development or significant redevelopment must construct private sidewalks conforming to the standards of this section in the following locations internal to a development site.
         (A)   A sidewalk must link the primary entrance of each building on site with the public sidewalk network. In the event a building is subdivided into multiple separated tenant spaces, a sidewalk must link the primary entrance of each separated tenant space with the public sidewalk network.
         (B)   When there is more than one building on a site, a sidewalk must link the primary building entrances of each building to one another.
         (C)   When applicable, a sidewalk must link the primary building entrance with existing or future development on adjacent sites.
         (D)   When an existing or proposed transit stop or station is on-site or on an adjacent site, a sidewalk must link the primary building entrance with the transit stop or station.
         (E)   To promote safety, required internal sidewalks must be separated from vehicle drive aisles except where sidewalks cross vehicle drive aisles. Appropriate crossing treatments including, but not limited to, color, striping, texture or raised surface must be provided where warranted by anticipated pedestrian volumes.
      (3)   Significant redevelopment. For the purposes of this section, SIGNIFICANT REDEVELOPMENT is defined as either a full redevelopment of a site or an addition that would increase total floor area on a site by 25% or more.
   (c)   Construction. Construction of sidewalks conforming to the standards of this section is the responsibility of the developer and must be completed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
   (d)   Design standards. Except for private sidewalks on single- and two-family residential sites, sidewalks must conform to the following design standards.
      (1)   Width.
         (A)   Public sidewalks. Public sidewalks must have an unobstructed, walkable width (see Figure 21.301.04(f) below) equal to or greater than the following standards. Additional width is encouraged in appropriate areas to accommodate outdoor seating, benches, landscaping, light posts, trash receptacles, bicycle parking and similar pedestrian oriented infrastructure. The City Council may require greater sidewalk width through condition of approval when greater width is deemed necessary to meet anticipated pedestrian needs or federal or state standards:
            (i)   Adjacent to local street: six feet;
            (ii)   Adjacent to minor collector street: eight feet, may be reduced to six feet at the discretion of the City Engineer. Increased width must be provided for sidewalks abutting the curb;
            (iii)   Adjacent to major collector or arterial street: eight feet; and
            (iv)   Not adjacent to street: determined case by case.
         (B)   Private sidewalks. Private sidewalks must have an unobstructed, walkable width equal to or greater than five feet. Additional width is encouraged in appropriate areas to accommodate outdoor seating, benches, landscaping, light posts, trash receptacles, bicycle parking and similar pedestrian oriented infrastructure. The City Council may require greater sidewalk width through condition of approval when greater width is deemed necessary to meet anticipated pedestrian needs.
         (C)   Curb cuts. Sidewalk curb cuts must be at least five feet in width.
      (2)   Slope. Sidewalk slope must meet the standards of the Federal Americans with Disabilities Act.
      (3)   Materials. All sidewalks must be constructed of concrete unless the City Engineer approves an alternative material. Public sidewalks must conform to the standard city sidewalk detail.
      (4)   Boulevard provided. To improve pedestrian safety and provide area for snow storage and landscaping, sidewalks adjacent to streets must be separated from the street with a boulevard area of at least five feet. The City Engineer may increase the required boulevard width for special circumstances and may reduce the required boulevard width due to physical hardships or where necessary easements are not in place.
      (5)   Conformance with streetscape plans. In areas for which a district or street specific streetscape plan has been adopted by the City Council, sidewalks must conform to the design standards of the streetscape plan. In the event of a conflict between the sidewalk standards presented in this section and the sidewalk standards of an adopted streetscape plan, the streetscape plan standards supercede.
      (6)   Curves and angles. Except at street corners, sidewalks must avoid sharp turns or angles which would make automated snow removal difficult.
      (7)   Vehicle overhang. Sidewalks and nearby vehicle parking areas must be designed to avoid vehicle overhang or encroachment into public sidewalks and into the required unobstructed, walkable sidewalk width for private sidewalks.
      (8)   General requirements. Sidewalks must meet the standards of the Federal Americans with Disabilities Act and must meet city sidewalk specifications.
      (9)   Nonconformities. Requirements for nonconformities are set forth in § 21.504 of this code.
      (10)   Clear zones for public sidewalks. Along the edges of public sidewalks, two-foot clear zones must be provided as determined by the City Engineer or designee for user safety and maintenance purposes.
   (e)   Maintenance. Sidewalks must be maintained according to the following standards.
      (1)   Snow removal. See Chapter 17, Division D, Snow Removal for applicable standards.
      (2)   Replacement. Sidewalks must be replaced or repaired when heaved, cracked or deteriorated in a manner that poses a safety hazard.
      (3)   Obstruction. Sidewalks must be kept clear of obstructions including, but not limited to, debris, construction materials and parked vehicles. Parked bicycles, electric vehicle chargers, and signs must not encroach on the minimum unobstructed, walkable sidewalk width specified in subsection (d)(1) above.
      (4)   Clear zones. Clear zones required in subsection (d)(10) above must be maintained as determined by the City Engineer or designee on an ongoing basis.
   (f)   Graphic illustrations.
      (1)   Unobstructed, walkable sidewalk width.
   Figure 21.301.04(f)
 
   (g)   Private sidewalks for new uses without new development or significant redevelopment. When the City Engineer or its designee determines that a new use that does not involve new development or significant redevelopment is likely to increase the amount of pedestrian traffic coming to the site relative to the previous use and a public sidewalk exists adjacent to the site, the property owner must provide a sidewalk link conforming to the standards of this section between the public sidewalk and either the entrance to the new use or the parking lot used by the new use. An exception to this requirement may be granted upon a determination by the City Engineer or designee that construction of the private sidewalk link is impractical due to physical characteristics of the property.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2006-54, passed 12-18-2006; Ord. 2008-1, passed 1-14-2008; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2019-47, passed 12-2-2019; Ord. 2022-28, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2024-48, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2024-57, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-54, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.05 DRIVE THROUGH FACILITIES.

   Drive through facilities must comply with the following standards.
   (a)   Stacking spaces. Unless otherwise indicated in § 21.301.06, at least six stacking spaces must be provided per drive through lane, beginning behind the first point at which the vehicle must stop (which may be the order board, a pre-order board or payment/pick-up window). Required width for vehicle drive aisles may not be allocated toward stacking spaces or stacking lanes.
   (b)   Stacking space dimensions. Each stacking space must be a minimum of ten feet by 20 feet in size.
   (c)   Design. Each drive through lane must be clearly defined and designed so as not to conflict or interfere with pedestrian movement or other vehicular traffic using the site and not to conflict with access for drive aisles, fire lanes or street ingress/egress.
   (d)   Screening. All elements of the drive through service area, including, but not limited to, menu boards, order stations, teller windows and vehicle lights from the stacking lanes, must be screened from view of residential properties zoned R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 or RM-100 located within 300 feet. Screening must comply with the perimeter screening standards specified in § 21.301.15(d).
   (e)   Speakers. In addition to meeting the requirements of the City Noise Code (See Chapter 10, Article IV), if within 300 feet of residential properties zoned R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 or RM-100, speakers must not produce noise that exceeds 75 dBA measured five feet from the speaker.
   (f)   Hours of operation. Restaurant drive through windows must not be operated between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. if any portion of the drive through or stacking spaces are within 300 feet of residential properties zoned R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 or RM-100.
   (g)   Number of drive through lanes permitted. The number of drive through lanes is limited to one lane per building in the B-4, C-3, C-5, TI, and LX Zoning Districts. Any driving lane used for drive through purposes is counted as one lane whether the driving lane is at the payment window, pick-up window, teller window, order station, menu board, or stacking area.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2006-54, passed 12-18-2006; Ord. 2007-50, passed 12-17-2007; Ord. 2009-25, passed 8-24-2009; Ord. 2011-16, passed 8-1-2011; Ord. 2015-3, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-23, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2023-3, passed 2-6-2023)

§ 21.301.06 PARKING AND LOADING.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The city recognizes the health, safety, welfare and aesthetic value of providing parking standards in the community. The provisions of this section are intended to:
      (1)   Promote traffic safety, emergency vehicle access and eliminate potential hazards to motorists and pedestrians using the public streets, sidewalks and rights-of-way;
      (2)   Protect and enhance property values;
      (3)   Protect government investments in streets, sidewalks, traffic control and utility devices;
      (4)   Avoid parking spillover conflicts;
      (5)   Offer flexibility in standards when appropriate;
      (6)   Promote access and connectivity, both vehicular and pedestrian;
      (7)   Minimize environmental degradation;
      (8)   Preserve and improve the appearance of the city through adherence to aesthetic principles, in order to create a community that is attractive to residents and to nonresidents who come to live, visit, work or trade;
      (9)   Implement the city’s Comprehensive Plan;
      (10)   Promote the public health, safety and general welfare; and
      (11)   Restrict the parking or storage of vehicles and trailers that, due to their size, use, design, type, or characteristics, adversely affects the health, safety or welfare of the community in residentially zoned and used lots. The Council finds that these vehicles intrude upon the aesthetics and visual peace and quiet of a residential neighborhood, that they can impair the free flow of traffic on residential streets and by their size are detrimental to residential traffic safety, that they often create excessive noise for such surroundings, that their presence tends to encourage and effectuate the expansion of uses that are inconsistent with or inappropriate to residential areas, and that their presence therefore is likely to have a negative impact upon residential property values.
   (b)   Location.
      (1)   Accessory off-street parking location.
         (A)   One- and two-family dwellings. Spaces accessory to one- and two-family dwellings must be on the same site as the principal use served.
         (B)   Multiple-family dwellings. Spaces accessory to multiple-family dwellings must be on the same site as the principal use served within 400 feet of the main entrance to the principal building served.
         (C)   Commercial or Industrial Districts. Spaces accessory to uses in a Commercial or Industrial District must be located on the same site and within 800 feet of a main entrance to the principal building served.
      (2)   Prohibited locations. Accessory off-street parking is prohibited in the following locations:
         (A)   Where the building is 40 feet or less from the planned widened right-of-way line, parking is prohibited between the building and the street. This requirement does not apply to single-family and two-family residences;
         (B)   On grass or landscaped areas pursuant to § 21.301.15 of this code, in addition to the restrictions set out in Chapter 8 of the city code; and
         (C)   Within the public right-of-way pursuant to § 17.03 of this code.
   (c)   Design.
      (1)   Single-family and two-family land uses. See requirements set forth in Chapter 17, Article I and subsection (i) below.
      (2)   Other land uses.
         (A)   Site plans. Site plans drawn to scale and dimensioned must show proposed parking spaces including accessibility spaces, driveways, loading areas, landscaping and screening, and the parking area must conform to such site plans.
         (B)   Obstructions. All required access, entrances, fire lanes, and parking spaces must be kept clear of obstructions that prevent the intended use.
         (C)   Parking space and drive aisle dimension requirements. Off-street surface parking spaces and drive aisles must meet the following dimension requirements:
            (i)   Minimum stall size, not including vehicle overhang area, of nine feet by 18 feet for 90-degree angle parking (see Figure 21.301.06(c)(3)). For spaces that are not 90-degree angle, the most recent Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) standards will be applied as determined by the issuing authority;
            (ii)   Minimum drive aisle width of 24 feet for 90-degree angle parking areas. For parking areas that are not 90-degree angle, the most recent Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) standards will be applied for drive aisle width as determined by the issuing authority;
            (iii)   Up to 20 percent of the total number of required spaces may be for compact cars and have a minimum stall size of 8 feet by 16 feet for 90-degree angle parking. For spaces that are not 90-degree angle, the most recent Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) standards will be applied as determined by the issuing authority. Compact parking may be counted toward required parking if the following conditions are met:
               (aa)   The parking area must have a total size of at least 50 stalls;
               (bb)   Compact parking spaces must be distributed throughout the parking lot, target employee parking areas, and not have generally preferential locations to discourage use by non-compact cars; and
               (cc)   Compact parking spaces must be clearly identified by signs in accordance with the Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices and notification on the pavement, with a minimum of one sign per every four compact spaces and pavement notification in each spot.
            (iv)   All fire lanes must meet the applicable fire codes, as set forth in Chapter 6 of this code; and
            (v)   Light standards placed at the interior corner of parking stalls in coordination with the parking stall striping as approved by the issuing authority are not included in the measurement of parking stall dimensions.
            For off-street parking dimension requirements in parking structures, see subsection (h) below.
         (D)   Surfacing. Off-street parking areas and driveways, not to include driveway approach areas, must be paved with portland cement concrete, plant mixed bituminous surface (i.e., asphalt), brick, stone or form concrete pavers placed touching with gaps not exceeding one-quarter inch, or equivalent material as approved by the issuing authority. Consideration may be given by the issuing authority for special circumstances such as seasonal uses. Driveway approach areas must be paved with portland cement concrete or plant mixed bituminous surface (i.e., asphalt).
         (E)   Concrete curbs. Parking areas must have in-place portland cement concrete curbs defining the perimeter or equivalent material as approved by the issuing authority.
         (F)   Access.
            (i)   Vehicular access and circulation. All off-street parking spaces must have access off driveways and not directly off the public street.
            (ii)   Fire and public safety access and circulation. Turnarounds and fire lane areas for fire and other public safety vehicles must be provided in accordance with requirements set forth in § 6.20 of this code, and are subject to approval of the city issuing authority.
            (iii)   Driveway approaches. Driveway approaches shall be designed pursuant to Chapter 17, Article I of this code.
         (G)   Light pollution and glare.
            (i)   Vehicle headlights. Parking lots and parking structures must comply with the screening standards of § 21.301.15 of this code.
            (ii)   Overhead lighting. Parking lots must comply with the lighting standards of § 21.301.07 of this code.
         (H)   Parking islands.
            (i)   Parking islands must be installed at the ends of each row of parking spaces. Additional parking islands must be provided mid-row at intervals not to exceed 200 feet for interior parking rows and 300 feet for perimeter parking rows. Where a parking lot contains ten parking spaces or less, the requirement for parking islands is waived, unless the issuing authority determines islands are needed for traffic circulation and safety.
            (ii)   Where a parking island is immediately adjacent to one or more parking stalls, the island length must be three feet shorter than the adjacent stall to promote ingress and egress into the stall.
            (iii)   A minimum of one deciduous tree must be provided per parking lot island, with exceptions as set forth in § 21.301.15 of this code.
            (iv)   Where one or more trees are present in a parking island, the minimum island width must be eight feet measured from the inside edges of curb to curb (see Figure 21.301.06(c)(3) below). Where no trees are present in a parking island, the minimum island width is four feet measured from the inside edges of curb to curb.
            (v)   Parking islands must be delineated by raised concrete curbing or may be depressed to accommodate infiltration for storm water management purposes.
         (I)   Setbacks for surface parking.
            (i)   The required setback for surface parking is a minimum of 20 feet from a planned widened right-of-way line and a minimum of five feet from a property line not abutting a street. In mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX), setbacks from streets may be reduced if screening is provided that meets the standards in § 21.301.15(d).
      (3)   Graphic illustration.
         (A)   90-degree angle parking.
   Figure 21.301.06(c)(3)
 
      (4)   Electric vehicle chargers. 
         (A)   Protection. Electric vehicle chargers must be:
            (i)   Located in a parking island;
            (ii)   Mounted to an adjacent structure; or
            (iii)   Protected by bollards, structures, or curb if located directly in parking lot.
         (B)   Obstruction. Electric vehicle chargers must not encroach on the minimum unobstructed, walkable sidewalk width specified in § 21.301.04 (d).
   (d)   Number of off-street parking spaces required.
      (1)   The minimum number of off-street parking spaces provided within a development must meet the provisions of this subsection (d), varying by land use as provided in the following table. If more than one land use is present on a site, the required parking is determined by adding together the required number of parking spaces for each use.
         If the number of off-street parking spaces results in a fraction, each fraction of one-half or more will constitute another space required. A lesser number of constructed off-street parking spaces may be allowed through flexibility measures (see subsection (e) below). The requirements for off-street surface parking space dimensions are set forth in subsection (c) above.
Minimum Off-Street Parking Requirements
Minimum Off-Street Parking Requirements
RESIDENTIAL
Single-family
2 spaces per dwelling unit, 1 of which must be fully enclosed within a garage (for construction after June 1, 2015) or area that could be occupied by a garage (for construction before June 1, 2015) (carports are not considered fully enclosed)
Two-family
2 spaces per dwelling unit, 1 of which must be fully enclosed within a garage (carports are not considered fully enclosed)
Townhouse/rowhouse
One bedroom
2.2 spaces per dwelling unit
Two bedroom
2.6 spaces per dwelling unit
Three bedroom
3.0 spaces per dwelling unit
Four bedroom
3.4 spaces per dwelling unit
 
Of which 1 space per unit must be within a fully enclosed garage, and where party room space is provided, an additional 1 space per 100 square feet of party room is required; guest parking spaces must be appropriately provided and dispersed throughout the development, subject to approval of the issuing authority
Multiple-family residence
One bedroom and efficiency units
1.6 spaces per dwelling unit
Two or more bedrooms
2.0 spaces per dwelling unit
Additional requirements for units of all sizes
Of the above requirements, at least 1 space per unit must be within a fully enclosed garage or covered within a structured parking ramp; guest parking spaces must be appropriately provided and dispersed throughout the development, subject to approval of the issuing authority, 1 space per 50 units must be equipped with a Charging Level 2 electric vehicle charger or higher.
Senior citizen housing, accessibility housing
1.5 spaces per dwelling unit, where 0.5 spaces per unit must be available for general parking.
Guest parking spaces must be appropriately provided and dispersed throughout the development, subject to approval of the issuing authority
Co-living development
0.5 spaces per co-living unit
Residential care facility
Group home, nursing home, rest home, adult care home
1.5 spaces for each 4 beds
Guest parking spaces must be appropriately dispersed throughout the development
Manufactured home parks
2 spaces per manufactured home; guest parking must be appropriately provided and dispersed throughout the development, subject to approval by the issuing authority
NONRESIDENTIAL
Automobile Service/Gas Stations
 
   Vehicle repair
Parking in addition to fueling for the following:
Minor (oil, muffler, glass, tires, brakes, batteries)
1 space per 300 square feet of gross floor area excluding service bays, plus 2 spaces per service bay
Major (transmission, engine, body work )
1 space per 300 square feet of gross floor area excluding service bays, plus 3 spaces per service bay
   Convenience retail facility
1 space per 200 square feet of gross floor area, with no more than 0.5 of the required spaces located at fuel pumps
Bank or Financial Institution
With or without drive through
1 space per 240 square feet of gross floor area; additional 6 queuing spaces per lane
Car Wash
Full service, or automatic
8 queuing spaces per bay plus 1 space per 375 square feet of gross floor area
Self service car wash
6 queuing spaces per bay for self service wash
Catering Business, Major and Minor
One space per 500 gross square feet of floor area plus one space per delivery/catering vehicle
Day Care Facility
1.2 spaces for each 10 program participants based on the facility’s licensed capacity, plus 1 space per caregiver on the maximum shift
Educational Institution
Elementary/ middle/ junior high school (public/ private/ charter)
1 space per 800 square feet of gross floor area, (except for auditoriums, theaters, gymnasiums or activity centers, where spaces equal in number to 1/3 capacity in persons are required), plus adequate drop off/ pick up area for students
Senior high school (public/ private/ charter)
1 space per 400 square feet of gross floor area, (except for auditoriums, theaters, gymnasiums or activity centers, where spaces equal in number to 1/3 capacity in persons are required), plus adequate drop off/ pick up area for students
University, college, technical college, seminary, trade school business school or instructional center, (public/ private/ charter)
1 space per 200 square feet of gross floor area, (except for auditoriums, theaters, gymnasiums or activity centers, where spaces equal in number to 1/3 capacity in persons are required), plus adequate drop off/ pick up area for students
Grocery Store
1 space per 225 square feet of gross floor area
Health Club
1 space per 250 square feet of gross floor area (not including swimming pools), and additional off-street parking for the following uses:
   Swimming pool: 1 space per 500 square feet of gross floor area
   Tennis, handball or racquetball: 2 spaces per court
Hotel
Hotel
1.1 spaces per room plus spaces equal in number to 1/3 capacity in persons for meeting/banquet area; maximum hotel parking supply is equal to 120% of the parking requirement.
Hotel airport parking
Hotel airport parking is an accessory use and must be in excess of spaces designated for the above hotel related uses; it must not be shared with adjacent uses; the maximum number of off-street vehicle parking spaces provided for hotel airport parking purposes within a development must not exceed 1 space per 10 hotel rooms.
Industrial
General manufacturing/ makerspace/industrial/ commercial brewing or distilling area
1 space per 500 square feet of gross floor area, plus 1 additional off-street parking space for each 2,500 square feet of outside storage area as determined by the issuing authority
Warehousing, storage
1 space per 1,000 square feet of gross floor area, plus 1 additional off-street parking space for each 2,500 square feet of outside storage area
Data center
10 spaces plus additional 1 space per 5,000 square feet of gross floor area over 10,000 square feet
Open storage without a building on site
1 space for each 2,500 square feet of outside storage area
Office
General, medical or dental
1 space per 285 square feet of gross floor area
High intensity/call centers and telemarketing
1 space per 165 square feet of gross floor area
Arena; Dance Hall; Library; Mortuary; Museum; Place of Assembly; Stadium; or Theater, Indoor or Outdoor
Spaces equal in number to 1/3 capacity in persons; if use includes an educational component, those facilities are required to provide additional parking as provided in the ordinance under educational institutions
Restaurant, Club, or Brewpub
Indoor or rooftop seating
1 space per 3 seats, plus spaces equal in number to 1/3 capacity in persons for meeting/banquet area;
Seasonal/outdoor seating
1 space per 5 seasonal outdoor dining seats
 
Exception: if seasonal outdoor dining seats exceed 20% of indoor/rooftop seating, the required parking for outdoor dining seats exceeding 20% is one space per 3 seats
With drive through
6 additional queuing spaces per lane
Restaurant, Take-out
Calculated as a retail sales or service use
Taprooms and Cocktail Rooms
1 space per 3 seats, plus 1 space per 100 square feet of open floor area
Retail Sales and/or Service
General retail under 10,000 square feet of gross floor area
1 space per 180 square feet of gross floor area
10,000-99,999 square feet of gross floor area
55 spaces plus additional 1 space per 220 square feet of gross floor area over 10,000 square feet
100,000 square feet of gross floor area and over
460 spaces plus additional 1 space per 285 square feet of gross floor area over 100,000 square feet
Large Item Retail Sales
Large item retail under 20,000 square feet of gross floor area
1 space per 220 square feet of gross floor area
20,000-49,999 square feet of gross floor area
90 spaces plus additional 1 space per 600 square feet of gross floor area over 20,000 square feet
50,000 square feet of gross floor area and over
140 spaces plus additional 1 space per 1,000 square feet of gross floor area over 50,000 square feet
Self- Storage Facility
1 parking space for each 50 storage units, evenly distributed throughout storage area; and one parking space for every 100 storage compartments must be located at the manager’s office for the use of visitors
Wholesale Establishments (selling only to retailers and contractors)
1 parking space for each 1,000 square feet of floor area for non-showroom area and 1 additional off-street parking space for each 500 square feet of showroom area
OTHER
Uses not covered by this table
Parking requirements for uses not listed above will be determined by the issuing authority based on similar uses and/ or authoritative sources accepted by the city issuing authority
 
   (e)   Parking reduction flexibility measures. The number of required off-street parking spaces, as specified in subsection (d) above, except for single-family and two-family residential off-street parking, may be reduced through the following flexibility measures when the applicant demonstrates in documented form that parking demand will likely be less than required by this chapter. The City entity empowered to approve each parking flexibility measure is noted below.
      (1)   Proof of parking measures. The City entity with decision-making authority on the site plan, development plan, or other applicable application process may approve a reduction in the required number of off-street parking spaces where the applicant can demonstrate there is lesser need for the required number of off-street parking spaces, and there is space set aside for code complying off-site parking spaces to be constructed if a need is later indicated by the city issuing authority, provided:
         (A)   Where the applicant is seeking a reduction in the total number of required constructed parking spaces, the lesser number of constructed spaces may be allowed, provided:
            (i)   The city may require a parking study conducted in accordance with accepted methodology approved by the city issuing authority, prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city and paid for by the applicant, demonstrating that there is not a present need for the portion of parking for which the applicant is requesting proof of parking flexibility. Where the applicant is seeking a reduction of 10% or less in the total number of required constructed parking spaces, the requirement for a parking study is waived;
            (ii)   A site plan is submitted indicating that the required number of spaces meeting all ordinance requirements can be placed on the site if the need is later indicated by the city issuing authority in observance of a lack of available parking and is approved by the issuing authority; and
            (iii)   Where a site plan is approved with proof of parking measures, a properly drawn legal instrument, memorializing the parking measures drafted and executed by the parties concerned, must be filed with the records for that property in the Registrar of Titles’ or Recorder’s office of the county with proof thereof presented to the issuing authority.
         (B)   Suitability of deferred spaces. The applicant must not assign deferred parking spaces to areas required for landscaping, required buffer zones, setbacks, fire lanes, drive aisles or areas that would otherwise be unsuitable for parking spaces because of the physical characteristics of the land or other requirements of this code.
         (C)   Conversion of deferred spaces by applicant. The applicant may at any time request that the issuing authority approve a revised site plan to allow conversion of deferred spaces to operable parking spaces.
         (D)   Remedies. Should it be determined at a later date, as indicated by the city issuing authority in observance of a lack of available parking, that any or all of the deferred parking spaces are needed, the required number of deferred spaces must be converted to parking spaces that conform to this code at the applicant’s expense.
      (2)   Shared parking between businesses or other entities. It is the city’s policy to encourage efficient use of land and resources by allowing shared parking for multiple use developments or uses that are located near one another and that have different peak parking demands or different operating hours. The issuing authority may approve the shared use of parking facilities under the following conditions:
         (A)   Proximity. The proposed shared parking space is within 500 feet of the entrance to the use it will serve;
         (B)   Conflict in hours. The applicant demonstrates that, because of the hours, size and mode of operation of the respective uses, there is no substantial conflict in the peak parking demands of the uses for which shared use of off-street parking facilities is proposed, and there will be an adequate amount of parking available to meet the needs for each use. A shared parking plan must be submitted whenever shared parking is proposed that includes specific analysis on the peaking characteristics of the various uses included. The city may also require a parking study conducted in accordance with accepted methodology approved by the city issuing authority, prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city and paid for by the applicant, demonstrating that there is not a present need for the portion of parking for which the applicant is requesting proof of parking flexibility;
         (C)   Written consent and agreement. Where shared use of parking exists within the same site or across sites, a properly drawn legal instrument, drafted and executed by the parties concerned, must be filed as a deed restriction on both properties with the records for both properties in the Registrar of Titles’ or Recorder’s office of the county with proof thereof presented to the issuing authority. The intent in either case is that the agreement will be in the public record in perpetuity, and not altered unless approved by the city issuing authority; and
         (D)   Revocation. Failure to comply with the shared parking provisions of this section constitutes a violation of this code. A shared parking agreement may be revoked by the parties to the agreement only if off-street parking is provided as otherwise set forth in this section of this code, or if an alternative shared parking plan is approved by the city issuing authority.
      (3)   Transportation demand management plan (TDM). Off-street parking otherwise required by this section may be reduced by up to 10% subject to approval by the issuing authority of a Tier I TDM Plan consistent with the requirements of § 21.301.09.
      (4)   Enhanced linkages to mass transit. Off-street parking requirements may be reduced subject to approval by the Planning Commission or City Council, where it can be determined that a site is located within one-half mile walking distance of a transit facility that provides regularly scheduled service seven days per week. The issuing authority may require a parking and transportation study conducted in accordance with accepted methodology approved by the city issuing authority, prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city and paid for by the applicant, that shows that parking demand will be decreased by access to nearby transit.
      (5)   Planned development (PD). Off-street parking requirements may be reduced by the City Council through the planned development process when an applicant demonstrates the need for a lesser number of off-street parking spaces. The issuing authority may require a parking and transportation study conducted in accordance with accepted methodology approved by the city issuing authority, prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city and paid for by the applicant.
      (6)   On-street parking. Off-street parking requirements may be reduced subject to approval by the Planning Commission or City Council, when an applicant demonstrates need for a lesser number of off-street spaces due to available, nearby, and safely accessible permitted on-street parking spaces. The issuing authority may require a parking study conducted in accordance with accepted methodology approved by the city issuing authority, prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city and paid for by the applicant, demonstrating that on-street parking is safe and accessible, and that demand for on-street parking would not be deleterious to the area. The issuing authority may also require a sidewalk linkage from the front door of the facility to the sidewalk network.
      (7)   Building reuse. To support the reuse of existing, smaller commercial and industrial buildings or individual tenant spaces that are 10,000 gross square feet or less in floor area, the issuing authority may grant a 25 percent reduction in the number of off-street parking spaces required in subsection (d) provided:
         (A)   The issuing authority determines the site to be constrained with limited opportunity to add additional off-street parking facilities; and
         (B)   The City Engineer determines that the site has adequate vehicular access and circulation, and that the proposed reduction in off-street parking will not negatively impact traffic safety in the immediate area.
   (f)   Non-parking uses in off-street parking and loading areas.
      (1)   Snow removal and storage. Provision must be made in parking, access aisles and loading areas for adequate snow storage or removal to ensure that the required number of off-street parking and loading spaces are available at all times during the year. Snow storage areas, if applicable, must be shown on the site plan.
      (2)   Cart storage. Provision must be made in parking areas for adequate cart storage where carts are used on the premises, to ensure the required number of off-street vehicle parking and loading spaces are available and unencumbered with carts. Cart storage, if applicable, must be shown on the site plan.
      (3)   Accessory storage or retail display. If allowed in the appropriate zoning district, accessory storage or retail display must not occupy required off-street vehicle parking spaces.
      (4)   Work vehicle parking or storage. Provision must be made in parking areas for adequate storage of work-related motorized vehicles used in conjunction with the on-site business to ensure the required number of off-street vehicle parking and loading spaces are available and unencumbered. Work vehicle parking or storage areas, if applicable, must be shown on the site plan and do not count toward the number of required off-street parking spaces.
   (g)   Permit. A parking lot permit is required prior to constructing, enlarging, replacing or resurfacing a parking area, or changing the parking space or drive aisle dimensions of a parking area, including striping or restriping of a parking space or drive aisle, in accordance with § 15.13. The proposed parking lot will be reviewed for compliance with city, state and federal requirements including, but not limited to: storm water management and wetlands protection, accessibility to the physically disabled, parking space and drive aisle dimensions, and lighting standards. Modification to any parking space and drive aisle dimensions may require approval by the City Engineer or their designee. Modification in the public right-of-way requires a separate right-of-way permit in accordance with Chapter 17, Article I of this City Code. Removal or replacement of less than 50% of the parking lot surface on a site within a two-year period requires that portion of the parking area to be brought into compliance with current lighting standards. Removal or replacement of 50% or more of the parking lot surface on a site within a two-year period requires all parking lot surface on the site to be brought into compliance with current lighting standards. All new striping, restriping, accessibility elements, and signage shall meet the requirements of the City Code and the Minnesota State Building Code, as adopted in § 15.01.
   (h)   Parking structures.
      (1)   Parking structure setbacks. A parking structure is subject to the following setback requirements, unless otherwise specified in the code or the International Building Code.
         (A)   Underground parking structure. The required setback for an underground parking garage structure is a minimum of 15 feet from a planned widened right-of-way-line and a minimum of five feet from a property line not abutting a street.
         (B)   Surface parking at an underground parking structure. The required setback for surface parking is a minimum of 20 feet from a planned widened right-of-way-line and a minimum of five feet from a property line not abutting a street (also see subsection (c) above).
         (C)   Above grade parking structure. The required setback for an above grade parking structure is as set forth for buildings in the underlying zoning district.
      (2)   Screening and design requirements.
         (A)   Screening. Above grade parking structures must meet the applicable zoning district requirements regarding screening of surface parking. Where the roof or any portion of the roof of an underground structure or a qualifying structure is used for surface parking, such parking must meet the applicable zoning district requirements regarding screening of surface parking. Parking garage structures which are abutting a single-family or two-family use must provide and maintain a visual screen at the entrance and exit areas to the structure. See § 21.301.15 of this code for screening requirements.
         (B)   Structure design and exterior building materials of a parking garage. Structure design and exterior building materials of a parking garage must be compatible with the surrounding buildings.
            (i)   Parking structures must be designed to block the visibility of vehicle headlights from the exterior.
            (ii)   Parking structure facades that front on public streets must be enhanced through architectural details that match or complement the building the facility serves, including, but not limited to, piers, pilasters, recessed window openings, masonry trim, ornamental grillwork, accent materials or decorative artwork and through exterior materials and colors that match or complement the building the facility serves.
            (iii)   Parking structure access points fronting a public street must be architecturally articulated to add visual interest.
         (C)   Structured parking space dimensions. Parking spaces and drive aisles in structured parking must meet the following dimension requirements:
            (i)   The minimum stall size, not including vehicle overhang area, is eight and one-half feet by 18 feet for 90-degree angle parking. For spaces that are not 90-degree angle, the most recent Institute of Engineers (ITE) standards will be applied as determined by the issuing authority;
            (ii)   The minimum drive aisle width is 24 feet for 90-degree angle parking in structured parking. For parking areas that are not 90-degree angle, the most recent Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) standards will be applied for drive aisle width as determined by the issuing authority;
            (iii)   Up to 20 percent of the total number of required spaces may be for compact cars and have a minimum stall size of 8 feet by 16 feet for 90-degree angle parking. For spaces that are not 90-degree angle, the most recent Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) standards will be applied as determined by the issuing authority. Compact parking may be counted toward required parking if the following conditions are met:
            (aa)   The parking area must have a total size of at least 50 stalls.
            (bb)   Compact parking spaces must be distributed throughout the parking lot, target employee parking areas, and not have generally preferential locations to discourage use by non-compact cars; and
            (cc)   Compact parking spaces must be clearly identified by signs in accordance with the Minnesota Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, with a minimum of one sign per compact space.
            (iv)   All fire lanes must meet the applicable fire codes, as set forth in Chapter 6 of this code.
         For off-street surface parking dimension requirements, see subsection (c) above.
      (3)   Gates, access and limiting devices.
         Gates or access limiting devices for parking structures and surrounding off-street parking areas must be designed and maintained to avoid causing vehicle queuing within the public right-of-way.
   (i)   Single-family and two-family residential driveways and off-street parking.
      (1)   Driveway location. New driveways may not be constructed and existing driveways may not be expanded unless they lead directly to and connect with a garage. A driveway is required to the primary garage on a site. If there is a second garage on the site, a connecting driveway to the second garage is optional, unless regular use dictates the driveway. If there is no garage present on a site, a maximum of one driveway may be constructed provided it leads to a location where a garage could legally be constructed and the length of the driveway does not exceed 50 feet or the maximum distance of the front facade of the principal building from the property line, whichever is greater.
      (2)   Driveway approach dimensions. Driveway approach dimensions must comply with the applicable city construction detail for driveway approaches and § 17.13 of this code.
         (A)   Maximum driveway approach width. The width of the driveway approach at the property line for a single- or two-family residential site must not exceed the width of the driveway it connects to or the width of the curb cut measured from the inside of the tapers. Turning tapers may be added to the driveway approach between the property line and the street that add up to six additional feet to the width of the driveway approach at its intersection with the street; provided that the driveway approach at no point exceeds a maximum width of 30 feet.
      (3)   Driveway dimensions.
         (A)   Minimum driveway width. The width of the driveway must be at least ten feet.
         (B)   Maximum driveway width for single-family sites. Maximum driveway width for single- family sites with a garage of 30 feet or less in width. The width of the driveway must not exceed the width of the garage it serves.
         (C)   Maximum driveway width for single-family sites with a garage over 30 feet in width.
            (i)   The width of the driveway between zero feet and ten feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed 30 feet.
            (ii)   The maximum width of the driveway between ten and 26 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garage it serves at any point and may transition at a 45-degree angle from 30 feet in width to the width of the garage, up to a maximum of 46 feet in width.
            (iii)   The width of the driveway between 26 feet and 100 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garage it serves up to a maximum of 46 feet in width.
            (iv)   The width of the driveway between 100 and 150 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garage it serves.
            (v)   The width of a driveway beyond 150 feet is not restricted in size.
         (D)   Maximum driveway width for two-family sites with a common driveway.
            (i)   The width of the driveway between zero feet and ten feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garages it serves up to a maximum of 30 feet.
            (ii)   The maximum width of the driveway between ten and 28 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garages it serves at any point and may transition at a 45-degree angle from 30 feet in width to the width of the garage, up to a maximum of 48 feet in width.
            (iii)   The width of the driveway beyond 28 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garage it serves up to a maximum of 48 feet.
         (E)   Maximum driveway width for two-family sites with separate driveways on the same street. The width of each driveway must not exceed the width of the garage it serves up to a maximum of 24 feet.
         (F)   Maximum driveway width for two-family sites with separate driveways on separate streets.
            (i)   The width of each driveway between zero feet and ten feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garage it serves up to a maximum of 30 feet.
            (ii)   The maximum width of each driveway between ten and 16 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garages it serves at any point and may transition at a 45-degree angle from 30 feet in width to the width of the garage, up to a maximum of 36 feet in width.
            (iii)   The width of each driveway beyond 16 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garage it serves up to a maximum of 36 feet.
            (iv)   The width of the driveway beyond 100 feet from its intersection with the property line must not exceed the width of the garage it serves.
         (G)   Maximum driveway width for sites without garages. The width of the driveway must not exceed 24 feet.
      (4)   Vehicle parking. The parking and storage of vehicles is prohibited on all portions of single- and two-family sites except within a garage or upon legally constructed driveways or off-drive parking areas. The storage of recreational vehicles must conform with the standards of § 21.301.13 of this code.
      (5)   Off-drive parking areas. The construction of new or the expansion of existing off-drive parking area must comply with the following standards and is allowed only when the cumulative total width of all driveways on site is 26 feet or less. See Figure 21.301.06(i)(12)(A) below:
         (A)   One off-drive parking area of up to 12 feet in width and accessible by a standard vehicle from the driveway is permitted. The off-drive parking area may be located on either side of the driveway provided all setback and other standards are met;
         (B)   The off-drive parking area may extend adjacent to the side of the garage but may not extend farther from the street than the rear of the garage. When adjacent to a garage, the off-drive parking area must be at least nine feet in width;
         (C)   The off-drive parking area must meet the setbacks as set forth in subsection (i)(10) below except that a portion of an off-drive parking area may encroach into the required 20 foot front setback area as it transitions to full width. For sites with a principal building setback of less than 36 feet, off-drive parking area may begin to transition to full width at a 45-degree angle between five feet and 17 feet back from the property line adjacent to the street. For sites with a principal building setback of 36 feet or greater, off-drive parking area may begin to transition to full width at a 45-degree angle between ten feet and 22 feet back from the property line adjacent to the street. Off-drive parking areas with a setback along any street of 150 feet are not restricted in size.
         (D)   The off-drive parking area must be an approved surface as set forth in subsection (i)(7) below;
         (E)   The 35% maximum impervious surface coverage requirement must be met for all single-family sites as specified in § 21.301.01(c)(1) of this code;
         (F)   In the event a site has a second driveway, second garage or a circular driveway, off-drive parking area is allowed only adjacent to one driveway/garage;
         (G)   For two-family dwellings with a common driveway, each unit may have an off-drive parking area subject to the standards of this section provided the driveway width does not exceed the maximum driveway widths set forth in subsection (i)(3)(D) above;
         (H)   Off-drive parking areas are prohibited within the public right-of-way as set forth in § 17.03 of this code; and
         (I)   The off-drive parking area must be connected to a driveway.
      (6)   Off-drive turnaround areas. The construction of new or the expansion of existing off-drive turnaround (hammerhead) area must comply with the following standards and is allowed only when the total width of the driveway and any adjacent off-drive parking area at a given point does not exceed 36 feet. See Figure 21.301.06(i)(12)(A) below:
         (A)   In order to allow vehicles to turn around on-site and exit onto roadways in a forward facing position, one off-drive turnaround area up to 12 feet in width and 18 feet in depth is allowed abutting a driveway. The maximum width of driveway plus off-drive parking area plus off-drive turnaround area must not exceed 36 feet at any point. The off-drive turnaround area may be located on either side of the driveway provided all setback and other standards are met;
         (B)   The off-drive turnaround area must be an approved surface as set forth below in subsection (i)(7) below;
         (C)   The 35% maximum impervious surface coverage requirement must be met for all single-family sites as specified in § 21.301.01(c)(1) of this code;
         (D)   In the event a site has a circular driveway, off-drive turnaround area is not allowed. In the event a site has a second but unconnected driveway, off-drive turnaround area is allowed only adjacent to one driveway; and
         (E)   Off-drive turnaround areas are prohibited within the public right-of-way as set forth in § 17.03 of this code.
      (7)   Second curb cut and connecting driveway. A permit for a second curb cut to a single-family site must not be issued unless the site has at least 120 feet of frontage along a single public street or is a corner lot and complies with the standards of Chapter 17 of this code. For corner lots, when two curb cuts are present, each curb cut must be to a separate street unless the site has at least 120 feet of frontage along a single public street. More than two curb cuts are prohibited for single- or two-family residential sites. In the event a second driveway is installed to service a second garage, the second driveway must meet all driveway standards. If a second driveway is installed to serve as a circular driveway, the secondary driveway is limited to 12 feet in width and must meet all other driveway standards. See Figure 21.301.06(i)(12)(B) below.
      (8)   Driveway and off-drive parking area surface.
         (A)   Driveways and off-drive parking and turnaround areas, not to include driveway approaches, must be paved for the entire length and width of the surface with portland cement concrete, plant bituminous surface (i.e., asphalt), brick, stone or concrete driveway pavers that are placed with gaps not exceeding one quarter inch, or equivalent material as approved by the issuing authority. Gravel is not permitted. A patio or sidewalk cannot be used as a driveway, off-drive parking area or vehicle turnaround area. In the event a patio or sidewalk abuts an off-drive parking area, driveway or vehicle turnaround area for a distance of more than six feet, a barrier is required between the patio or sidewalk and the off-drive parking area, driveway or vehicle turnaround area preventing motor vehicle access.
         (B)   Driveway approach materials must conform to the requirements set forth in § 17.13 of this code.
      (9)   Driveway approach and driveway slope. The driveway approach slope must not exceed 10% pursuant to § 17.13 of this code. Where there is a public easement adjacent to the property line, the driveway slope through the easement must not exceed 10%. The driveway through the private property area may transition to a slope steeper than 10% with prior approval of the City Engineer. Slopes through sidewalks must not exceed ADA requirements of 1:50 or 2%.
      (10)   Driveway and off-drive parking area setbacks. Driveways and off-drive parking and turnaround areas must meet the following setback requirements.
         (A)   Minimum setback. Except for driveways crossing front (or side or rear abutting a public street) setback areas in a perpendicular or near perpendicular fashion and as otherwise specifically allowed by the city code, the minimum setback of driveways and off-drive parking and turnaround areas from property lines is as follows:
 
Front
Minimum 20 feet
Side
Minimum 5 feet
Rear
Minimum 5 feet
Side or rear abutting public street
Minimum 20 feet
 
         (B)   Nonconforming driveways. Legally nonconforming (see § 21.504 of this code) driveways with setbacks of less than five feet from a side property line may be repaired, altered, resurfaced or reconstructed, but not expanded, subject to the following:
            (i)   All driveway surface water drainage must be directed away from the side property line and the abutting property by a slope, curb, retaining wall or other measure approved by the issuing authority; or
            (ii)   Subject to the approval of the City Engineer, driveway surface water drainage may be conveyed by a graded swale in a drainage easement(s) drafted and executed by the property owners of record and filed with the registrar of Titles’ or Recorder’s office of the county with proof thereof presented to the issuing authority.
         (C)   Common driveway setbacks. Setbacks from a side or rear property line may be zero feet where an access easement or a driveway common to abutting properties has been required by the city or has been approved by the City Traffic Engineer, and an access easement or common driveway easement drafted and executed by the property owners of record is filed with the Registrar of Titles’ or Recorder’s office of the county with proof thereof presented to the issuing authority.
         (D)   Reduced setback of garages. When a variance has been approved by the City Council to reduce the setback of any garage from a side or rear property line, or a garage is legally nonconforming with a reduced setback from a side or rear property line, the setback of the driveway serving that garage parallel to a side of rear property line may be greater than or equal to the setback of the garage, subject to the provisions of this section of this code.
         (E)   Existing utilities. Prior to issuance of a permit for any new or replacement driveway with a setback from a side or rear property line of less than five feet, the permit application shall be reviewed with the City Engineer. The issuing authority shall not issue a permit for a driveway which encroaches upon a utility easement where an installed utility is known to exist. When a driveway is installed in an easement area where no public utilities currently exist, an encroachment agreement approved by the City Engineer is required, and the property owner assumes all responsibility for replacement of any private improvements damaged or destroyed by lawful access to or use of public easements.
      (11)   Circular driveways without second curb cuts. If a circular driveway does not require a second curb cut the secondary driveway not leading to a garage is limited to 12 feet in width and must meet all other driveway standards.
      (12)   Permit required. A driveway permit is required for construction, replacement, overlay or alteration of a residential driveway or off-drive parking or turnaround area, with limited exceptions for repairs as set forth in this section of this code. If the driveway approach is modified, appropriate permits must be obtained as required in Chapter 17, Article I of this code.
      (13)   Graphic illustrations.
         (A)   Driveways, driveway approach, off-drive parking area and off-drive turn-around area.
   Figure 21.301.06(i)(12)(A)
         (B)   Second curb cut and driveway.
   Figure 21.301.06(i)(12)(B)
   (j)   Off-street loading.
      (1)   Maneuvering space. Space must be provided within the off-street loading area so that any maneuvering back into or out of a loading space can be conducted outside of any public right-of-way.
      (2)   Location and design. Loading areas must be located and designed to ensure that the entering and exiting vehicles do not disrupt vehicle and pedestrian circulation patterns.
      (3)   Loading berth screening. No loading berth for vehicles over two ton capacity may be closer than 100 feet to any residential district unless completely enclosed by building walls not less than eight feet in height.
      (4)   Noise. Where noise from loading or unloading activity is audible in a residential district, pursuant to § 10.30 of this code, the activity shall terminate between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
      (5)   Setbacks. Components of loading docks that are enclosed or covered must meet the setback requirements of the underlying zoning district. Components of loading docks, including landings, berths, and ramps that are not enclosed or covered must meet setback requirements for drive aisles.
   (k)   Sale of parking areas. Property that constitutes required off-street parking area must not be separated, through sale or other means, from the property containing the principal use for which the parking area is required.
   (l)   Compliance and change of use for a structure or site or additions thereto.
      (1)   Design standards for site redevelopment or addition. When either a full redevelopment of a site is proposed or an addition that would increase the floor area on a site by 25% or greater, the entire site must be brought into compliance with the standards of this section of this code, subject to the approval of the city issuing authority.
      (2)   Number of off-street parking spaces. Any change in occupancy, square footage, or use must comply with the minimum and maximum parking requirements as set forth in this section of this code, subject to approval of the city issuing authority.
      (3)   Requirements for nonconformities. Requirements for nonconformities are set forth in § 21.504 of this code.
(Ord. 2006-54, passed 12-18-2006; Ord. 2007-7, passed 2-26-2007; Ord. 2007-22, passed 6-25-2007; Ord. 2008-1, passed 1-14-2008; Ord. 2008-13, passed 4-21-2008; Ord. 2009-1, passed 1-26-2009; Ord. 2009-26, passed 9-14-2009; Ord. 2006-36, passed 11-16-2009; Ord. 2009-40, passed 12-7-2009; Ord. 2010-1, passed 1-4-2010; Ord. 2010-7, passed 3-22-2010; Ord. 2011-16, passed 8-1-2011; Ord. 2013-13, passed 5-20-2013; Ord. 2015-3, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015; Ord. 2015-27, passed 10-19-2015; Ord. 2015-29, passed 11-2-2015; Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2016-6, passed 4-18-2016; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017; Ord. 2017-15, passed 5-22-2017; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-6, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-11, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-47, passed 12-2-2019; Ord. 2019-50, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2019-57, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2019-65, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2020-1, passed 2-24-2020; Ord. 2020-13, passed 5-4-2020; Ord. 2020-44, passed 12-21-2020; Ord. 2020-46, passed 12-21-2020; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-25, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2022-30, passed 6-6-2022; Ord. 2022-43, passed 9-12-2022; Ord. 2022-60, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2022-61, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2022-70, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2022-71, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2023-16, passed 5-22-2023; Ord. 2023-34, passed 12-18-2023; Ord. 2024-21, passed 9-30-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2024-42, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-07, passed 4-28-2025; Ord. 2025-10, passed 6-2-2025; Ord. 2025-19, passed 9-29-2025; Ord. 2025-26, passed 11-17-2025; Ord. 2025-28, passed 11-17-2025; Ord. 2025-33, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.07 EXTERIOR LIGHTING.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The city recognizes the health, safety, welfare and aesthetic value of providing lighting standards in the community. This section’s provisions are intended to:
      (1)   Promote the public health, safety and general welfare;
      (2)   Establish efficient and cost effective lighting requirements adequate for safety and security;
      (3)   Reduce light pollution, light trespass, glare and offensive light sources;
      (4)   Provide an environmentally sensitive nighttime environment;
      (5)   Discourage inappropriate, poorly designed or installed outdoor lighting by requiring quality lighting design, light fixture shielding and maximum uniformity ratios;
      (6)   Protect motor vehicle operators, pedestrians and adjacent land uses from glare; and
      (7)   Implement the city’s Comprehensive Plan.
   (b)   Lighting plan. Except for single- and two-family dwellings, no exterior lighting may be installed prior to approval of a lighting plan by the issuing authority, unless exempted by the Planning Manager. Modifying approved lighting, including lamp or fixture substitution, requires issuing authority approval. All plans must be signed by a registered electrical engineer or a lighting certified (LC) professional certified by the National Council on Qualifications for the Lighting Professions. The lighting plan must include the following information and attachments, unless exempted by the Planning Manager:
      (1)   Name of project, developer, property owner and architect/designer (all applicable);
      (2)   Date of initial plan preparation and all amendments;
      (3)   Scale of plan (engineering scale only, at a scale of one inch equals 50 feet or less) with north point indication;
      (4)   An accurate site plan indicating the location of property lines and all existing and proposed land improvements including, but not limited to, buildings, parking lots, aisles and driveways, streets, walkways and accessory buildings;
      (5)   The location and description of all existing over story landscaping unless an approved or proposed landscape plan is provided;
      (6)   The location and height above grade of all proposed and existing exterior fixtures (includes decorative and all mounted lighting) on the property;
      (7)   Control descriptions including hours of operation and type of controls (timer, motion sensor, time clock and the like), the light fixtures to be controlled by each type and control schedule;
      (8)   Two separate photometric plans superimposed on a site plan (see subsection (b)(5) above), one plan with the initial at-grade foot candle levels and the other the maintained at-grade foot candle levels. Photometric points must be on a grid ten feet by ten feet or less across the entire site and a minimum of ten feet or more beyond the lot or parcel property line. Each point must be to the nearest 0.1 foot candle;
      (9)   A luminaire schedule table indicating maximum to minimum uniformities for each specific use area such as parking and circulation areas, pedestrian areas and other common public areas, the type of light source, light source wattage and initial light output lumens rating, color rendering index, color temperature and light loss factor of each lamp source;
      (10)   Detailed information on each light fixture including copy of the manufacturers catalog information sheet and IESNA photometric distribution type, including any shielding information such as house side shields, internal and/or external shields; and
      (11)   Energy use calculations showing compliance with the State Energy Code, without exemptions. All parking lots regulated by this section are considered public parking lots in the Minnesota State Energy Code.
   (c)   Lighting standards. In addition to the following specific requirements, all exterior lighting must comply with the standards set forth in this section.
      (1)   Prohibition. No person may install or operate any device with light levels other than as specified in this section.
      (2)   Luminaire. A complete lighting unit extending from a support structure, parallel to the ground, consisting of a light source and all necessary mechanical, electrical and decorative parts. The light source, lens and other components do not extend below the cutoff angle for the luminaire where a 90 degree cut-off is required. A luminaire does not include a pole or other support. All lighting, unless specifically allowed in this section, must be 90 degree cut-off with a flat lens design as shown in subsection (c)(3) below.
      (3)   Graphic illustration.
         (A)   Examples of 90 degree cut-off, flat lens fixtures.
   Figure 21.301.07(c)(3)
      (4)   Architectural lighting of building facades, signs, landscaping or other features. The installation of lighting for architectural, aesthetic or decorative purposes is permitted subject to the limitations in the State Energy Code and the following restrictions.
         (A)   Upward aimed lighting (except for flagpoles) must not exceed 22,500 initial light output lumens per source and must not exceed an average of 15 initial light output lumens per square foot for each facade. All upward aimed light must be fully shielded from public view.
         (B)   Downward aimed lighting must not exceed 45,000 initial light output lumens per source, must not exceed an average of 20 initial light output lumens per square foot for each facade illuminated and must have a 90 degree cut-off with a flat lens.
         (C)   In no instance may the combined upward and downward lighting for building facades exceed 25 initial light output lumens per square foot for each facade illuminated.
         (D)   All landscape lighting shall be less than 500 initial light output lumens per source or the light source must be fully shielded from view and limited to 3,000 initial light output lumens per source fixture.
      (5)   Brightness of signs and unshielded decorative light sources.
         (A)   Dusk to dawn external illuminance standards.
            (i)   Downward aimed lighting must not exceed 200 initial light output lumens per square foot of sign surface illuminated. The source must provide a 90 degree cut-off with a flat lens.
            (ii)   Upward aimed lighting must not exceed 100 initial light output lumens per square foot of sign surface illuminated. The light source must be fully screened from direct view.
            (iii)   In no instance may the combined upward and downward lighting exceed 25 initial lumens per square foot of surface illuminated.
         (B)   Dusk to dawn luminance standards.
            (i)   All sign and decorative light sources must not exceed the luminance standards below:
 
Location
All Signs (Except Those Sign Types Listed in the Next Column)
Electronic Graphic Display, Video or Time and Temperature Signs and Decorative Light Sources
Within the residential zoning districts of R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50, RM-100, and RO-24 or within 500 feet of and visible from protected residential property
125 nits
350 nits
Within all other zoning districts when greater than 500 feet and not visible from protected residential property within 500 feet
200 nits
425 nits
On sites adjacent to I-494, I-35W or within the South Loop District and not visible from a protected residential property within 500 feet
300 nits
500 nits
 
         (C)   Dawn to dusk luminance standards.
            (i)   All sign and decorative light sources must not exceed 6,500 nits.
      (6)   Flagpoles. A flagpole may be illuminated by no more than three upward aimed fully shielded spotlight light fixtures per flag. For flag poles up to 35 feet in height, the fixtures must not exceed a combined 40,000 initial light output lumens for flags of 35 feet or less in height. An additional 500 initial light output lumens for each foot in flag height, not pole height, over 35 feet is allowed up to a maximum of 75,000 initial light output lumens. The light fixtures must be placed as close to the base of the flagpole as reasonably possible and recessed into the ground.
      (7)   Canopy lighting. Light fixtures mounted under roof overhangs and canopies must be recessed so that the lens cover is recessed or flush with the bottom surface (soffit) of the canopy and/or shielded by the fixture or the edge of the canopy so that light is restrained to no more than 85 degrees from vertical. Lights must not be mounted on the top or sides (fascia) of the canopy for the purposes of illuminating a portion or the entire canopy.
         (A)   Example of complying recessed canopy light:
   Figure 21.301.07(c)(7)
      (8)   Building entrances or exits. A light source must be located at each building entrance and exit.
      (9)   Glare. In all zoning districts, all lighting must be arranged so as not to shine directly on any adjoining property. A person must not create light that produces glare clearly visible beyond a property line or creates a sensation of brightness within a visual field so as to cause annoyance, discomfort or impairment of vision. Lenses, deflectors, shields, louvers or prismatic control devices must be used to eliminate nuisance and hazardous lighting to facilitate compliance with this requirement.
         (A)   Motion-activated lighting. Between 10:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m., owners of nonresidential structures within 250 feet of property that is residentially zoned and used must extinguish interior lighting in unoccupied spaces on façades facing residential properties with the following exemptions:
            (i)   Nonresidential structures existing prior to May 5, 2022, unless required by conditions of approval;
            (ii)   Motion triggered lighting activated for safety and security purposes; or
            (iii)   Lighting approved by the Planning Commission or City Council.
      (10)   Parking structures. Luminaires used for illumination of designated pedestrian walkways in parking structures must be at least two times the average illumination or of a significantly different color value than luminaires used for illuminating vehicle parking and drive aisles. Convex lenses in open parking garages must not extend more than two inches below the source. Fully enclosed and secured parking structures are exempt from the cut-off and lens restrictions.
      (11)   Proof of lighting. A parking lot used exclusively for daylight use or secured to prohibit nighttime use is exempt from the lighting requirements subject to installation of all conduit and material, other than the lighting and lighting supports, subject to approval by the issuing authority.
      (12)   Lighting standards. All exterior lighting must comply with the following standards, which vary by use. In the event more than one use is present, the highest regulatory standards apply. Single-family and two-family dwellings and residential parking lots with fewer than 12 parking spaces are exempt from the minimum light levels required but shall comply with the lights source and height requirements for any lighting installed. Maintained lighting levels shall be calculated at a light loss factor of 0.81 or the actual tested light loss factor for the source, whichever is less.
Residential Zones or Uses
Nonresidential Uses Within 300 Feet of Protected Residential Uses
Office/ Industrial Uses
Retail and Service Oriented Uses
Residential Zones or Uses
Nonresidential Uses Within 300 Feet of Protected Residential Uses
Office/ Industrial Uses
Retail and Service Oriented Uses
Maximum height (grade to top of luminaire – includes base)
28 ft.
33 ft.
Maximum power for a 90 degree cut-off – flat lens single light source
30,000 initial light output in lumens
50,000 initial light output in lumens
Maximum power for a zero cut-off fixture
3,000 initial light output in lumens
6,000 initial light output in lumens
Special controls
All lights required for security must be on an alternate circuit. All other exterior lighting must be illuminated no earlier than one hour before the start of business and must be extinguished no later than one hour after the end of business.
Uniformity ratio (max.:min.) (25-ft. parking perimeter exempt from this calculation)
6 max. :1 min.
10 max. : 1 min.
Minimum illumination on parking surface (up to a 50% reduction allowed for the perimeter 25 ft. of parking, loading, access or other surfaced areas along the property line)
1.0 FC
As required for the specific uses
1.5 FC
2.0 FC
Minimum illumination for primary building entrance and exits
5.0 FC within 5 ft. of the entrance/exi t
As required for the specific uses
7.0 FC within 10 ft. of the entrance/exi t
10.0 FC within a radius extending from the door by a distance equal to twice the door opening width
Minimum illumination for secondary and emergency building entrance and exits
2.0 FC within 3 ft. of the entrance/exi t
As required for the specific uses
2.0 FC within 5 ft. of the entrance
2.0 FC within 5 ft. of the entrance
Minimum illumination on the pedestrian access surface from a primary building entrance
2.0 FC within 20 ft.
2.0 FC within 30 ft.
3.0 FC with 30 ft.
Minimum illumination on the designated pedestrian crosswalks to the primary entrance
2 times the minimum illumination level of the area where the crosswalk is located
Minimum illumination on all pedestrian access surfaces to primary building entrances other than listed above
Same as the parking surface for the use
Maximum illumination at property line (no limit along public street)
0.5 FC
2.0 FC
 
      (13)   Lighting for special uses. All exterior lighting must comply with the following standards, which vary by use type. In the event more than one use is present within a development, the more restrictive requirements apply.
Parking Structures
Convenience Facilities with Fuel Sales and Automobile Dealers
Exterior Storage
Parking Structures
Convenience Facilities with Fuel Sales and Automobile Dealers
Exterior Storage
Maximum height
33 ft. (open air level)
33 ft.
Maximum power for 90 degree cut-off – flat lens single light source
50,000 initial light output in lumens
70,000 initial light output in lumens
50,000 initial light output in lumens
Maximum power for no cut-off fixtures – initial light output in lumens
20,000 lumens (source shielded) 3,000 lumens (unshielded)
6,000 lumens
6,000 lumens
Special controls
Required – all lights required for security must be on an alternate circuit; all other exterior lighting must be illuminated no earlier than one hour before the start of business and must be extinguished no later than one hour after the end of business
Not required
Max.:min. Uniformity ratio (25-ft. perimeter exempt)
10 max. : 1 min.
Not required
Minimum illumination on parking surface (up to a 50% reduction allowed for the perimeter 25 ft. of the parking, loading, access or other surfaced areas along the property line or ramp)
5.0 FC enclosed areas for retail uses; 3.0 FC enclosed areas for non-retail uses; open air levels are regulated as open air parking lots
2.0 FC
1.0 FC (when unsecured)
Minimum illumination for pedestrian entrance and exits
10.0 FC within a radius extending from the door by a distance equal to twice the door opening width for pedestrian exits and entrances on all levels
10.0 FC within 20 ft. of primary entrances; 5.0 FC within 10 ft. of secondary entrances
Not applicable
Vehicle entrance and exits
25.0 FC within 35 ft. of 100% closed structure and within 20 ft. for structure at least 45% open
2.0 FC
Not applicable
Minimum illumination on the pedestrian access surface within 30 ft. of a primary building entrance
4.0 FC
Not applicable
Maximum illumination at property line (no limit along public street)
2.0 FC
0.5 FC
 
   (d)   Points of measurement. Illumination measurements taken at the property line will be measured at the greatest point of illumination of said property line. Illumination measurements to determine the minimum and maximum illumination internal to a site will be measured by positioning the meter horizontally at ground level at the highest and lowest points of artificial illumination for the area illuminated and shall not include exempt areas.
   (e)   Prohibitions. After the effective date of this section, no person may install any of the following types of outdoor lighting fixtures:
      (1)   Lights with a color rendition index of less than 50 (except for approved architectural lighting);
      (2)   Lights with a color temperature (K) of less than 2,500 K (except for approved architectural lighting);
      (3)   Blinking, flashing, moving, revolving, flickering, changing intensity or color, and chase lighting, except lighting for temporary seasonal displays, lighting for public safety or required for air traffic safety;
      (4)   Any light fixture that may be confused with or construed as a traffic control device;
      (5)   Any upward oriented lighting, including searchlights, beacons and laser source light fixtures, except as otherwise provided for in this section or approved by the City Council for a special event or purpose;
      (6)   The installation or replacement of parking lot and access lighting with an efficacy less than 70 lumens per watt for the luminaire; and
      (7)   Building and grounds lighting that operate at greater than 100 watts must have an efficacy of 60 initial lumens per watt unless controlled by a motion sensor.
   (f)   Preliminary and final inspection and certification. Prior to the installation of outdoor lighting, an inspection to verify delivery of the approved lamp, fixture and pole heights must be completed. Before a certificate of occupancy may be issued, a post-installation inspection by the issuing authority must verify compliance with the approved plan depicting the initial foot candles levels. Individual points may not vary more than 20% with the average of all points within 10% of the initial foot candle level on the approved plans. Any deviation beyond these criteria must be remedied prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
   (g)   Exceptions. This section’s standards do not apply to the following types of exterior lighting:
      (1)   Ornamental lighting. Low voltage light fixtures (12 volts or less), low wattage ornamental landscape lighting fixtures and solar operated light fixtures having self-contained rechargeable batteries, where any single light fixture does not exceed 200 initial light output lumens;
      (2)   Right-of-way lighting. Public lighting located within and intended for the right-of- way;
      (3)   Temporary lighting. Temporary lighting for approved public sporting events and theatrical, television or performance areas;
      (4)   Required lighting. Lighting required as part of the city adopted Electrical or Building Codes or required by the Federal Aviation Administration or other state or federal agency; and
      (5)   Public safety lighting. Temporary lighting for police, fire or public safety construction and repair personnel.
   (h)   Conformance triggers. Any new lighting designed after the effective date of this section must be in compliance with the requirements of this section. Any lighting legally in existence before the effective date of this section that does not comply with its requirements must come into compliance upon the occurrence of any of the following events. Any lighting illegally in existence before the effective date of this section must come into compliance immediately upon adoption of this section.
      (1)   Alterations to existing lighting.
         (A)   When poles and support structures are removed and replaced for reasons other than acts of God or accidents, they must be replaced with luminaires, poles and supports that comply with this section; and
         (B)   When luminaires are replaced without replacement of poles or support structure, they must be replaced with luminaires that comply with all provisions of this section except the minimum light intensity provisions of subsection (c)(11) above. In no event, however, may the existing light intensity levels be reduced below existing lighting levels for the parking area.
      (2)   Removal and replacement of parking lot surface. When less than 50% of the gross area of the parking lot surface on a particular site is removed and replaced, the parking area replaced must be provided with lighting in compliance with this section within 30 days of parking lot completion. If 50% or more of the parking area on a particular site is removed and replaced within one year, the entire parking lot or lots on the site where the construction activity occurs must be brought into full compliance with this section within 30 days of parking lot completion. A parking lot or portion thereof is “removed and replaced” when any portion of the existing parking surface material is removed and a new surface is installed.
      (3)   New parking lots or parking lot additions. When a new parking lot or addition to an existing parking lot is constructed, the new lot or lot addition must be provided with lighting in compliance with § 21.301.06 of this code.
      (4)   New structures, additions or replacements. When a site is improved with new structures or additions to or replacements of existing structures, the lighting for the new structure, addition or replacement on the site must be upgraded with complying lighting and the parking lot lighting must be upgraded with complying lighting over a portion of the parking area that is equivalent to the amount of parking that would be required for the new structure, addition or replacement by § 21.301.06 of this code. In the event the new structure, addition or replacement is accompanied by new or replaced parking area, the amount of upgraded lighting area must be that required under this subsection (h)(4), or that required under the combination of subsections (h)(2) and (h)(3) above, whichever is greater.
      (5)   Change of type of occupancy. When the type of occupancy for a portion or entire site or structure is changed, site lighting must be upgraded throughout the site, as necessary, to comply with this section for the structure, or portion thereof, and the parking lot be upgraded for the required parking for the occupancy as established in § 21.301.06 of this code. For purposes of determining the type of occupancy of a site, the occupancy classifications of the State Building Code must be utilized.
      (6)   Unoccupied sites. When a site has been unoccupied for a period of one year, the lighting must be upgraded to fully comply with this section prior to any reoccupation of the site.
      (7)   Conditions of approval. When a development application is made for a site, the City Council may as a condition of approval require compliance with any or all of the performance standards of this section, and the extent of compliance required in such cases may be greater than that otherwise required under subsection (d) above, if deemed reasonably necessary to protect the public health, safety or welfare and to achieve the purposes of this section.
      (8)   Nuisance conditions. Lighting that creates a public nuisance must be brought into compliance upon issuance of orders from the issuing authority.
   (i)   Maintenance. All lighting and lighting structures must be maintained in good repair and appearance by the property owner and must not be in a condition of disrepair or danger, and must not constitute a public nuisance.
   (j)   Flexibility measures. Site lighting levels in a specific area may be reduced from the standards discussed above subject to the inclusion of the following crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED) measures and approval by the City Police Department. These flexibility measures are limited to a total reduction in site lighting levels of 25%:
      (1)   Enhanced max.:min. Uniformity ratio at or below 3:1 max.:min. qualifies for up to a 10% lighting level reduction;
      (2)   Inclusion of CCTV or sound surveillance devices monitored by security personnel qualify for up to a 10% lighting level reduction;
      (3)   Installation of panic buttons, intercoms or emergency phones throughout the parking area qualifies for up to a 5% lighting level reduction;
      (4)   Secured access and use of the parking area qualifies for up to a 5% lighting level reduction;
      (5)   Inclusion of signs and graphics to enhance movements throughout the site qualifies for up to a 3% lighting level reduction;
      (6)   For parking structures, increased parking structure windows or openings to enhance natural surveillance of parking structure occupants qualify for up to a 3% lighting level reduction in the parking structure; or
      (7)   Additional measures identified in a CPTED study submitted and approved with the reduction level determined by the City Police Department.
(Ord. 2008-13, passed 4-21-2008; Ord. 2009-41, passed 12-7-2009; Ord. 2010-1, passed 1-4-2010; Ord. 2012-2, passed 1-23-2012; Ord. 2013-19, passed 8-19-2013; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015 Ord. 2016-6, passed 4-18-2016; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017; Ord. 2019-3, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-47, passed 12-2-2019; Ord. 2019-58, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2022-13, passed 4-25-2022; Ord. 2024-34, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2024-54, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-49, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.08 FENCES.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The city recognizes the health, safety, aesthetic and economic value of fences. The provisions of this section are intended to:
      (1)   Allow for areas on site for privacy, while maintaining the city’s general open design along streets;
      (2)   Provide screening and mitigation of potential conflicts between active areas and more passive areas;
      (3)   Enhance the overall aesthetic conditions within the city;
      (4)   Limit sight line obstructions;
      (5)   Reduce the potential for criminal and illegal activities; and
      (6)   Prevent conflicts with utilities and drainage flow.
   (b)   Location.
      (1)   Zoning district. Fences are allowed in any zoning district, subject to the provisions of this code.
      (2)   Fence location on lot. Unless otherwise required by this code, fences are permitted up to, but not over the property line. Fences must maintain a clear view triangle area setback.
   (c)   Height. Except where otherwise required by this code, the following regulations apply to fence height. For the purposes of fence height requirements, alleys are not considered a street.
      (1)   Limitations. Except where otherwise required by this code or required by a condition of approval for a development application, the following limitations apply to fence height:
 
Type of Yard
Maximum Height for Body of Fence
Residential Use
Nonresidential Use
Yard abutting a street
4 ft.
6 ft.
Yard not abutting a street
6 ft.
10 ft.
 
      (2)   Exceptions and interpretation. The following exceptions and guidance on interpretation apply to fence height limitations:
         (A)   A residential fence in a yard abutting an arterial street as designated by the Comprehensive Plan may rise to a maximum height of six feet;
         (B)   Any residential fence may rise to a height of eight feet if the following locational requirements are all met:
            (i)   The fence must not be located in a front yard or yard abutting a street unless it is set back at least 65 feet from the public right-of-way; and
            (ii)   Fences located within side or rear yards not abutting a street must meet the required setback from a specific property line for a principal structure in the applicable zoning district;
         (C)   A residential fence in the rear yard of a corner lot may rise to a height of six feet provided the fence meets the minimum setback from the street for a principal structure in the applicable zoning district or provided the fence is no closer to a street than an existing principal structure or garage;
         (D)   A residential fence in the rear yard of a through lot when abutting lots are also through lots may rise to a height of six feet;
         (E)   A residential fence abutting a nonresidential use may rise to the height of eight feet;
         (F)   Screening fences required by the city code (see subsection (g)(4) below for references);
         (G)   Screening fences required by a condition of approval for a development application; and
         (H)   Public chain link fences for public safety and/or public research purposes such as along public trails and/or at public parks.
      (3)   Measurement. Fence height is measured to include the body of the fence, plus allowing a maximum of six inches (on average between posts) above the natural grade (i.e., for drainage purposes). Fence posts are permitted to extend a maximum of 12 inches above the body of the fence. In the event fence height has been elevated through the use of a retaining wall, the creation of a berm or other method for the primary purpose of increasing the elevation of the fence, the fence height is measured from the ground elevation prior to grade modification.
      (4)   Graphic illustration: measuring fence height.
   Figure 21.301.08(c)(4)
   (d)   Opacity (the degree of openness to which light or views are blocked measured perpendicular to the fence for each fence section between supports). The following opacity limitations are meant to maintain an open feeling along public streets and to prevent crime.
      (1)   Limitations. Where the body of a fence in a yard adjacent to a street is over three feet in height and does not meet the required setback for a principal structure from a street in the applicable zoning district, the amount of fence opacity is limited to 50%. For the purposes of fence opacity limitations, an alley is not considered a street.
      (2)   Exceptions. The following fences are exempt from opacity limitations:
         (A)   Fences in a yard adjacent to an arterial street as designated by the City Comprehensive Plan provided a 15-foot clear view triangle area is maintained between the intersection of any driveway with a sidewalk or bikeway;
         (B)   Screening fences required by the city code (see subsection(g)(4) below for references);
         (C)   Screening fences required by a condition of approval for a development application;
         (D)   Fences in the rear yard of a through lot when adjacent lots are also through lots;
         (E)   Fences in the rear yard of a corner lot when the fence is no closer to the street than an existing principal structure or garage; and
         (F)   Vegetation growing adjacent to or on a fence will not be considered in determining compliance with the opacity requirements for fences.
      (3)   Graphic illustration: fence opacity.
   Figure 21.301.08(d)(3)
   (e)   Materials. Fences must be constructed of wood, metal, bricks, masonry, plastic or other materials designed for permanent outdoor fencing. Wood fences must be constructed of cedar, redwood or other decay resistant wood. Chain link fencing of less than 12 gauge in diameter is prohibited (for example, where 13 gauge is finer and not permitted, and 11 gauge is thicker and permitted). Fences must not be constructed from razor wire, snow fencing, plywood or materials originally intended for other purposes. Above ground electric fencing is not permitted. Barbed wire is permitted only on top of fences in nonresidential districts, a minimum of six feet above the natural grade. Electric fencing or barbed wire is permitted for prescribed grazing as set forth in § 14.99(m).
      (1)   Exceptions. The following fences are exempt from material limitations:
         (A)   Temporary fences made of chicken wire are permitted for garden and farm poultry enclosure uses only; and
         (B)   Temporary fence wrap made of material designed to withstand wind loads is permitted for temporary construction or excavation fences pursuant to subsection (l) below.
   (f)   Restrictions. The following restrictions on fences apply to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
      (1)   Ownership. All fences, including fence footings, must be located entirely on the fence owner’s property.
      (2)   Public easements. Fences may not be placed on or extend into a public easement where public improvements are located without approval of an encroachment agreement by the Director of Public Works or designee along with proof that the agreement has been filed with the records for the property in the office of the County Recorder or Registrar of Titles. When installing any part of a permitted fence into a public easement, the city or any agent of the city permitted to use the easement will be held harmless for any and all claims for damage to the fence that might occur when work is performed in the easement. In addition, the city is not responsible or liable for the reinstallation of any fence removed from the easement.
      (3)   Clear view triangle. Fences of any style or material must maintain a clear view triangle area as defined in § 21.601 and shown in Figure 21.301.08(f)(3).
   Figure 21.301.08(f)(3)
      (4)   Adjacent to sidewalks. Fences adjacent to public sidewalks must be set back a minimum of two feet from the nearest edge of sidewalk.
      (5)   Fire hydrant and utility clear zone. The area three feet in radius around all fire hydrants, fire hose connections and utility boxes must be kept free of any fencing that could impede access to or use of the hydrant, fire hose connection or utility box.
      (6)   Fences in floodways. Fences are not permitted in floodway areas as designated on FEMA’s flood boundary and floodway map.
      (7)   Drainage. A fence must not adversely affect drainage or create debris build-up.
   (g)   Where fences are required. At times this code requires fences to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
      (1)   Dog enclosures. See § 14.92.
      (2)   Swimming pool enclosures. See §§ 14.443 and 15.108.
      (3)   Excavations and open pits. See § 16.25.
      (4)   Screening. See §§ 8.16, 10.05, 10.29.05, 10.38, 10.57, 21.205.06, 21.301.24(i), 21.302.36, 21.302.38, 21.206.04, 21.301.05, 21.301.06, 21.301.13, 21.301.15, 21.301.16, 21.301.17, 21.302.01, 21.302.02, 21.302.13, 21.302.16, and 21.302.31 for specifications on required screening standards, to include fences as a method of screening.
   (h)   Fence installation, posts and supporting members. All fence elements must be permanently installed and constructed in a workmanlike manner to secure the fence in a vertically level position. Fences must be installed so that posts and lateral supports are not on the side of the fence facing an adjacent property or public right-of-way, unless exposed on both sides.
   (i)   Maintenance. All fences must be kept in good repair and appearance on both sides of the fence by its owner and not be in a condition of disrepair or danger, or constitute a public or private nuisance. Peeling, flaking and chipped coating must be eliminated and surfaces recoated. The property owner is responsible for maintaining the area between the property line and the owner’s fence.
   (j)   Permit. Fence installations, alterations or repairs do not require a permit, with the following exceptions.
      (1)   A fence greater than seven feet in height, where permitted by this code, requires a building permit from the City Building and Inspection Division prior to installation.
      (2)   The installation of a fence within a floodplain as specified in § 21.208.01 requires the approval of the Planning Manager prior to installation.
      (3)   The installation of a fence within a shore area as specified in § 21.303.01(d) requires a shore area permit from the City Building and Inspection Division prior to installation.
   (k)   Utilities. The property owner is responsible for verifying that no conflicts exist with utilities prior to installation of fencing.
   (l)   Temporary fences. Temporary fences are prohibited in residential districts, except for construction or excavation purposes. A temporary fence wrap is permitted for the duration of the construction or excavation period, subject to the following standards:
      (1)   Maximum height: six feet; and
      (2)   Minimum setback: at the greater of the property line, or easement for public sidewalk, or as otherwise approved by the City Engineer.
   (m)   Other constructed features. The following constructed features are differentiated from fences.
      (1)   Arbors and trellises. Except where otherwise required in this code, regulations governing fences apply to arbors and trellises used in lieu of a fence or in combination with a fence, except that arbors and trellises used in lieu of a fence may rise once to a maximum height of nine feet for a distance of six feet in length, in compliance with § 21.301.02(g).
      (2)   Walls. Except where otherwise required in this code, regulations governing the height, location and opacity of fences apply to walls used in lieu of a fence or combination with a fence.
   (n)   Effective date. This section will be effective on December 31, 2008.
(Ord. 2008-43, passed 12-1-2008; Ord. 2009-34, passed 11-2-2009; Ord. 2010-28, passed 11-1-2010; Ord. 2011-16, passed 8-1-2011; Ord. 2013-2, passed 2-25-2013; Ord. 2013-9, passed 4-1-2013; Ord. 2014-9, passed 5-5-2014; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015; Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2016-21, passed 10-3-2016; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-3, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-50, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-19, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2022-62, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2023-48, passed 12-18-2023; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2024-33, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-39, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.09 TRANSPORTATION DEMAND MANAGEMENT (TDM).

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The purpose of Transportation Demand Management (TDM) is to promote more efficient utilization of existing transportation facilities, reduce traffic congestion and mobile source pollution, and to ensure that new developments are designed in ways to maximize the potential for alternative transportation usage. TDM is a combination of services, incentives, facilities and actions that reduce single occupancy vehicle (SOV) trips to help relieve traffic congestion, allow parking flexibility and reduce air pollution.
   (b)   Applicability. Recognizing that development size and land use type directly affect traffic generation, the city has established two levels of TDM program applicability:
      (1)   A Tier 1 TDM program is required for all new development and/or redevelopment consisting of:
         (A)   New developments where the city code requires the provision of more than 350 parking spaces attributable to office, institutional, industrial and warehouse uses;
         (B)   New nonresidential developments seeking flexibility from the standard parking requirements in accordance with city code § 21.301.06(e)(3);
         (C)   Redevelopment and/or additions to existing nonresidential development that result in a 25% or greater increase in parking spaces attributable to office, institution, industrial and warehouse uses, and the total amount of required parking attributable to office, institution, industrial and warehouse uses is 350 or more spaces; or
         (D)   Other development as required by City Council condition.
      (2)   A Tier 2 TDM program is required for new nonresidential development, nonresidential redevelopment and/or additions to existing development over 1,000 square feet in floor area, provided a Tier 1 TDM program is not required.
      (3)   The following uses shall be exempt from Tier 1 TDM program requirements:
         (A)   Places of assembly;
         (B)   Schools (K-12);
         (C)   Parks and recreational facilities; and
         (D)   Other institutional uses that are not customarily in operation between the peak weekday traffic period (6:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m.).
   (c)   TDM plan requirements. Mandatory TDM plan requirements for the two levels include:
      (1)   Tier 1 TDM program.
         (A)   A TDM study prepared by a qualified traffic consultant that includes:
            (i)   A description of the projected transportation and parking impacts of the development at full site development, forecasts of SOV trips generated and the likely timing of those trips, and anticipated parking demand. The TDM study must be conducted in accordance with accepted methodology approved by the Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee. If determined to be a special study subject to the requirements of city code § 21.502.01(h), the traffic study must be prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee, and paid for by the applicant.
         (B)   A TDM plan prepared by the property owner that includes:
            (i)   A description of the TDM goals, including peak hour SOV trip reduction goals;
            (ii)   Description of TDM strategies and implementation measures and the anticipated SOV trip reduction associated with each strategy. The TDM measures may include, but are not limited to, on-site transit facilities, preferential location of car and van pool parking, telecommuting, on-site bicycle and pedestrian facilities and employer subsidized transit passes;
            (iii)   Description of the evaluation measures and process that will be used to determine the effectiveness of the TDM strategies used and progress toward achieving the SOV trip reduction goals; and
            (iv)   Proposed total expenditures to implement the TDM strategies for at least three years following the issuance of the certificate of occupancy.
         (C)   A TDM agreement prepared by the City Attorney’s office, executed by the property owner and the city, and filed by the property owner with the records for that property in the Registrar of Titles’ or Recorder’s office of the county with proof thereof presented to the issuing authority prior to issuance of a building permit;
         (D)   A financial guarantee in the amount established by the TDM program schedule set forth in the TDM policies and procedures document maintained by the Director of Public Works; and
         (E)   An annual status update report in the format specified in the TDM policies and procedures document maintained by the Director of Public Works, or otherwise approved by the Director or the Director’s designee, hereinafter referred to as the “annual status report.”
         (F)   In the event that an existing and active city approved TDM program exists for a site, the Tier 1 requirements may take the form of amendments to the existing document rather than a separate new document.
      (2)   Tier 2 TDM program.
         (A)   Prior to issuance of a building permit, a basic Tier 2 TDM plan describing the TDM strategies the property owner agrees to implement to reduce peak SOV trip generation that is prepared in the format specified in the TDM policies and procedures document maintained by the Director of Public Works or otherwise approved by the Director or the Director’s designee.
   (d)   Financial guarantee. The property owner must provide a financial guarantee prior to the issuance of the certificate of occupancy to ensure implementation of TDM strategies and progress towards meeting the approved TDM plan goals when a Tier 1 TDM plan is required. The financial guarantee rate is established by the TDM program schedule set forth in the TDM policies and procedures document maintained by the Director of Public Works. The financial guarantee may be provided in the form of cash, bond or a letter of credit at the discretion of the property owner.
      The city will retain the cash payment, bond or letter of credit for two years from the date the property owner verifies that occupancy of the leasable area of the development has reached 30%. This date shall hereinafter be referred to as the “initial TDM plan implementation date.”
   (E)   Administration. The Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee will administer Tier 1 and Tier 2 TDM plans, including, but not limited to:
      (1)   Review and approval of TDM plans;
      (2)   Maintenance of files for approved TDM plans;
      (3)   Monitoring progress toward implementation of TDM strategies and evaluating success of efforts to achieve TDM plan goals;
      (4)   Holding and releasing TDM financial guarantees; and
      (5)   Determining compliance in implementing TDM strategies as that relates to the release or forfeiture of TDM financial guarantees.
   (F)   Compliance. A property owner or its successors and assigns must demonstrate a good faith effort to implement strategies described in an approved Tier 1 TDM plan by submitting an annual status report within 30 days of the one year and two year anniversary dates of the initial TDM plan implementation date. The Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee will review the annual status reports, within 30 days of receipt, to determine if a good faith effort has been made to implement the strategies described in an approved Tier 1 TDM plan or otherwise achieve the approved TDM plan goals. The annual status report must include at least the following:
      (1)   Results of the survey questions included in the TDM annual status report model specified in the TDM policies and procedures document maintained by the Director of Public Works, compiled using the model format or a format otherwise approved by the Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee, to determine the effectiveness and participation in TDM strategies;
      (2)   Documentation of annual expenditures made to implement TDM strategies; and
      (3)   Documentation of the implementation of TDM strategies listed in the approved Tier 1 TDM plan and an evaluation of the success of each strategy based on the survey results, as well as, at the option of the property owner, any other verifiable method of measurement such as a follow-up traffic study.
   (g)   Release of the TDM financial guarantee. If the property owner or its successors and assigns demonstrates a good faith effort to implement the strategies set forth in the approved Tier 1 TDM plan as demonstrated by the data contained in the consecutive annual status reports, the TDM financial guarantee will be released to the property owner within seven working days of that determination by the Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee.
   (h)   Forfeiture of the TDM financial guarantee. Failure to comply with the provisions of an approved Tier 1 TDM plan constitutes a violation of this section of the city code.
      (1)   If the property owner or its successors or assigns fails to submit timely annual status report that document a good faith effort to implement the strategies set forth in their approved Tier 1 TDM plan, the Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee may direct that the TDM financial guarantee continue to be held for a period of up to another 12 months at the end of which an additional annual status report must be submitted. The TDM financial guarantee at the end of the additional period will be either released or forfeited based upon the Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee’s determination of whether or not the property owner has demonstrated a good faith effort to implement the TDM strategies set forth in the approved TDM plan or otherwise achieve the TDM plan goals.
      (2)   If the Director of Public Works or the Director’s designee determines on the basis of the annual status reports that the failure to implement the strategies set forth the Tier 1 TDM plan or otherwise achieve the TDM plan goals is attributable to inexcusable neglect on the part of the property owner or its successors and assigns, the financial guarantee will be immediately forfeited to the city.
   (i)   Appeals. The property owner or its successors or assigns may appeal the forfeiture or continued holding of the TDM financial guarantee or imposed sanctions to the City Council within 30 days following the mailing of the notice of forfeiture, continued holding or sanctions. The city will provide the appellant with at least ten days’ notice of the time and place of the hearing before the City Council.
(Ord. 2009-40, passed 12-7-2009; Ord. 2013-2, passed 2-25-2013; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015)

§ 21.301.10 HEIGHT.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The city recognizes the importance of structure height in maintaining and creating neighborhood character, in casting shadows, in fostering economic development and in encouraging redevelopment. The provisions of this section are intended to:
      (1)   Preserve neighborhood character;
      (2)   Allow tall buildings in appropriate areas;
      (3)   Protect single-family, two-family and townhome dwellings from significant shadows;
      (4)   Facilitate the provision of telecommunication services while minimizing visual impacts; and
      (5)   Minimize the impact of taller buildings on adjacent uses and pedestrians.
   (b)   Height limits.
      (1)   Buildings and structures other than towers.
         (A)   Height limits map. Buildings and structures other than towers may not exceed the maximum height and building stories shown for their location on the official height limits map, which is hereby incorporated by reference as a part of the city code and is available online and in the Planning Division offices. Any proposed amendments to the height limits map will be considered amendments to the city code and must follow the same approval procedure. Buildings and structures other than towers are also subject to the use related height limits, airport related height limits, shadow standards and building step back standards discussed below.
         (B)   Single- and two-family residential uses. In addition to the height limits map, all sites with single- and two-family residential uses must also meet the following additional height limitations:
            (i)   Buildings must not exceed two stories in height;
            (ii)   At the five-foot side setback line, building height must not exceed 19 feet;
            (iii)   For portions of buildings between the five-foot and the 20-foot side setback line, building height may increase at no more than a 1:1 ratio to side setback (for example, at ten feet from the side lot line, building height is limited to 24 feet, see Figure 21.301.10(b)(1)(B)(vii) below);
            (iv)   Beyond the 20-foot side setback line, building height must not exceed 40 feet on facades facing a street. Facades that do not face a street have no height limit beyond the 20-foot side setback line;
            (v)   Flat roofed buildings must not exceed 30 feet in height on facades facing a street; and
            (vi)   Structures other than buildings must not exceed 30 feet in height.
            (vii)   Graphic illustration: single- and two-family residential height limits near side lot lines.
   Figure 21.301.10(b)(1)(B)(vii)
* Exception - beyond the 20-foot side setback line, facades that do not face a street have no height limit.
      (2)   Towers.
         (A)   Within all designated residential property the maximum height of any tower, including all antennas and other attachments, must not exceed 30 feet.
         (B)   Outside of designated residential property but within residential zoning districts, the maximum height of any tower, including all antennas and other attachments, must not exceed one foot for each four feet the tower is set back from designated residential property up to a maximum height of 75 feet.
         (C)   Within all nonresidential zoning districts, the maximum height of any tower, including all antennas and other attachments, must not exceed one foot for each two feet the tower is set back from designated residential property up to a maximum height of 75 feet in non-industrial zoning districts and 100 feet in industrial zoning districts.
   (c)   Airport related height limits. In addition to other height limitations noted in this section, no new building, structure or tower may be constructed or established; no existing building, structure or tower may be altered, changed, rebuilt, repaired or replaced; and no tree may be allowed to grow or be altered, repaired or replaced, or replanted in anyway so as to project above any airspace surface shown in the Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport Zoning Ordinance.
   (d)   Shadows. The following required standards are intended to preserve daylight and solar access for residents of buildings on protected residential property.
      (1)   Prohibited shadows. New buildings and structures (or multiple buildings on the same site) must not exceed a height that would cast shadows on existing residentially used buildings on protected residential property at both 10:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. Central Standard Time on December 21.
      (2)   Shadow study. Any application for a building or structure (or multiple buildings on the same site) with the potential as determined by the issuing authority to cast shadows on existing residentially used buildings on protected residential property must include a shadow study. The shadow study must include an accurate site plan showing the proposed building, surrounding residentially used buildings on protected residential property, and the shadows that would be cast by the proposed building(s) or structure(s) at both 10:00 a.m. and 2:00 p.m. Central Standard Time on December 21. The shadow study must take into account differences in topography and must assume the following:
 
Time on December 21
Solar Azimuth
Shadow Length
10:00 a.m.
148.92 degrees
3.61 x structure height
2:00 p.m.
206.01 degrees
3.19 x structure height
 
   (e)   Pedestrian street step back standards. The following required standards are intended to maintain a pedestrian scale and character, minimize the impacts of shadows and minimize the impacts of wind currents along pedestrian oriented streets by limiting building height near the street. The standards apply only to buildings and structures along pedestrian street segments designated on the official height limits map, which is hereby incorporated by reference in the city code and is available online and in the Planning Division offices. Any proposed amendments to the pedestrian street segments designated on the height limits map will be considered amendments to the city code.
      (1)   Pedestrian street step back standard. The height of any portion of a new building or structure above the fourth story adjacent to a pedestrian street segment may not exceed the horizontal distance of that portion of the structure to the centerline of the adjacent pedestrian street segment, except that portions of buildings or structures more than 80 feet from the centerline of the adjacent pedestrian street segment are exempt from further step back. See Figure 21.301.10(e)(4) below for an illustration of the pedestrian street step back standard. For the purposes of pedestrian street step back standards, building height is calculated relative to the elevation of the centerline of the street.
      (2)   Exceptions.
         (A)   To allow building variation along individual block faces, up to 25% of the width of an individual block face may include existing or proposed buildings that exceed the pedestrian street step back standard. For the purposes of this section, a BLOCK FACE is one side of a block measured from curb to curb.
         (B)   In situations where one development spans both sides of a pedestrian street segment, the pedestrian street step back standard is waived if, on the opposite side of a designated pedestrian street segment from a proposed building:
            (i)   No building exists or is proposed; or
            (ii)   An existing or proposed building does not exceed one story.
         (C)   In situations where one development spans both sides of a pedestrian street segment, the pedestrian street step back standard is waived if the distance between buildings on opposite sides of the street, measured at their closest point, is greater than twice the height of the taller building as measured according to subsection (i)(1) below.
      (3)   Flexibility. Applicants may seek pedestrian street step back standard flexibility through the planned development process by demonstrating that other means will be used to maintain a quality pedestrian environment that avoids a canyon effect, including but not limited to varying building heights and setbacks, providing sufficient spacing between opposing buildings across streets, and providing interspersed parks and open spaces.
      (4)   Graphic illustration: step back standard along a pedestrian street segment.
   Figure 21.301.10(e)(4)
   (f)   Step back from residential standards. The following required standards are intended to minimize the impacts of shadows on protected residential property and preserve residential neighborhood character. The standards apply to new buildings and structures within 100 feet of protected residential property, except single-family, two-family, townhouse and rowhouse dwellings, and their accessory buildings and structures, which are exempt from residential step back standards.
      (1)   Step back from residential standard. The height of any portion of a new building or structure may not exceed the horizontal distance of that portion of the structure to the nearest protected residential property line, except that portions of buildings or structures more than 100 feet from the nearest protected residential property line are exempt from further step back. See Figure 21.301.10(f)(2) below for an illustration of the step back from residential standard. For the purposes of step back from residential standards, building height is calculated relative to the elevation at the protected residential property line.
      (2)   Graphic illustration: step back standard near protected residential property.
   Figure 21.301.10(f)(2)
   (g)   Exceptions. The following exceptions to the standards of this section apply:
      (1)   Public utility structures, including, but not limited to, water towers, public safety antennas, lights and signals, power and telephone poles, public safety radio towers and poles supporting emergency warning devices are required to meet airport related height limits but are not required to comply with the other height limits of this section. When a public utility structure outside the public right-of way is extended or replaced to accommodate the co-location of a commercial wireless telecommunication service facility, such extension must comply with the requirements of this section;
      (2)   Antenna mounting structures in the public right-of-way are required to meet airport related height limits but are not required to comply with the other height limits of this section. Instead, their height is regulated by Chapter 17, Article IV of the city code;
      (3)   Places of assembly for worship and their related sanctuaries, steeples, spires, bell towers and similar structures are required to meet airport related height limits but are not required to comply with the other height limits of this section. Height for these structures is regulated by § 21.302.36;
      (4)   Multi-user towers may exceed the height limitations of subsection (b)(2) above by up to 20 feet provided they comply with airport related height limits;
      (5)   In accordance with the Federal Communications Commission’s preemptive ruling PRB1, a tower erected for the primary purpose of supporting amateur radio antennas may exceed 30 feet in height provided that a determination is made by the Planning Manager that the proposed tower height is technically necessary to successfully engage in amateur radio communications and provided it complies with airport related height limits;
      (6)   Residential chimneys, up to four feet in width or depth, may exceed the height limitations of this section by up to two feet provided they comply with airport related height limits; and
      (7)   Access doors and garage doors to basements, underground garages and tuckunder garages may exceed the height limitations of this section by up to 11 feet provided the width of wall area or areas exposed to accommodate the doors does not exceed 50% of the width of the elevation through which it provides access and does not exceed 10% of the total width of all facades on the building measured in elevation view.
   (h)   Flexibility. Flexibility to the requirements of this section may be granted by the City Council through the planned development approval process discussed in § 21.208.03 and through the variance process discussed in § 21.501.10.
   (i)   Measurement.
      (1)   Height. The height of structures, buildings and towers is determined by measuring the vertical distance from the lowest proposed ground elevation that abuts the structure, building or tower to the highest point on any part of the structure, building or tower, including rooftop equipment, antennas and lightning rods. In the event a tower is mounted on top of another structure or building, the tower height is determined by measuring the vertical distance from the lowest proposed ground elevation that abuts the structure or building on which the tower is mounted to the highest point on any part of the tower, including antennas and lightning rods.
         In the event that the grade has been or is proposed to be increased for the primary purpose of increasing the elevation of the structure, building or tower instead of for normal engineering purposes such as facilitating drainage or achieving gravity flow sewer operation, the height is measured from the lowest elevation required for normal engineering purposes that abuts the structure, building or tower.
      (2)   Building stories. The number of stories is determined by counting the total number of above-ground, habitable floors in the building, not including walk-out basements, attics or underground parking.
(Ord. 2010-29, passed 11-1-2010; Ord. 2015-3, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015; Ord. 2017-15, passed 5-22-2017; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.301.11 SOLAR POWER.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The city recognizes the need to enable homeowners and businesses to install alternative energy systems while ensuring alternative energy system components meet city health, safety and general welfare standards. This section’s provisions are intended to:
      (1)   Promote the public health, safety and general welfare;
      (2)   Enable homeowners and businesses to install alternative energy systems to promote energy efficiency;
      (3)   Establish efficient and cost effective solar power system requirements; and
      (4)   Discourage inappropriate, poorly designed or installed alternative energy systems.
   (b)   Roof-mounted solar power panels. Roof-mounted solar power panels are permitted on residential and nonresidential buildings subject to:
      (1)   The height standards of § 21.301.10 (including the residential height envelope);
      (2)   If over 15 feet above the roof level, roof-mounted solar panels fall under the definition of a “tower” and would be subject to conditional use permit requirements and the tower standards in §21.302.37 ; and
      (3)   Issuance of appropriate building/electrical permits.
   (c)   Ground-mounted solar power panels. Ground-mounted solar power panels are permitted subject to:
      (1)   The lesser of either a 30 foot setback or the required setbacks for principal structures in the underlying zoning district;
      (2)   The height standards of § 21.301.10 (including the residential height envelope);
      (3)   If over 15 feet in height, ground-mounted solar panels fall under the definition of a “tower” and would be subject to conditional use permit requirements and the tower standards in § 21.302.37 ;
      (4)   Issuance of appropriate building/electrical permits;
      (5)   The ground-mounted solar panel does not count toward impervious surface coverage as long as the surface under the panel is not impervious; and
      (6)   The ground-mounted solar panel does not count toward structure coverage limitations.
   (d)   Screening. Rooftop screening requirements do not apply to solar power panels.
(Ord. 2013-2, passed 2-25-2013; Ord. 2019-3, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.301.12 NOISE ATTENUATION.

   (a)    Purpose and intent. The City Council finds that exposure to excessive noise is injurious to the public health, safety and welfare, interferes with the quiet enjoyment of life and property, and interferes with the tranquility and privacy of the home.
   (b)    Definitions.
      A-WEIGHTED SOUND LEVEL. As defined in § 10.29 (b).
      ANNUAL CONTOUR MAP. The map of noise contours developed annually by the Metropolitan Airports Commission and published in the Minneapolis St. Paul International Airport Annual Noise Contour Report.
      DAY-NIGHT AVERAGE SOUND LEVEL, DNL. The average sound level, in decibels, for a 24 hour period, obtained after the addition of 10 decibels (dB) to sound levels for the period between 10 p.m. and 7:00 a.m.
      FUTURE CONTOUR MAP. The noise forecast for the most distant year included in the most recent comprehensive plan or environmental document adopted for Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport by the Metropolitan Airport Commission.
      NEW CONSTRUCTION. All newly constructed enclosed structures including additions, alterations, and reconstruction of existing structures.
      SOUND LEVEL (NOISE LEVEL). As defined in § 10.29 (b).
      SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL (SPL). As defined in § 10.29 (b).
   (c)    State regulation. New Construction or changes in use must comply with Minnesota Rules 7030.0010-0080, as the Rules may be amended from time to time.
   (d)   Airplane noise attenuation.
      (1)    Applicability. All new construction or change in use located at or above the 60 dB DNL Contour must meet the standards of this section. The area at or above the 60 dB DNL Contour is determined by combining all areas within the 60 dB DNL noise exposure area on the Annual Contour Map with all areas forecast to have noise levels at or above 60 dB DNL on the Future Contour Map at the time an application is made to the city.
         (A)    Interior noise performance standard. New residential, place of assembly, hospital, hotel, or educational construction or uses must demonstrate building construction will yield an average interior sound level of 45 dBA or less with windows closed for living or sleeping areas or parts of schools that are used for educational instruction.
         (B)   Compliance. Projects located at or above the 60 dB DNL Contour must include installation of central air conditioning and mechanical ventilation throughout the habitable areas of the structure and must demonstrate compliance with the interior noise performance standard by either performing an acoustical analysis by a certified sound specialist to demonstrate the proposed building will meet the performance standard or apply the materials standards set forward in the following table.
 
Use
Location (Higher of Annual Contour Map or Future Contour Map)
Desired Noise Level Reduction
Roof-
Ceiling*
Walls*
Exterior Windows*
Exterior Doors*
Residential, Places of Assembly, Hospital, Educational, Hotel
60-64 dB DNL
20 dBA
40 STC
40 STC
30 STC
20 STC
65-69 dB DNL
25 dBA
45 STC
45 STC
35 STC
25 STC
70 dB DNL and Above
30 dBA
50 STC
50 STC
40 STC
30 STC
*   The STC laboratory test of construction materials and assemblies must be conducted according to requirements of the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM E90 or ASTM E413)
   (e)   Outdoor mechanical equipment.
      (1)   Applicability. The standards of this subsection apply to commercial grade mechanical equipment and similar noise sources including, but not limited to, generators, ventilation equipment or air heating or cooling equipment, commercial laundry appliances, and carwash equipment.
      (2)   Noise impact statements associated with outdoor mechanical equipment may be required in accordance with § 10.29.04.
      (3)   Standard. When required, noise impact statements that analyze the operation of proposed outdoor mechanical equipment and similar noise sources including, but not limited to, generators, ventilation equipment or air heating or cooling equipment, commercial laundry appliances, and carwash equipment must identify the code compliant location(s) of said equipment that is least impactful to nearby residential uses.
         (A)   Placement. Equipment must be situated in the location that is least impactful to nearby residential uses, as determined in the noise impact statement.
         (B)   Alternatives. At its discretion, the approving body may allow outdoor equipment at other code compliant locations when information is provided that addresses the following:
            (i)   The viability of code complying alternative locations for the outdoor mechanical equipment;
            (ii)   The impacts of the outdoor mechanical equipment at the proposed location relative to the impacts of the outdoor mechanical equipment at a code complying alternative location;
            (iii)   The extent to which the proposed equipment is the lowest impact design available;
            (iv)   The extent to which mitigation is provided to minimize impacts.
(Ord. 2018-18, passed 7-9-2018; Ord. 2022-13, passed 4-25-2022)

§ 21.301.13 RECREATIONAL VEHICLES.

   (a)   Purpose. The City Council finds that the use and possession of recreational vehicles are an important factor in the lives of a substantial number of residents of the city. The Council finds that improperly stored recreational vehicles can affect public health and safety, property values and the reasonable use and enjoyment of neighboring properties. While the ability of recreational vehicle owners to provide security of and access to their vehicles is a reasonable expectation, they have a responsibility to respect the rights of residents, owners, and users of neighboring properties, and to avoid interference with the purposes of the zoning district in which they are located. The City Council establishes these regulations as a means to balance the interests of the owners of recreational vehicles, adjacent residents, and the public.
   (b)   Definitions. The following words and terms used in this section shall have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
      MAJOR MECHANICAL OVERHAUL OR REPAIR. Any maintenance, rebuilding, modification, or repair which renders the vehicle inoperable for more than 48 hours in any 30-day period, or where any external parts or portions of the vehicle are removed or missing from the vehicle for more than 48 hours in any 30-day period.
      RECREATIONAL VEHICLE.
         (1)   Any self-propelled vehicle and any vehicle propelled, drawn, towed, or carried by a self-propelled vehicle, and eligible to be licensed as a recreational vehicle by the State of Minnesota, which is designed to be used for temporary living quarters while engaged in recreational or vacation activities, containing at least four of the following life support systems, two of which must be subsections (A), (B), or (C) below:
            (A)   Cooking with liquid propane gas supply;
            (B)   Portable water supply including sink and faucet;
            (C)   Separate 110-125 volt electrical power supply;
            (D)   Heating or air conditioning;
            (E)   Refrigerator, electric or propane; and
            (F)   Toilet, self-contained or connected to a plumbing system; but not including manufactured homes or house trailers as defined in M.S. § 327.31, as it may be amended from time to time;
         (2)   A non-motorized trailer intended and generally used for transporting recreational vehicles such as boats and snowmobiles;
         (3)   A truck with a slide-in camper which is not used primarily for day to day transportation needs;
         (4)   Snowmobiles, all-terrain vehicles, any type of watercraft and similar vehicles. Such vehicles which are placed on a utility trailer shall, together with the trailer, be considered a single recreational vehicle; or
         (5)   Hobby vehicles, defined as specialized off-road and racing vehicles that are not primarily used for day to day transportation needs. Such vehicles when placed on a utility trailer are, together with the trailer, considered a single recreational vehicle.
      RECREATIONAL VEHICLE TYPES.
         (1)   CLASS I. A recreational vehicle with a length of less than 20 feet and a height of less than six feet when measured from the parking surface to highest point of the vehicle. Minor portions of such equipment not exceeding four square feet in vertical cross section as viewed from the adjacent lot line, but not more than ten feet in height, are not counted in the height measurement.
         (2)   CLASS II. A recreational vehicle with a length of 20 feet or more or a height of six feet or more.
   (c)   Standards.
      (1)   Standards applicable in all zoning districts.
         (A)   Recreational vehicles and equipment must not be used for living, sleeping or housekeeping while parked or stored.
         (B)   Recreational vehicles must not be used for storage or for commercial purposes.
         (C)   Except on sites with a valid motor vehicle dealer license, recreational vehicles must have a current license and registration.
         (D)   Any temporary protective coverings of recreational vehicles must be of earth tone colors, including but not limited to brown, tan, grey, or blue, to minimize visual impact on adjacent sites and on the public.
         (E)   Recreational vehicles must be in operable condition except in non- residential zoning districts on sites where repair is allowed. No recreational vehicle may be parked or stored in a location other than within a building unless it is in a condition for the safe and effective performance of its intended function. No recreational vehicle which is in a state of visible external disrepair may be parked or stored outside of a building.
Recreational vehicles must not be parked or stored on any public street for a period of more than 12 hours in any 24-hour period, and then only when consistent with any specific parking regulations for that street without the prior approval of the Police Department. Recreational vehicles must not, at any time, be parked or stored on the boulevard portion of a public street right-of-way, whether perpendicular or parallel to the street.
         (G)   No major mechanical overhaul or repair may be performed on recreational vehicles unless conducted within a completely enclosed building.
         (H)   Recreational vehicles must not block or obstruct sidewalks.
      (2)   Standards applicable in Single-Family Residential (R-1A, R-1, RS-1) Zoning Districts.
         (A)   Number. The number of recreational vehicles permitted to be parked or stored on a site in Single-Family Residential Zoning Districts (R-1A, R-1, RS-1) is governed by the following provisions:
            (i)   There is no limit on the number of Class I recreational vehicles that are parked or stored within a building.
            (ii)   The following numerical limits are applicable to Class I recreational vehicles located outside of a building and to Class II recreational vehicles, irrespective of whether they are located inside or outside of a building:
               (aa)   Two Class I recreational vehicles with zero Class II recreational vehicles or Type II Vehicles (as defined in § 21.301.06(m) of this code); or
               (bb)   One or fewer Class I recreational vehicles with one Class II recreational vehicle or Type II Vehicle (as defined in § 21.301.06(m) of this code).
         (B)   Size. Recreational vehicles greater than 40 feet in length are not permitted.
         (C)   Location.
            (i)   General location standards.
               (aa)   Recreational vehicles must not be parked or stored in a manner that overhangs into any public right-of-way.
               (bb)   Recreational vehicles must not be parked or stored within 10 feet of any public sidewalk.
               (cc)   Recreational vehicles must not be parked or stored in a manner that creates a safety hazard in the determination of the issuing authority.
               (dd)   Recreational vehicles may only be parked or stored on a site that contains a permitted principal use.
               (ee)   Recreational vehicle storage locations must preserve legal off-street parking for at least two vehicles in addition to the recreational vehicle either on the driveway or in the garage. If there is a garage on site, a minimum nine-foot wide area on a legal driveway for other vehicles to park or access the garage is required.
            (ii)   Placement in rear yards.
               (aa)   Class I recreational vehicles must be set back at least five feet from any rear lot line not abutting a street and at least 30 feet from any rear lot line abutting a street; and
               (bb)   Class II recreational vehicles must be set back at least 30 feet from any rear lot line, except that recreational vehicles may be set back as little as five feet from any rear lot line in areas where the recreational vehicle would be entirely between two garages on abutting sites.
            (iii)   Placement in side yards not abutting a street.
               (aa)   Recreational vehicles must be set back at least five feet from any side lot line not abutting a street.
            (iv)   Placement in front yards or side yards abutting streets.
               (aa)   All recreational vehicles must be set back at least five feet from any property line, at least ten feet from any sidewalk, and at least 20 feet from the back side of any street curb or edge of pavement; and
               (bb)   Except for temporary loading and unloading in accordance with § 21.301.13(c)(2)(F), temporary guest visits in accordance with § 21.301.13(c)(2)(G), and where the recreational vehicle would be entirely between two garages on abutting sites, recreational vehicles extending more than eight feet in front of the dwelling wall plane facing a street must meet the following additional standards:
                  (AA)   Recreational vehicles must not exceed 11 feet in height at any point. When measuring height for this subsection, appendages including but not limited to HVAC units, antennas, and unextended masts are not included;
                  (BB)   Recreational vehicles, including any trailers, must not exceed 25 feet in length. When measuring length for this subsection, appendages including but not limited to motors, spare tires, hitches and trailer tongues are not included;
                  (CC)   Recreational vehicles must be parked or stored no more than 30 feet closer to the street than the principal building on the same site;
                  (DD)   Recreational vehicles must be parked or stored on a conforming or legally nonconforming driveway or off-drive parking area; and
                  (EE)   Recreational vehicles more than eight feet in front of the dwelling wall plane facing a street are subject to the following seasonal storage restrictions:
                     1.   During the months of November through March, storage of summer oriented recreational vehicles is prohibited;
                     2.    During the months of May through October, storage of winter oriented recreational vehicles (including but not limited to snowmobiles and ice fishing oriented recreational vehicles) is prohibited;
                     3.   Recreational vehicles that are both summer and winter oriented are not subject to seasonal storage restrictions provided all other applicable standards are met.
         (D)   Screening. Visual screening in the form of a fence or live evergreen plantings must be provided where the recreational vehicle is readily visible from abutting properties and is placed in a rear yard, in a side yard not abutting a street, or in a front or side yard abutting a street when the full RV is less than eight feet in front of the plane of the wall of the dwelling facing a street. A recreational vehicle is readily visible if more than 50% of its horizontal length can be viewed from within a primary dwelling on an abutting lot.
            (i)   Fences must screen the maximum amount of the vehicle possible while meeting other requirements of this code.
            (ii)   Live plantings that are used to screen recreational vehicles must be selected to screen the entire length and height of the recreational vehicle at full maturity. Live plantings must screen a minimum of 50% of the length and 50% of the height of the recreational vehicle at the time of planting.
         (E)   Storage location maintenance. Recreational vehicle storage locations must be kept free from weeds or other vegetative growth.
         (F)   Loading, unloading and routine maintenance. Any recreational vehicle 40 feet or less in length may be temporarily parked in a driveway for the sole and express purpose of loading and unloading or for routine maintenance for a period not exceeding 72 hours in any seven consecutive day period.
         (G)   Ownership and guest parking. All recreational vehicles parked or stored must be owned or leased by an occupant of the site where parked or stored. Guests of the occupant of the site may park recreational vehicles on a driveway on the site for a period not exceeding seven days in any consecutive six month period provided all other recreational vehicle standards are met. No nuisances, including noise, light and odor created by such guest parking are permitted.
      (3)   Standards applicable In Multiple-Family Residential (R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24) Zoning Districts.
         (A)   Ownership. All recreational vehicles parked or stored must be owned or leased by an occupant of the premises where parked or stored.
         (B)   Placement. Any such vehicle parked or stored outdoors must be parked or stored on hard surfaced areas meeting the minimum setback requirements for parking lots. Any parking spaces used for parking or storage of recreational vehicles must be in excess of the minimum number of parking spaces required by this code or by any condition of approval of the issuing authority.
         (C)   Screening. No parking or storage of recreational vehicles is permitted unless they are screened from adjacent properties and public rights-of-way by a fence, building or live plantings.
         (D)   Size. Recreational vehicles greater than 40 feet in length are not permitted.
         (E)   Principal use. Recreational vehicles may only be parked or stored on a site that contains an allowed principal use.
      (4)   Standards applicable in all other zoning districts.
         (A)   Duration. Except where the property is licensed for motor vehicle sales, used for recreational vehicle repair or the presence of recreational vehicles is otherwise expressly allowed by this code, no recreational vehicles may be parked or stored outdoors for more than 48 hours.
         (B)   Placement. Any recreational vehicle parked or stored outdoors must be parked or stored on hard surfaced areas meeting the minimum setback requirements for parking lots.
(Ord. 2019-23, passed 4-1-2019; Ord. 2020-14, passed 5-4-2020; Ord. 2020-53, passed 12-21-2020)

§ 21.301.14 TREE PRESERVATION.

   (a)   Purpose. The City Council recognizes that preservation and replanting of trees is important on new single-family residential development sites in order to maintain a healthy and desirable community. The City Council also recognizes that a certain amount of tree loss is an inevitable consequence of the residential development process. The City Council finds that these tree preservation regulations help to establish a balance between an individual's rights to develop his or her property and the needs of the community to protect the natural environment. The purpose of these tree preservation regulations includes, but is not limited to:
      (1)   Prevention of soil erosion and sedimentation;
      (2)   Improved air quality;
      (3)   Reduced noise pollution;
      (4)   Energy conservation through windbreaks and shading;
      (5)   Control of the urban heat island effect;
      (6)   Increased property values;
      (7)   Protection of privacy by maintaining and establishing buffers between conflicting land uses;
      (8)   Enhanced aesthetics;
      (9)   Providing habitat for wildlife; and
      (10)   Support stormwater management.
   (b)   Applicability. The regulations contained in this section apply to all proposed single- and two-family residential lots for which a plat application was received after August 31, 2006, with the exception of plats that create only lot line adjustments and do not alter the number of lots. The regulations continue to apply for a period of two years after the date the plat was recorded with the county.
   (c)   Definitions. The following definitions supplement those in § 21.601 and apply only to this section of this code.
      CRITICAL ROOT ZONE. The area within a radius surrounding the tree trunk of one foot per one inch DBH of tree diameter. For example, a 20 inch DBH tree has a CRITICAL ROOT ZONE with a radius of 20 feet.
      DBH. Diameter at breast height. The diameter of a tree measured four and one-half feet above grade level.
      DISTURBANCE ZONES. That part of a site disturbed by tree clearing, grading, trenching or any other construction activities.
      HEALTHY TREE. Any significant tree except those deemed diseased by a licensed tree inspector or the City Forester.
      NONNATIVE BENEFICIAL. Plant species or varieties that historically originate from outside the local ecosystem and provide benefits to or do not pose a significant threat to native biodiversity, ecosystem function, or human interests.
      SIGNIFICANT TREE. Any healthy deciduous hardwood tree or healthy coniferous tree of specific DBH inches as identified in the following table. For the purposes of this § 21.301.14, a prohibited tree species identified in § 18.03 may be considered a significant tree, unless otherwise specified.
 
Category
Tree Types
Size
Deciduous Hardwood (General)
All species except Prohibited and Exceptions are Significant when meeting the following size
12" DBH or greater
Deciduous Hardwood (Exceptions)
Oak, sugar maple, ironwood, hickory are Significant when meeting the following size
6" DBH or greater
Deciduous Hardwood (Prohibited)
Willow, boxelder, aspen, silver maple, multiple stem cottonwood are prohibited
Prohibited
Coniferous (General)
All species except Prohibited are Significant when meeting the following size
8" DBH or greater
Coniferous (Prohibited)
Multiple stem white cedar is prohibited
Prohibited
 
      TREE TRUNK. The stem portion of a tree from the ground to the first branch thereof.
   (d)   Removal threshold.
      (1)   Removal or disturbance of significant trees on lots or proposed lots in the R-1, R1-A and RS-1 Zoning Districts beyond 50% of the total inches DBH of significant trees on the lot or proposed lot requires reforestation as specified in this section. The following trees are not counted toward the calculation of significant trees:
         (A)   Trees within existing or proposed conservation and protective easements;
         (B)   Trees within 100-year floodplains;
         (C)   Trees within wetlands;
         (D)   Trees on slopes greater than 25%; and
         (E)   Trees deemed diseased by a licensed tree inspector or the City Forester.
      (2)   Significant trees within existing conservation and other protective easements, floodplains, wetlands or on slopes greater than 25% must be preserved and may only be removed upon issuance of a permit from the City Forester.
   (e)   Reforestation requirement. When reforestation is required, the landowner is required to prepare a reforestation plan and must mitigate the loss of significant trees by planting 1.25 caliper inches of replacement trees for each inch DBH of significant trees removed beyond the removal threshold.
   (f)   Tree preservation standards. To receive credit for preserving existing significant trees, significant trees must be protected from direct and indirect root damage and trunk and crown disturbance. The following preservation standards apply.
      (1)   Construction activities including parking, material storage, dirt stockpiling, concrete washout and other similar activities must not occur within the critical root zone of any significant tree to be preserved.
      (2)   There must be no changes to the grade within the critical root zone of any significant tree to be preserved.
      (3)   A reasonable effort must be made to have utility line trenches and similar uses avoid the critical root zone of any significant tree to be preserved. Due to certain site conditions, where disturbance is unavoidable, the City Forester may approve underground tunneling or directional boring of utilities within the critical root zone of any significant tree to be preserved. Trenching, when approved by the City Forester, must be used only as the last alternative and root pruning equipment specifically designed for that purpose must be used. Pruned roots must be sealed with nontoxic wound sealant.
      (4)   Where the tree preservation standards apply, prior to issuance of building or grading permits, protective fencing must be installed around the limits of the disturbance zone or around the critical root zone of significant trees to be preserved. Such fences must be at least four feet high and must consist of orange polyethylene safety fencing. Fencing must remain in place until construction is completed or other landscaping has been installed and the City Forester has approved the removal of the fencing.
      (5)   Owners pruning oak trees between April 15 and July 1 must apply an appropriate nontoxic tree wound sealant to any cut areas.
   (g)   Tree survey and tree preservation plans. All plat applications that would create one or more new parcels in the R-1, R-1A and RS-1 Zoning Districts must include both a tree survey and a tree preservation plan. Tree survey and tree preservation plans must be prepared and signed by a registered surveyor and must include the following information.
      (1)   Location, diameter and species of all significant trees on the site as well as significant trees within ten feet of the site that will be impacted by the development.
      (2)   Plans must be at the same scale as the plat plans and must show the proposed lots, existing and proposed structures, driveways, retaining walls and other construction, existing and proposed utilities, existing topography and proposed grading, existing and proposed easements, slopes over 25%, wetlands, conservation or restrictive easements, 100-year floodplains and setbacks.
      (3)   Plans must identify which significant trees are:
         (A)   To be protected, preserved and undisturbed;
         (B)   To be removed or disturbed; and
         (C)   Not counted in the calculation as discussed in subsection (d)(1) above.
      (4)   Plans must identify proposed disturbance zones by cross-hatching or gray colored shading on the plan and must identify areas of clearing, grading, trenching and similar activities.
      (5)   Plans must identify the location of the critical root zone of any significant trees to be saved within 30 feet of proposed disturbance zone.
      (6)   Plans must identify the location and dimensions of building pads, construction zones for each lot and proposed street layout and grading contours of the site.
      (7)   Plans must identify the proposed locations and details of tree protection fencing or other tree protection measures to be installed for all significant trees to be preserved.
      (8)   Signature and registration number of the registered surveyor preparing the plan.
      (9)   Calculation of total significant tree inches DBH proposed to be removed or disturbed on the site (excluding exempt tree inches) divided by the total significant tree inches DBH on the site (excluding exempt tree inches); showing the net percentage of removal/disturbance.
      (10)   Plans must identify the location of trees proposed to meet reforestation requirements.
   (h)   Reforestation plan. All plat applications that would create one or more new parcels in the R-1, R-1A and RS-1 Zoning Districts must include a reforestation plan if the amount of significant tree caliper inches to be removed or disturbed as shown on the tree survey and tree preservation plans exceeds the removal threshold. The reforestation plan must be prepared and signed by a registered landscape architect or certified arborist and must comply with the following criteria.
      (1)   The plan must indicate the location and caliper inches or height of all trees to be planted.
      (2)   No more than one-half of the trees to be planted may be from any one species.
      (3)   Trees are encouraged to be native to the region; up to one-half of the planted trees may be nonnative beneficial species or varieties.
      (4)   No more than 15% of the required tree inches may be of ornamental species.
      (5)   The minimum planting size for deciduous trees is two and one-half caliper inches.
      (6)   The minimum planting size for coniferous trees is six feet in height.
      (7)   Trees must be planted a minimum of 15 feet apart from one another and from existing trees, except where approved by City Forester.
      (8)   Trees to be planted must be from certified nursery stock as defined and controlled by M.S. Chapter 18H, as it may be amended from time to time, the Plant Pest Act.
      (9)   The plan must include a planting schedule with a tree key, botanical and common tree names, the quantity and size of each tree species to be planted, the total caliper inches of trees to be added and the anticipated heights and spread at maturity.
      (10)   Unless approved by the City Engineer, trees must not be planted within 15 feet of city curb and gutter or sidewalk, must not be planted in a clear view triangle area and must not be planted in a public utility easement.
   (i)   Authority of the City Forester.
      (1)   The tree survey, tree preservation plan and any related reforestation plan must be reviewed and evaluated by the City Forester.
      (2)   The City Forester has the authority to approve, deny, condition or reject as incomplete a tree survey, tree preservation plan, or reforestation plan.
      (3)   A tree preservation plan and reforestation plan may be amended after it has been approved. The City Forester has authority to approve amendments, except that a change resulting in removal of more than 10% of the significant tree inches DBH that were shown as preserved on an approved tree preservation plan requires further review by the City Council. As part of any amendment to a tree preservation plan, the required reforestation may be increased or reduced accordingly. Requests for amendments must be submitted prior to removal of any trees shown as preserved on an approved plan.
      (4)   The City Forester has the authority to establish surety rates.
   (j)   Surety. When a reforestation plan is required, a reforestation surety must be submitted prior to issuance of a grading permit, or building permit if no grading permit is required, to ensure that proposed trees shown on a reforestation plan are installed as proposed and survive through at least one full growing season lasting one year. The reforestation surety must reflect the average market rates for providing, installing and warranting plant materials that equal or exceed the total required reforestation caliper inches multiplied by the average value per caliper inch of trees as determined by the City Forester. The minimum surety amount is $1,000. The surety must be maintained at the calculated level until one year passes from the time of tree planting and the city has inspected the site for conformance to the plan and authorized a reduction or release. The surety may consist of a bond, an irrevocable letter of credit, cash deposit or other instrument which provides an equal performance guarantee to the city.
   (k)   Inspection and enforcement of the tree preservation plan.
      (1)   Field staking and pre-grading inspection. When a tree preservation plan is required, all sites must be staked and fenced for tree preservation pursuant to the approved tree preservation plan prior to removal of any trees and prior to issuance of a grading permit, or prior to commencement of any grading operations if no grading permit is required, or prior to issuance of a building permit if no grading operations are required. A copy of the approved tree preservation plan must be submitted with an application for a grading permit or with an application for a building permit if no grading permit is required. Upon staking of the site and installation of the tree protection fencing, but prior to issuance of any permits or commencement of any grading operations, the landowner or applicant must contact the City Forester to schedule an inspection of the staking and fence installation on the site. No permits may be issued, nor may any grading or grubbing operations commence without first receiving authorization by the City Forester. Tree protection fencing must remain in place until after the permanent certificate of occupancy is issued for the building on the site.
      (2)   Post grading inspection. Upon completion of the preliminary site grading operations, but prior to any further issuance of permits upon the site, the landowner or applicant must contact the City Forester to schedule a second inspection of the site to verify the preservation of trees as shown on the approved tree preservation plan.
      (3)   Final inspection. Prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the landowner or applicant must contact the City Forester to schedule a final tree preservation inspection to verify the preservation of significant trees and the planting of any reforestation trees as shown on the approved tree preservation plan.
   (l)   Reserved.
(Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-19, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2024-10, passed 6-17-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.301.15 LANDSCAPING AND SCREENING.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The city recognizes the health, safety, aesthetic, ecological and economic value of landscaping and screening. The provisions of this section are intended to:
      (1)   Add visual interest to open spaces and blank facades;
      (2)   Soften dominant building mass;
      (3)   Provide definition for public walkways and open space areas;
      (4)   Ensure significant tree canopy shading to reduce glare and heat build-up;
      (5)   Improve the visual quality and continuity within and between developments;
      (6)   Provide screening and mitigation of potential conflicts between activity areas and more passive areas;
      (7)   Protect and improve property values;
      (8)   Improve air quality and provide a buffer from air and noise pollution;
      (9)   Ensure safe and aesthetic treatment of ponding areas;
      (10)   Enhance the overall aesthetic conditions within the city;
      (11)   Limit sight line obstructions and drainage conflicts;
      (12)   Reduce the potential for criminal and illegal activities;
      (13)   Prevent conflicts with utilities; and
      (14)   Improve and sustain ecosystem health across the city.
   (b)   Landscape plans.
      (1)   Except for single- and two-family residential uses, unless otherwise expressly required by city code, a landscape plan must be submitted:
         (A)   With any application for new development;
         (B)   With any application for additions or modifications to existing development that physically impacts existing landscaping or screening; or
         (C)   When changes are made to an existing landscaping or screening plan on file with the city.
      (2)   Landscape plans must be reviewed and approved by the Planning Manager or designee.
      (3)   Landscape plans must include information on existing and proposed landscaping and screening in accordance with the Planning Manager's Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures and landscape designers are encouraged to review and follow the policy recommendations therein.
   (c)   Landscaping standards.
      (1)   Soil surface stabilization. All disturbed areas outside of designated planting beds must be permanently stabilized with an established plant or xeriscaping soil cover. Unstabilized soil surfaces (bare ground, dirt piles and the like) are allowed only when required by a construction project operating under a valid permit if a permit is required. Soil surface stabilization must be completed in conjunction with the construction project within the timeline specified in § 15.201 of this code.
      (2)   Minimum number of trees and shrubs. Excluding exceptions specified in subsection (c)(2)(E) below, development must at a minimum provide the following numbers of trees and shrubs:
         (A)   One tree per 2,500 square feet of developable landscaping area; and
         (B)   One shrub per 1,000 square feet of developable landscaping area.
            (i)   Up to 50% of the required shrubs may be perennial plants.
            (ii)   Four perennial plants equal one shrub.
         (C)   DEVELOPABLE LANDSCAPING AREA is defined as the total area of a development site or phase minus the portion of that area within:
            (i)   A natural water body;
            (ii)   A protected wetland;
            (iii)   A permanent significant natural wooded area; and/or
            (iv)   A scenic easement.
         (D)   Existing healthy deciduous trees greater than four caliper inches or existing healthy evergreen trees greater than six feet in height that are located within the developable landscaping area and are not identified on the city's prohibited plant species list (see § 18.03) may be credited toward the minimum required trees on a site.
         (E)   Exceptions:
            (i)   Single-family dwellings;
            (ii)   Two-family dwellings subject to the standards in § 21.302.04;
            (iii)   In mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX) the number of trees and shrubs required in this section may be reduced by up to 25 percent; and
            (iv)   Fee in lieu of planting. If landscape planting at required levels results in overcrowding of vegetation due to site constraints, the property owner may reduce the number of proposed trees and/or shrubs on the site at the sole discretion of the City Council; provided a cash fee is deposited into a city designated fund that matches the cost differential between the planting required by this provision and the vegetation actually planted on the site as specified in the Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures document.
      (3)   Minimum tree size. Required trees must meet the following minimum size standards:
         (A)   Overstory trees must be at least two and one-half caliper inches at planting;
         (B)   Single stem ornamental trees must be at least one and one-half caliper inches at planting; and
         (C)   Evergreen trees and multi-stem ornamental trees must be at least six feet in height at planting.
      (4)   Minimum landscape yard. An area for landscaping, kept free of parking, storage or storm water ponds, must be provided around the perimeter of a site.
         (A)   Standards. Unless otherwise specified in the city code, the landscape yard must be a minimum of 20 feet deep when adjacent to public or private streets and a minimum of five feet deep when not adjacent to streets with the following exceptions:
            (i)   In the mixed use districts (B-4, C-5, LX) the landscape yard may be reduced to a minimum of five feet provided the screening standards in subsection (d)(4) below are met; and
            (ii)   Outside the B-4, C-5 and LX Zoning Districts, buildings may be located within the landscape yard when otherwise allowed by the city code.
         (B)   Elements permitted in landscape yard:
            (i)   Rain gardens included in an approved landscape plan;
            (ii)   Sidewalks, bus shelters and entrance drives; and
            (iii)   Buildings when otherwise allowed by the city code.
      (5)   Managed natural landscapes. As defined in § 21.601, these landscapes are allowed as specified in Chapter 10, Article VI, subject to the following standards:
         (A)   Access and obstruction. Managed natural landscapes that abut sidewalks, trails, paths, curb, or streets must not obstruct or impede pedestrian access. Rain gardens may not encroach into the public right of way or utility easements without written approval from the issuing authority.
         (B)   Height restrictions. All managed landscapes must meet the following height requirements:
            (i)   Clear view triangle area, as defined in § 21.601.
            (ii)   Abutting curb lines and sidewalks - See § 21.301.15(f)(6).
            (iii)   Fire hydrant and utility clear zone - See § 21.301.15(f)(5).
         (C)   Reserved.
         (D)   Standing water restrictions. All managed natural landscapes that are rain gardens must be free of all standing water within 48 hours from the end of the most recent rainfall.
      (6)   Streetscape. In areas where a district or street specific streetscape plan has been adopted by the City Council, development must provide streetscape plantings as set forth in the district or street specific streetscape plan. Streetscape plantings located within the property lines of the site may be credited toward the required number of trees and shrubs. Streetscape plantings in the public right-of-way are not credited toward the required number of trees and shrubs. Landscaping placed or removed in the public right-of-way must receive city approvals for right-of-way plantings (see § 18.07) and must conform with city right-of-way planting policies.
      (7)   Parking island trees. A minimum of one deciduous tree must be provided per parking lot island, with the following exceptions:
         (A)   No trees are required in parking islands used for storm water management purposes;
         (B)   No trees are required in parking islands within structured parking facilities; and
         (C)   No trees are required in parking lots with 50 or fewer spaces.
   (d)   Screening standards.
      (1)   Perimeter screening designed to buffer incompatible uses. Perimeter screening designed to buffer incompatible uses is required:
         (A)   Along any off-street parking area containing over six parking spaces that lies within 30 feet of an abutting site that is residentially used and either residentially zoned or guided;
         (B)   Along any driveway to an off-street parking area containing over six parking spaces when the driveway is within 15 feet of an abutting site that is residentially used and either residentially zoned or guided;
         (C)   On industrial sites, along any property line that directly abuts a site that is residentially used and either residentially zoned or guided and along any side or rear property line that faces across a street a site that is residentially used and either residentially zoned or guided;
         (D)    Around outdoor merchandise, materials and equipment stored, kept or displayed with the following exceptions:
            (i)   In the General Industry (I-3) Zoning District, no perimeter screening is required around outdoor merchandise, materials and equipment except when required through a condition of approval or abutting or across the street from a site that is residentially used and either residentially zoned or guided;
            (ii)   In the Limited Industry (I-2) Zoning District, no perimeter screening is required around outdoor merchandise, materials and equipment except when required through a condition of approval or abutting or across the street from a site that is residentially used and either residentially zoned or guided;
            (iii)   No perimeter screening is required around materials and equipment being used for construction occurring on the site;
            (iv)   No perimeter screening is required around merchandise displayed for sale on convenience facility with fuel sales pump islands; and
            (v)   No perimeter screening is required around merchandise displayed for sale when otherwise allowed by the city code and located in an area approved for such use on the site plan.
         (E)   Where required by the City Council through a condition of approval; and
         (F)   On institutional use sites, along any property line that directly abuts a site that is used for single-family residential uses and either zoned or guided for single-family residential use, except that the approving body may waive the perimeter screening requirement where all property owners along the abutting property line or lines sign an affidavit agreeing to exempt the property from the perimeter screening requirement.
         (G)   On sites developed for residential use after May 5, 2022 and either residentially zoned or guided:
            i.   Along any unscreened property line that directly abuts a site that is industrially zoned and used;
            ii.   Along any unscreened property line shared with a nonresidential use within 15 feet of a driveway to an off-street parking area containing over six parking spaces located within the nonresidential use; and
            iii.   Along any unscreened property line shared with a nonresidential use within 30 feet of an off-street parking area containing over six parking spaces located within the nonresidential use.
      (2)   Perimeter screening standards.
         (A)   Perimeter screening must be a minimum of five feet in height above grade.
         (B)   Perimeter screening (see Figure 21.301.15(a) below) must consist of:
            (i)   An architecturally compatible opaque wall or opaque fence;
            (ii)   A berm;
            (iii)   Two staggered rows of evergreen trees with trees in each row spaced at a maximum of 12 feet; or
            (iv)   A combination of the above.
      (3)   Parking lot screening. Parking lot screening designed to reduce the visual impact of surface parking lots; mitigate glare from headlights; improve the aesthetic quality of the area for users of the site, adjacent sites, roadways and sidewalks; and define the perimeter of the parking lot is required:
         (A)   Between those portions of an off-street parking area containing five or more parking spaces and a public street where the separation between the parking area and public street is 40 feet or less; and
         (B)   Where required by the City Council through a condition of approval.
         (C)   Parking lot screening requirements may be waived in circumstances where perimeter screening is provided or where the elevation of the parking area relative to the elevation of the street and sidewalk would make the screening ineffectual as determined by the Planning Manager.
      (4)   Parking lot screening standards.
         (A)   Parking lot screening must be placed where it will most effectively screen the perimeter of the parking lot to be screened.
         (B)   Parking lot screening must be a minimum of three feet and a maximum of four feet in height as measured from the adjacent finished surface of the parking area. When shrubs are used to provide the screen, such shrubs must be at least two feet tall at planting and anticipated to grow to at least three feet tall at maturity.
         (C)   Parking lot screening (see Figure 21.301.15(b) below) must consist of:
            (i)   A compact hedge of evergreen or densely twigged deciduous shrubs spaced to ensure closure into a solid hedge at maturity;
            (ii)   Perennial plants, including grasses, that form a continuous visual screen;
            (iii)   An architecturally compatible wall or fence;
            (iv)   A berm; or
            (v)   A combination of the above.
            (vi)   Overstory trees, transit shelters, benches, bicycle racks and similar features may be integrated as a part of the screen.
   (e)   Special design features. The city allows and encourages use of xeriscaping, rain gardens, lakescaping, native prairie and long grasses in appropriate locations. Use of these materials is further discussed in the Planning Manager's Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures document.
   (f)   Restrictions. The following restrictions on landscaping and screening apply to protect the public health, safety and welfare.
      (1)   Public easements. Landowners are advised that landscaping features placed in a public easement may be removed without compensation if it is necessary to install, replace or maintain a public utility, sidewalk or drainage way within the easement. Trees, irrigation lines, berms, walls or fences must not be placed in a public easement where public improvements are located without the written approval of the Director of Public Works.
      (2)   Scenic easements. No earth moving, construction of improvements, planting of new vegetation or removal of existing vegetation may take place within scenic easements held by the city unless authorized by the city in accordance with the easement.
      (3)   Clear view triangle. Landscaping and screening must not interfere with the clear view triangle area.
      (4)   Crime prevention through environmental design (CPTED). In support of CPTED principles designed to reduce the fear and incidence of crime and to improve the quality of life, landscaping must support the objectives of natural surveillance, territorial reinforcement, access control and maintenance. These CPTED objectives are further discussed in the Planning Manager's Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures document.
      (5)   Fire hydrant and utility clear zone. Plants must not impede access to a fire hydrant, fire hose connection, or utility box, or obstruct the view of such from the street.
         (A)   The three-foot, circular setback around all fire hydrants, fire hose connections, and utility boxes must be maintained to a height of eight inches or lower.
         (B)   From the street to the fire hydrant, a path no less than three feet wide must be maintained to a height of eight inches or lower.
         (C)   The fire hydrant must be clearly visible from the street from all drivable directions.
   (g)   Authority of Planning Manager. The Planning Manager has the authority to adopt and implement Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures for the purpose of specifying landscape plan submittal requirements, establishing surety rates and procedures, establishing landscape material costs for fees in lieu of planting on constrained sites, and offering landscaping and screening material and design recommendations.
   (h)   Maintenance.
      (1)   Material maintenance. The property owner must maintain all landscaping and screening materials shown on the approved landscape plan in a manner consistent with the intent and purpose of the plan and city code requirements. Approved landscaping and screening materials that die, become diseased or are significantly damaged must be replaced at the next appropriate planting period with new materials in conformance with the approved landscape plan and applicable city code standards.
      (2)   Structure maintenance. Landscaping and screening structures such as fences and walls must be maintained in good condition, free of graffiti, peeling paint, decay or warping, must be repaired when needed and replaced periodically to maintain a structurally sound condition.
      (3)   Ground cover maintenance. Ground cover must be maintained in accordance with §§ 10.37 through 10.42 of this code.
      (4)   Removal. Unless a modified landscape plan is approved, landscaping and screening materials and structures approved on a landscape plan must not be removed except when replaced in accordance with this section.
      (5)   Surety. To ensure that landscaping and screening is installed as proposed and survives through at least one full growing season lasting one year, a landscape performance surety must be submitted prior to issuance of building permits for new development where a landscape plan is required. The landscape surety rate and procedures are set forth in the Planning Manager's Landscaping and Screening Policies and Procedures document. The surety may consist of a bond, an irrevocable letter of credit, cash deposit or other instrument which provides an equal performance guarantee to the city.
   (i)   Redevelopment compliance. Landscaping requirements for redevelopment compliance are determined based on the total disturbed area, which is the combined volume of excavation, filing, and other movement of earth material on site.
      (1)   Redevelopment or large addition. When either full redevelopment of a site is proposed or an addition that would increase total floor area on a site by 25% or more, a landscape plan for the entire site, demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this section, must be submitted for approval.
      (2)   Small addition. When an addition is proposed that would increase total floor area on a site by less than 25%, but would physically impact existing landscaping, a modified landscape plan for the portion of the site affected by the addition, demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this section, must be submitted for approval.
      (3)   Reserved.
      (4)   Additional requirements. Additional requirements for nonconformities are set forth in § 21.504.
(Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-13, passed 4-25-2022; Ord. 2022-19, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2022-72, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2024-53, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-09, passed 5-19-2025; Ord. 2025-38, passed 11-17-2025; Ord. 2025-45, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.16 EXTERIOR STORAGE.

   (a)   In Residential (R) Districts.
      (1)   All materials, machinery and equipment must be stored within a building or fully screened so as not to be visible from adjoining or adjacent lands, except for the following: laundry drying and recreational equipment; construction materials related to active construction projects, machinery and equipment currently being used on the premises; landscaping and agricultural equipment and machinery currently being used or intended for use on the premises; off-street parking of passenger automobiles and pick-up trucks; trash and garbage receptacles.
      (2)   Where a rear yard or a side yard in a residential zoning district abuts a public right-of-way, garbage receptacles are prohibited in the setback area of such rear or side yard and, if located or placed in such rear or side yard, must be screened from view from such street.
      (3)   Exceptions listed herein must not be construed to avoid the restrictions of §§ 21.301.15 or 21.301.17, or of any conditions imposed on any conditional use permit.
      (4)   All screening must be consistent with the standards in § 21.301.15. Before the erection of any screening required by this section, the plans for such screening must be approved by the Planning Manager.
   (b)   In Industrial Districts.
      (1)   Exterior storage, incidental.
         (A)   To be considered incidental exterior storage, storage must have a direct relationship to the primary use of the site. The primary use of the site must be a permitted or conditional use. If a conditional use, a conditional use permit must be approved prior to exterior storage being located on the site.
         (B)   Exterior storage must be located in side and rear yards and must not be located between the face of the principal building and public right-of-way.
         (C)   Exterior storage must be fully screened from public right-of-way and any non-industrially zoned or guided property in a manner consistent with § 21.301.15 of the city code.
         (D)   The exterior storage area may not exceed the gross floor area of the primary buildings on a site. If exterior storage is associated with a tenant or tenants within a multiple-tenant building or site, the storage area for each tenant may not exceed that tenant's leased floor area within the primary building.
         (E)   Exterior storage must be maintained in a neat, orderly, and dust-free manner and located on paved bituminous or concrete surface, except that large equipment that would damage paved surfaces may be stored on gravel surfaces provided the property owner actively controls for dust impacts on nearby sites. Fire lanes must be maintained within the storage area.
         (F)   Exterior storage must not be located in off-street parking spaces required by § 21.301.06 of the city code.
   (c)   In Commercial and Business Districts.
      (1)   Displays of merchandise/exterior storage, incidental.
         (A)   Displays of merchandise may extend up to five feet in front of an existing building and may encroach up to five feet into a required setback area if such building abuts against or extends into the required setback area.
         (B)   Displays of merchandise must be stored on a paved bituminous or concrete surface.
         (C)   Displays of merchandise must not reduce or impede the off-street parking area or vehicle access lanes as required by § 21.301.06 of the city code.
         (D)   Displays of merchandise must not block a sidewalk as required by § 21.301.04 of the city code.
         (E)   Exterior storage not incidental to the primary use is prohibited.
         (F)   Exterior storage incidental to the primary use and not a display of merchandise must be fully screened so as not to be visible from adjoining or adjacent lands. All screening must be consistent with the standards in § 21.301.15. Before the erection of any screening required by this section, the plans for such screening must be approved by the Planning Manager.
      (2)   Exceptions: Displays of merchandise may be displayed on convenience facility with fuel sales pump islands and where motor vehicles, new or used, are lawfully sold on the premises, they may be stored or displayed in off-street parking areas.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-47, passed 12-2-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-58, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2023-47, passed 12-18-2023

§ 21.301.17 REFUSE, SOLID WASTE, AND RECYCLABLE MATERIALS HANDLING AND STORAGE FACILITIES.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The City Council finds the generation of waste is a normal and unavoidable part of business and residential activities. Proper refuse, solid waste, and recyclable materials handling is a function that, to avoid nuisances impacting neighboring properties and the general public, must be included in the design and construction of buildings. This section establishes minimum standards for storage and handling of refuse, solid waste, recyclable materials, yard waste, organics, and construction debris. This list is intended to be illustrative not exhaustive. Properly designed storage and handling facilities decrease illegal disposal, enhance employee safety, enhance property aesthetics, limit impacts to storm sewer infrastructure, and decrease the potential for vandalism and unsanitary conditions. Refuse, solid waste, trash, recyclable materials, yard waste, organics, and construction debris are defined in § 10.04 of this code.
   (b)   Applicability. Upon submittal of a development application or when compliance with this section is required in subsection (f), plans for refuse, solid waste, and recyclable materials handling facilities must be provided for review. Plans must be based on accurate final site and building plans, at an appropriate scale. The plans must illustrate the location and describe the operation of refuse, solid waste, and recyclable storage activities, including, but not limited to, the capacity of appropriate containers for each type of waste.
   (c)   Residential use minimum location and design standards. All residential uses in all zoning districts must have storage facilities for solid waste, organic and recyclable materials in accordance with the following minimum requirements:
      (1)   For single-family, two-family, and townhouse dwelling units with individual dwelling unit trash and recyclables storage and pick-up, all residential solid waste materials must be stored within approved containers appropriate for each type of waste that prevent health and nuisance problems. All solid waste, trash, recyclable materials, yard waste, organics and construction debris must be placed at the assigned collection location no more than 12 hours before and the containers be removed no more than 12 hours after the scheduled collection day. The storage of residential solid waste containers for single family detached homes must be setback 30 feet from any four season living area other than the owner's. Residential solid waste containers must not be stored more than five feet in front of the principal building along any public right-of-way.
      (2)   For multiple family residential units other than those identified in subsection (c)(1), residential solid waste containers must be stored within a fully enclosed space, which must be attached to the principal structure.
   (d)   Nonresidential use minimum location and design standards. All commercial, industrial, institutional, and office uses in all zoning districts must have storage facilities for solid waste, organic and recyclable materials in accordance with one of the following minimum requirements:
      (1)   Interior space. Inside an approved container(s) within a fully enclosed space designated for the storage of solid waste, organic and recyclable materials. All required solid waste, organic, and recyclable material enclosures must be accessible from within the principal building.
         (A)   For grocery stores and food service facilities as a primary use, the following additional minimum design standards apply to the interior space:
            (i)   Floors must be covered with quarry tile or equivalent with integral sanitary cove base tile.
            (ii)   Interior walls must have a smooth non-absorbent material sealed or finished to withstand frequent cleaning.
            (iii)   Bump rails or bollards are required to prevent penetration of the walls by the dumpster or roll-off box.
            (iv)   Doors must be designed to function properly during periods of ice and snow.
            (v)   Hose bib with back flow prevention must be provided for cleaning the facility.
            (vi)   Floor drains must be connected to the sanitary sewer system.
         (B)   The Issuing Authority may waive the interior access requirement when:
            (i)   The proposed solid waste, organic, and recyclable materials storage facility is not in conflict with the stated purpose of this section;
            (ii)   The proposed solid waste, organic, and recyclable materials storage facility is accessed by separated walkway to the facility that is illuminated in accordance with § 21.301.07;
            (iii)   The proposed solid waste, organic, and recyclable materials storage facility will not unreasonably harm or restrict public health, safety, and welfare; and
            (iv)   The proposed location is attached to the principal structure and does not create a hazard for vehicular or pedestrian traffic.
      (2)   Exterior refuse enclosure. Inside an approved container(s) within a storage facility either attached to or detached from the principal building, meeting the following minimum location and design standards:
         (A)   Setbacks, general. The storage facility must be located a minimum of 20 feet from a property line along a street or public right-of-way and a minimum of five feet from a property line not abutting a street or public right-of-way. The storage facility must not be closer to the property line along a public street than the principal building, except on a through lot, the storage facility may be closer to a public street when along the rear lot line and behind the principal building.
         (B)   Setback from residential. The storage facility must be setback at least 20 feet from any abutting property zoned and used residentially, as measured from the nearest wall of the enclosure to the nearest residential property line.
         (C)   Proximity. The storage facility must be located within 100 feet of the associated principal building being served by the storage facility, as measured from the nearest wall of the enclosure to the nearest wall of the principal building.
         (D)   Access and circulation. The storage facility location and the associated solid waste, organic, and recyclable material containers, must not block sidewalks, drive aisles or otherwise impede vehicular or pedestrian circulation.
         (E)   Lighting compliance. The storage facility location must comply with minimum lighting and illumination standards for secondary and emergency building entrance and exits described in § 21.301.17(c)(12). The pedestrian walkway surface from the building entrance or exit to the storage facility must meet the same lighting standards for the parking lot surface.
         (F)   Screening. The storage facility must provide fully opaque screening on all sides, except for the access gate or doors. The access gate or doors must have an opacity between 50 and 100 percent opacity.
         (G)   Exterior materials. The storage facility must be constructed of building materials that match the principal building being served by the storage facility. However, architectural concrete masonry units (ACMUs) or other comparable masonry materials may instead be used when similar and complementary in color scheme to the principal building being served by the storage facility, as approved by the Planning Manager.
         (H)   Roof. The storage facility must have a durable roof that limits the intrusion of rain or snow into the enclosure.
         (I)   Floor surface. The storage facility must have an impermeable floor surface and be designed to limit the discharge of liquid and solid waste into the storm sewer system. The storage facility must be at least 10 feet from any surface inlet and must not be located within a runoff conveyance feature, such as a curb and gutter system, so that it does not impede drainage pathways.
         (J)   Height. The storage facility must not exceed 16 feet in height, measured from the lowest exterior point to the highest point of the roof.
   (e)   Minimum storage area requirements.
      (1)   The minimum size required for recycling must be provided for each building as set forward in Minnesota Administrative Rules 1303.1500, as it may be amended from time to time. An additional solid waste area equal to the recycling area requirement must also be provided. The minimum solid waste storage area may be reduced up to 60% by incorporating a solid waste compacting device or a waste management plan as approved by the Issuing Authority.
      (2)   Other uses in solid waste and recyclable storage rooms unrelated to solid waste and recyclable handling may be located in the rooms only when approved by the Issuing Authority.
   (f)   Nonconformities. Existing solid waste and recyclables storage facilities that conform to zoning approvals granted prior to December 18, 2025, and that do not comply with the requirements of this section are considered legally nonconforming and may remain, subject to the following provisions:
      (1)   Solid waste and recyclables storage facilities in compliance with this section are required for any proposal that expands its floor area more than 25%, cumulatively, relative to the floor area in existence as of December 18, 2025.
      (2)   When the occupancy group of a site is changed the solid waste and recyclable storage must be modified, as necessary, to comply with the requirements of this section. The occupancy groups of the State Building Code must be used to determine occupancy classification for the purposes of this section. In multiple tenant buildings, this provision must apply only to tenant spaces where a change is proposed.
      (3)   When a nonconforming use ceases for a continuous period of one year, the solid waste and recyclable storage facilities must comply with this section before any use of the site occurs.
      (4)   Additional requirements for nonconformities are set forth in § 21.504 of this code.
   (g)   Maintenance. Solid waste, organic and recycling material storage facilities must be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition and kept in a state of good repair. The cleaning and maintenance activities related to any solid waste, organics, and recyclables storage facilities must be done in an area that drains to the sanitary sewer system. Any liquids or refuse that drain into the storm sewer system are an illicit discharge as described in § 16.10.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2020-1, passed 2-24-2020; Ord. 2023-3, passed 2-6-2023; Ord. 2024-7, passed 4-15-2024; Ord. 2025-57, passed 12-8-2025)

§ 21.301.18 SCREENING OF ROOF-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.

   (a)   Roof-mounted mechanical equipment installed on buildings constructed within the city must be screened to block all parts of the roof-mounted equipment from visibility from adjacent public or private streets or sidewalks when visible from the ground level of said adjacent public or private street or sidewalk.
   (b)   Screening required by this section must comply with the following:
      (1)   The screening must be permanently attached to the building and must be capable of withstanding all load requirements as outlined in the State of Minnesota Building Code.
      (2)   The screening must be constructed with materials that are architecturally compatible with the building. The use of wood, in whole or in part, as a screening material is not considered architecturally compatible unless the building is constructed with a wood exterior.
      (3)   A parapet wall that meets the screening requirements of this section qualifies as approved screening.
      (4)   In no case is screening required to be higher above the roof level than the equipment it screens.
      (5)   All roof-top screening must be kept in good repair.
      (6)   Existing screening which requires major alteration or replacement must meet the requirements of this section.
   (c)   Exceptions. The requirements of this section are exempt for the following:
      (1)   Solar panels, antennas, exhaust pipes, and chimneys.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2025-10, passed 6-2-2025)

§ 21.301.19 ACCESSORY BUILDINGS.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. To regulate the number, size, location and appearance of all structures accessory to the principal buildings on lots. These regulations apply to attached garages and detached structures, including but not limited to garages, carports, storage buildings, gazebos, growing season extenders, screen houses, playhouses, guard houses, dispatch houses, security houses, gate houses and similar structures.
   (b)   Number.
 
Zoning District
Number Allowed
Single-Family Districts
R-1, R-1A, RS-1
2 detached structures on any lot. In addition, 1 structure not exceeding 50 square feet in area nor five feet in height is permitted solely for pool equipment and up to two temporary growing season extenders not exceeding 50 square feet in area and not exceeding four feet in height are permitted subject to the setback requirements of § 21.302.07(b)(1).
All other districts
1 detached structure per principal building, plus one guard, dispatch, security or gate house per site or development. Additionally, up to two temporary growing season extenders per acre not exceeding 50 square feet in area and not exceeding four feet in height are permitted subject to the setback requirements of § 21.302.07(b)(1). Accessory buildings used to meet minimum parking requirements for multifamily uses are not counted toward the number limit.
 
   (c)   Location.
 
Zoning District
Minimum Setback in Front and Side Yards Along Streets
Minimum Setback in Rear Yards Along Streets
Minimum Rear Setback Not Along Streets
Minimum Rear Setback Along Alleys
Minimum Side Setback Not Along Streets
Single-Family Districts
R-1, R-1A, RS-1
Same as principal structures in the zoning district; however, detached structures are not permitted to be located closer to the property line along a street than the principal structure.
Same as principal structures in the zoning district.
5 feet
10 feet if connected to water or sanitary sewer service
5 feet
5 feet
10 feet if connected to water or sanitary sewer service
All other districts
Same as principal structures in the zoning district; however, detached structures are not permitted to be located closer to the property line along a public street than the principal structure.
Same as principal structures in the zoning district.
Same as principal structures in the zoning district, except that accessory buildings used to meet minimum parking requirements for multifamily uses may be set back no closer than 10 feet from the rear property line not along streets.
Same as principal structures in the zoning district, except that accessory buildings used to meet minimum parking requirements for multifamily uses may be set back no closer than 10 feet from the rear property line along alleys.
10 feet
Guard, dispatch, security or gate houses in all but R-1, R-1A, RS-1 and R-3 Districts
Same as principal structures in the zoning district.
Same as principal structures in the zoning district.
10 feet
Same as principal structures in the zoning district.
10 feet
 
   (d)   Maximum height.
 
Zoning District
Structure Type
Maximum Height
Special Regulations
Single-Family Districts
R-1, R-1A, RS-1
Accessory buildings , excluding garages
15 feet measured from the lowest exterior point to the highest point of the roof.
 
 
Garages
See § 21.301.10 for applicable standards. When exceeding the height of the dwelling, the garage may not exceed 15 feet.
(1) The overall height of any garage door opening, measured from the floor to the trim covering the door header, may not exceed 8 feet.
(2) Where the height of a side wall exceeds 10 feet from the floor of the garage to the top of the side wall, the side and rear setbacks of the garage must be increased 1 inch for each inch of side wall height over ten feet.
All other districts
Accessory buildings
16 feet measured from the lowest exterior point to the highest point of the roof.
 
 
   (e)   Maximum size.
 
Zoning District
Parcel Size
Maximum Size
Special Regulations
Single-Family Districts
R-1, R-1A, RS-1
15,000 square feet or less
1,120 sq. ft. for garages and accessory buildings combined; however, the combined area may not exceed the ground floor area of the permanent four season living area plus 120 sq. ft.
(1) Not withstanding the maximum size provisions, each single-family dwelling may have a garage structure with a total floor area of up to 600 feet.
(2) Exception for tuck under garages. In those instances where all garage space and accessory storage space on a site is attached to and located below floor area used for permanent 4 season living area, there is no limit on the amount of garage floor area. In these instances, the total floor area of all detached accessory buildings is limited to 120 square feet.
Greater than 15,000 square feet
1,120 sq. ft. plus an amount of floor area equal to 5% of lot area above 15,000 sq. ft., up to a maximum of 2,000 sq. ft. for garages and accessory buildings combined; however, the combined area may not exceed the ground floor area of the permanent 4 season living area plus 120 sq. ft.
Multi-Family Districts
R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50, RM-100
Any
25 square feet per dwelling unit, up to a maximum of 600 square feet except for guard, dispatch, security or gate houses, which are limited to a maximum of 250 square feet.
(1) Accessory buildings used to meet minimum parking requirements for multifamily uses have no maximum size
All other districts
Any
5% of the ground floor area of the principal building, up to a maximum of 600 square feet except for guard, dispatch, security or gate houses, which are limited to a maximum of 250 square feet.
(1) Accessory buildings used to meet minimum parking requirements for multifamily uses have no maximum size
 
      (1)   Second level storage area within garages and accessory buildings, with six-foot or greater clearance, is counted toward the maximum garage and accessory building floor area.
   (f)   Construction and finish.
      (1)   Accessory buildings, including guard, dispatch, security or gate houses, may be constructed of any material accepted by the Minnesota State Building Code, which is appropriate to the application and the location. Accessory buildings must be erected on crushed rock or concrete or be constructed with a treated wood floor.
      (2)   Exterior materials and finish must match or complement the exterior finish of the principal structure in material, color, and texture. Exterior surfaces of all accessory buildings must be maintained in new or like new condition, free from cracked and peeling paint, rusting and deteriorating materials.
   (g)   Approvals and permits.
      (1)   Except in single-family zoning districts, no accessory building may be constructed, erected or installed without approval of final site plans and building plans by the Issuing Authority as set forth in § 21.501.01(c) of the city code.
      (2)   No accessory building occupying an area greater than 200 square feet may be constructed, erected, or installed without a building permit issued by the Issuing Authority.
      (3)   All garages must be located to accommodate a code complying driveway (setbacks, impervious surface coverage, etc.) even if a driveway is not proposed at the time of permit.
   (h)   Other structures.
      (1)   Tents, canopies and similar temporary structures for the purpose of housing motor or recreational vehicles or storage are prohibited.
      (2)   Fish houses must be stored in the rear yard of a residential property no closer than five feet from property lines.
      (3)   Temporary storage units or containers may be stored on any property and must meet the following requirements:
         (i)   The use of such containers is limited to no more than 30 days per year, per site. For major construction projects or hardship situations, the Environmental Health Division Manager or designee is permitted to grant an extension to the time period.
         (ii)   Units or containers must be stored on a hard surfaced driveway or parking lot. The temporary units or containers may not block traffic circulation.
         (iii)   Units or containers must maintain a minimum five-foot setback from abutting properties and may not be stored within the clear view triangle area.
         (iv)   Semi-truck trailers and cargo containers for temporary storage are limited to commercial or industrial used land and must meet the requirements above.
      (4)   The storage of temporary buildings or structures, including but not limited to, manufactured homes, accessory buildings, tiny houses, and temporary family health care dwellings is prohibited.
(Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015; Ord. 2016-6, passed 4-18-2016; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-3, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-64, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2020-47, passed 12-21-2020; Ord. 2022-19, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2025-52, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.20 VEHICLE AND TRAILER PARKING AND STORAGE IN RESIDENTIAL ZONES.

   The following regulations are applicable to parking and storage of various types of vehicles and trailers in residential zoning districts, except for recreational vehicles. Recreational vehicles are defined and regulated in § 21.301.13.
   (a)   Vehicles.
      (1)   Types of vehicles.
         (A)   Type I motor vehicle. A vehicle that is:
            (i)   Less than or equal to eight feet in height; and
            (ii)   Less than or equal to 22 feet in length;
            (iii)   Not a recreational vehicle; and
            (iv)   Not a non-residential vehicle.
         (B)   Type II motor vehicle. A vehicle that is:
            (i)   A taxi that meets the Type I motor vehicle requirements; or
            (ii)   A limousine that meets the Type I motor vehicle requirements; or
            (iii)   A Type I vehicle with a snow plow attachment.
         (C)   Type III motor vehicle. A vehicle that is:
            (i)   Greater than eight feet in height; or
            (ii)   Greater than 22 feet in length.
         (D)   Non-residential vehicle. Motor vehicles that, by virtue of their use, design, type, or characteristics, are not customary and incidental to the use or occupancy of residential properties. These include, but are not limited to:
            (i)   Boom trucks;
            (ii)   Buses;
            (iii)   Cargo trucks;
            (iv)   Dump trucks;
            (v)   Farm implements (except when used in an agricultural use authorized under this code);
            (vi)   Fire trucks;
            (vii)   Flatbed trucks;
            (viii)   Forklifts;
            (ix)   Hearses;
            (x)   Loaders;
            (xi)   Semi-trailer tractors;
            (xii)   Skid steers;
            (xiii)   Step vans;
            (xiv)   Tank trucks;
            (xv)   Tow trucks;
            (xvi)   Tractors; and
            (xvii)   Riding lawnmowers or snowblowers, and recreational vehicles are not considered non-residential vehicles.
      (2)   Measurements.
         (A)   Height. The height of a motor vehicle is measured as the vertical distance between the lowest part of the tires to the top of the highest part of the vehicle.
         (B)   Length. The length of a motor vehicle is measured as the horizontal distance between the front edge of the vehicle to the rear edge of the vehicle.
         (C)   For purposes of measurement, accessories, attachments, and materials fixed or carried upon a vehicle will be considered part of the vehicle (with the exception of aerial antennas and attached trailers).
      (3)   Standards.
         (A)   Type I and II motor vehicles. Type I and II motor vehicles are permitted to be parked or stored in a residential district or in the public right-of-way immediately abutting any residential district, subject to the requirements of this section and any other applicable sections of this code.
            (i)   A vehicle that is a Type II vehicle by reason of the attachment of a snowplow blade may only be parked or stored with blade attached between October 1st and April 30th.
            (ii)   No Type II vehicle may be parked or stored at a residentially zoned lot unless that vehicle is owned or leased or regularly used by a person physically residing on that premises.
         (B)   Type III motor vehicles. Type III vehicles must not be parked or stored in a residential district or in the public right-of-way immediately abutting any residential district, except as provided under subsection (m)(4) of this section.
         (C)   Non-residential motor vehicles. Non-residential vehicles must not be parked or stored in a residential district or in the public right-of-way immediately abutting any residential district, except as provided under subsection (m)(4) of this section.
         (D)   Limitations on quantity.
            (i)   No more than four vehicles per unit may be parked or stored at single-family and two-family dwelling units outside a garage or on a street.
            (ii)   Only one Type II vehicle may be parked or stored per single-family or two-family dwelling unit.
            (iii)   Vehicles temporarily parked at a residence for visitation or business service reasons, Class I recreational vehicles (as defined in § 21.301.13), or any vehicle parked or stored within a garage will not be counted for the purposes of these numerical limitations.
            (iv)   All other vehicles, whether screened or not, including abandoned vehicles, junk vehicles, or inoperable vehicles, as defined in § 8.04, will be counted as vehicles for purposes of determining the number of vehicles parked or stored outside of a garage or on the street.
         (E)   Location requirements. The location of parked and stored vehicles on residentially zoned lots must adhere to the requirements of § 21.301.06(i)(4).
   (b)   Trailers.
      (1)   Standards.
         (A)   Limitations on size. The following size trailers are prohibited from being parked or stored in a residential district or in the public right-of-way immediately abutting any residential district:
            (i)   Trailers with a trailer bed greater than eight feet six inches in length; or
            (ii)   Trailers greater than six feet in height.
            (iii)   The length of a trailer bed is measured as the horizontal distance between the front and rear edges of the trailer bed.
            (iv)   The height of a trailer is measured as the vertical distance between the lowest part of the tires to the top of the highest part of the trailer. Accessories, attachments, and materials carried upon a trailer and/or trailer bed are considered part of the trailer and will be included in the height measurement.
         (B)   Parking location requirements.
            (i)   Trailers may not be parked or stored more than eight feet in front of a dwelling unit wall plane that faces a public street unless parked or stored on a legal driveway or off-drive parking area.
            (ii)   Trailers must be setback at least five feet from any lot line.
         (C)   Limitations on quantity. Only one trailer may be parked or stored on a residentially zoned lot outside of a garage.
   (c)   Exceptions. The parking and storage limitations and requirements of this section are subject to the following exceptions:
      (1)   Vehicles and trailers otherwise prohibited from being parked or stored under this section may be temporarily parked on or in front of a residential lot while being loaded or unloaded or while rendering a service at that location.
      (2)   Vehicles and trailers otherwise restricted by this section may be parked on a residential lot when the lawful principal use of the lot under the Zoning Code is other than residential and the vehicle and/or trailer is directly related to that lawful use.
      (3)   Vehicles designed for accommodating the needs of a person with disabilities are allowed to exceed the Type I or Type II height limits set in this section, provided that the vehicle displays a disability license plate or disability parking sticker issued by the state.
      (4)   Vehicles and trailers otherwise prohibited from being parked or stored under this section may be temporarily parked on weekdays between 11:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. Such parking must occur off the public right-of-way and on the premises owned or occupied by the driver of the vehicle.
      (5)   Trailers that are recreational vehicles as defined by § 21.301.13 may be parked or stored on a site if properly parked or stored in accordance with said § 21.301.13.
   (d)   Variances. Variances from the dimensional limitations of this section may be granted in accordance with §§ 21.501.10.
(Ord. 2024-42, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2024-45, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-26, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.301.21 TENTS AND CANOPIES.

   (a)   Intent. The purpose of this section is to establish standards for tents and canopies for special events. The use of tents and canopies for the purpose of housing motor or recreational vehicles or storage is prohibited.
   (b)   Where allowed. Tents and canopies are permitted in all zoning districts with the following exceptions.
      (1)   Outdoor tents and canopies are allowed within the CX-2 Zoning District only when:
         (A)   A determination has been made by the City Engineer or designee that the tent or canopy will not adversely interfere with parking needs or traffic flow.
   (c)   Permit required. Permits are required for tents and for canopies having an area in excess of 400 square feet. When an interim use permit is issued for an event that includes a tent or canopy, Fire Marshal review of the proposed tent or canopy is required but a separate tent or canopy permit is not required. Tent and canopy permits are issued by the Community Development Department.
   (d)   Performance standards. Tents and canopies must comply with the following performance standards.
      (1)   Tents and canopies must conform with the provisions of the Fire Prevention Code, Chapter 6, Article II of this code.
      (2)   Tents and canopies must be set back at least ten feet from any property line. The issuing authority may require tents and canopies to be set back an additional distance from property lines when adjacent to an incompatible land use.
      (3)   Unless entirely surrounded by buildings, tents and canopies must not be erected for more than 25 days per year per site. The Planning Commission may extend the allowed time period after holding a public hearing and finding that the proposed tent or canopy will not be injurious to the neighborhood or otherwise detrimental to the public welfare.
      (4)   Adequate parking and traffic circulation must be preserved and the health, safety and welfare of the community must not be adversely impacted by the proposed tent or canopy.
   (e)   Conditions of approval. Conditions of approval may be attached to a tent or canopy permit by the issuing authority or the Planning Commission to ensure adequate parking and traffic circulation, to minimize impacts on adjacent property, to ensure adequate setbacks from property lines, and to otherwise protect the health, safety and welfare of the community.
   (f)   Findings. Tent and canopy permits will be issued only when the issuing authority or the City Council finds the following:
      (1)   The tent or canopy will not adversely impact adjacent property;
      (2)   The tent or canopy will not disrupt traffic circulation or otherwise create a safety hazard;
      (3)   Adequate parking levels will be preserved when the tent or canopy is on-site; and
      (4)   The tent or canopy will not adversely impact the health, safety and welfare of the community.
   (g)   Appeal. An applicant may appeal a tent or canopy permit denial, any conditions of approval for a tent or canopy permit, or a time extension request denial to the City Council within 30 days of the denial or approval with conditions. The appeal must be submitted in writing to the Director of Community Development and must specify the issue or condition being appealed and the basis of appeal. The appeal must be filed at least ten days prior to the meeting of the City Council.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.301.24 EXTERIOR MATERIALS AND FINISH.

   (a)   Purpose. The City Council finds that it is necessary to regulate the exterior finish and appearance of all principal and accessory buildings and structures that are erected in all of the primary nonresidential zoning districts in the city in order to ensure the consistency in quality, compatibility and character of buildings within comparable zoning districts. The regulation of exterior materials and building construction assures consistent provision of both a high level of structural durability relative to impacts from natural and human-made forces over time and a safe environment for those occupants, equipment and goods within the structure. The provision of a quality exterior finish compliments the building construction by reducing maintenance needs, providing a surface more resistant to damage, assisting in maintaining structure and property value over a longer period, contributing substantially to the compatibility and character of its neighborhood. A quality exterior finish also provides for improved health, safety and welfare of occupants and enclosed goods or equipment by providing increased protection through durability, strength, security, damage resistance and stability.
   (b)   Applicability. The regulations contained in this section apply to all principal and accessory buildings and their additions in all zoning districts, except that residential principal and accessory buildings and their additions in the R-1, RS-1, R-1A, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, and SC zoning districts are exempt from this section.
   (c)   Definitions. When used in this section, the following words and terms have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Other words and terms not defined in this section may be defined in § 21.601.
      ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE. Any integrally-colored, architecturally patterned precast concrete panel or cast-in-place concrete having an exposed aggregate, light sandblast, acid etch, form liner, natural stone veneer, brick face and/or cast stone type textured finish (excluding a raked or vertical striation finish). ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE does not include smooth, unfinished, or painted precast concrete panels or cast-in-place concrete.
      ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (ACMUs). An integrally-colored concrete masonry unit on which the face has been shaped, ground, glazed, scored, split or otherwise processed to produce a unit with specific aesthetic texture or burnished block face. ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS do not include smooth, unfinished or painted concrete masonry units.
      ARCHITECTURAL METAL PANEL SYSTEMS. A set of metal panels working together to create a building's exterior wall as part of the building envelope. Metal panels used in an ARCHITECTURAL METAL PANEL SYSTEM can include single skin metal panels, metal composite material (MCM) metal panels and insulated metal panels. All panels must have a minimum 30-year manufacturer's warranty and an appropriate gauge as approved by the Planning Manager.
   (d)   Multiple-family residential, commercial, office, mixed use and transitional industrial zoning districts. The following regulations apply to all principal and accessory buildings and their additions in the RM-50, RM-100, B-1, B-2, B-4, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, CR-1, FD-2, CS-0.5, CS-1, CO-1, RO-24, HX-R, CX-2, LX, IT, and TI zoning districts.
      (1)   Exterior wall finish. Exterior wall surfaces of all buildings, excluding those portions of foundation walls extending normally above finished grade, must be faced with any of the primary exterior materials listed in the table below, provided they meet the following standards and all other applicable requirements of the city code:
 
Primary Exterior Materials for Principal and Accessory Buildings and Their Additions in RM-50, RM-100, B-1, B-2, B-4, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, CR-1, FD-2, CS-0.5, CS-1, CO-1, RO-24, HX-R, CX-2, LX, IT, and TI Zoning Districts
Architectural concrete
Architectural concrete masonry units (ACMUs) - embossed with a brick running bond pattern and 4 inch tall masonry units only
Architectural metal panels
Brick
Exterior cement plaster (stucco)
Glass
Natural stone
Equivalent material or better - as approved by the Planning Manager only
Table Notes:
1) Except for brick, metal, or stucco, all color must be integral to the exterior wall finish material.
2) Any coating used on brick, metal, or stucco must be appropriate for that purpose and not damage the exterior wall finish material or reduce or void the exterior wall finish material warranty.
3) A minimum of 65 percent of each building elevation must be primary exterior materials.
 
      (2)   Secondary materials. An exterior wall surface of a building elevation may include secondary exterior materials listed in the table below, provided they meet the following standards and all other applicable requirements of the city code:
 
Secondary Exterior Materials for Principal and Accessory Buildings and Their Additions in RM-50, RM-100, B-1, B-2, B-4, C-1, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, CR-1, FD-2, CS-0.5, CS-1, CO-1, RO-24, HX-R, CX-2, LX, IT, and TI Zoning Districts
Architectural concrete masonry units (ACMUs)
Engineered wood products
Exterior insulation finish system (EIFS) or synthetic stucco
Fiber-cement exterior siding
Manufactured stone
Ornamental metal
Phenolic panels
Thin brick veneer
Wood
Equivalent material or better - as approved by the Planning Manager only
Table Notes:
1) Except for EIFS or synthetic stucco, ornamental metal, or wood all color must be integral to the exterior wall finish material.
2) Any coating used on EIFS or synthetic stucco, ornamental metal, or wood must be appropriate for that purpose and not damage the exterior wall finish material or reduce or void the exterior wall finish material warranty.
3) All approved secondary exterior materials combined must not exceed 35 percent of each building elevation.
4) EIFS or synthetic stucco must be installed with a continuous mineral or stone wool insulation assembly. Expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam or insulation board materials are not permitted in any EIFS or synthetic stucco installation. Any EIFS or synthetic stucco installation must be at least 18 feet above grade to a maximum height of 40 feet above grade. EIFS or synthetic stucco must be installed and maintained to the manufacturer's specifications. The city may require an inspection and subsequent report of the EIFS installation upon request. EIFS or synthetic stucco is not permitted on an exterior wall surface of a hospital use building.
 
      (3)   Canopies and awnings. The exterior wall surface of a building elevation may be covered by canopies and/or awnings intended to provide aesthetic embellishment, shade or weather protection. Exterior wall surface materials covered by canopies or awnings must meet the applicable requirements of this section and, depending on the wall surface material, count as secondary materials. Canopies and awnings must meet all applicable building and fire code requirements to ensure proper installation.
   (e)   Industrial zoning districts. The following regulations apply to all principal and accessory buildings and their additions in the I-1, I-2, I-3, and IP zoning districts.
      (1)   Exterior wall finish. Exterior wall surfaces of all buildings, excluding those portions of foundation walls extending normally above finished grade, must be faced with any of the primary exterior materials listed in the table below, provided they meet the following standards and all other applicable requirements of the city code:
 
Primary Exterior Materials for Principal and Accessory Buildings and Their Additions in I-1, I-2, I-3, and IP Zoning Districts
Architectural concrete
Architectural concrete masonry units (ACMUs)
Architectural metal panels
Brick
Exterior cement plaster (stucco)
Glass
Natural stone
Raked or vertical striation finish precast concrete panels
Equivalent material or better - as approved by the Planning Manager only
Table Notes:
1) Except for brick, metal, or stucco, all color must be integral to the exterior wall finish material.
2) Any coating used on brick, metal, or stucco must be appropriate for that purpose and not damage the exterior wall finish material or reduce or void the exterior wall finish material warranty.
3) A minimum of 65 percent of each building elevation must be primary exterior materials.
 
         (A)   Buildings which do not currently comply with the exterior wall finish materials regulated by this section may be expanded using identical exterior wall finish materials with the approval of the Planning Manager, provided that:
            (i)   More than 50% of the total exterior wall surface area of the existing building, excluding secondary materials as listed in subsection(e)(2) below, does not comply with the exterior wall finish materials regulated by this section;
            (ii)   The noncomplying exterior wall finish materials are used in compliance with the State Building Code; and
            (iii)   The total floor area of the addition does not exceed 50% of the total floor area of the building existing on the effective date of this section.
      (2)   Secondary materials. An exterior wall surface of a building elevation may include secondary exterior materials listed in the table below, provided they meet the following standards and all other applicable requirements of the city code:
 
Secondary Exterior Materials for Principal and Accessory Buildings and Their Additions in I-1, I-2, I-3, and IP Zoning Districts
Architectural concrete masonry units (ACMUs)
Engineered wood products
Exterior insulation finish system (EIFS) or synthetic stucco
Fiber-cement exterior siding
Manufactured stone
Ornamental metal
Phenolic panels
Thin brick veneer
Wood
Equivalent material or better - as approved by the Planning Manager only
Table Notes:
1) Except for EIFS or synthetic stucco, ornamental metal, or wood all color must be integral to the exterior wall finish material.
2) Any coating used on EIFS or synthetic stucco, ornamental metal, or wood must be appropriate for that purpose and not damage the exterior wall finish material or reduce or void the exterior wall finish material warranty.
3) All approved secondary exterior materials combined must not exceed 35 percent of each building elevation.
4) EIFS or synthetic stucco must be installed with a continuous mineral or stone wool insulation assembly. Expanded polystyrene (EPS) foam or insulation board materials are not permitted in any EIFS or synthetic stucco installation. Any EIFS or synthetic stucco installation must be at least 18 feet above grade to a maximum height of 40 feet above grade. EIFS or synthetic stucco must be installed and maintained to the manufacturer's specifications. The city may require an inspection and subsequent report of the EIFS installation upon request. EIFS or synthetic stucco is not permitted on an exterior wall surface of a hospital use building.
 
      (3)   Canopies and awnings. The exterior wall surface of a building elevation may be covered by canopies and/or awnings intended to provide aesthetic embellishment, shade or weather protection. Exterior wall surface materials covered by canopies or awnings must meet the applicable requirements of this section and, depending on the wall surface material, count as secondary materials. Canopies and awnings must meet all applicable building and fire code requirements to ensure proper installation.
   (f)   Exterior building maintenance. The International Property Maintenance Code is adopted by the city within this city code and enforced and administered by the city. Buildings and other structures which have been so poorly maintained can cause their physical condition and appearance to create inconsistency in the quality, compatibility and character of buildings within comparable zoning districts. To ensure quality exterior finishes:
      (1)   No part of any exterior surface will have deterioration, holes, breaks, gaps, loose or rotting boards or timbers.
      (2)   Every exterior surface, which has had a surface finish such as paint applied, must be maintained to avoid noticeable deterioration of the finish. No wall or other exterior surface will have peeling, cracked, chipped or otherwise deteriorated surface finish on any one exterior wall surface.
      (3)   All cornices, moldings, lintels, sills, bay or dormer windows, and similar projections must be kept in good repair and free from cracks and defects which make them hazardous or unsightly.
      (4)   Decks, canopies, awnings, porches, chimneys, antennae, air vents, and other similar projections must be structurally sound and in good repair. Such projections must be secured properly, where applicable, to an exterior wall or exterior roof.
   (g)   Murals. Murals approved according to the standards and procedures in § 21.301.25 are permitted and exempt from the requirements of this section.
   (h)   Previous coating. All exterior wall surfaces and secondary materials that were coated prior to the effective date of this section or were allowed to be coated by reason of the granting of development approval, administrative approval or a variance may be maintained, to include sealing and recoating, in a manner appropriate to that wall finish material or trim and consistent with that existing surface treatment or any prior approval by the issuing authority.
   (i)   Exceptions to construction requirements. When a building is sought to be erected in any zoning district by a governmental agency for the purpose of storage of chemical road materials, to protect against any adverse impact which might be caused by such outside storage, the construction requirements of the zoning district in which the building is to be located need not be complied with so long as the proposed building has been approved by the City entity with decision- making authority to approve the site plan or development application as:
      (1)   Necessary for environmental protection;
      (2)   Not contrary to the purposes of the zoning code and the purposes of the zoning district in which the building is to be erected;
      (3)   Not having an appearance which will adversely affect adjacent uses; and
      (4)   Having the building sufficiently separated by distance or screening from adjacent residentially zoned or used land so that existing homes will not be depreciated in value and so that there will be no deterrence to development of vacant land.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-10, passed 6-2-2025)

§ 21.301.25 MURALS.

   (a)   Findings, intent, and purpose. The City Council finds that well-maintained exterior murals visible to the public provide a valuable means of artistic expression and enhance and contribute to the building of character and quality of place in Bloomington. The City Council further finds that other sections of this city code provide ample opportunity for businesses to erect signage containing commercial speech, ideas, or messages. The intent of this section is to promote additional expression within the city through murals in order to contribute to the building of character and quality of place in the city, while preserving aesthetics and high standards of appearance and preventing the further expansion of on or off-site commercial speech, ideas, or messages. These regulations pertaining to murals further the following purposes:
      (1)   To encourage artistic expression of a non-commercial nature;
      (2)   To stimulate the economic success of businesses in the city;
      (3)   To support creative professionals, artists, and entrepreneurs;
      (4)   To provide an opportunity for property owners to display unique artwork throughout the community;
      (5)   To promote a sense of place and pride in the community;
      (6)   To promote aesthetics and preservation of property values through regulation of the size, area, location, and other aspects of murals, and through long-term maintenance requirements and obligations;
      (7)   To ensure that murals do not compromise public safety or proper building function; and
      (8)   To promote the public health, safety, and welfare.
   (b)   Permit required.
      (1)   A mural permit must be obtained prior to the commencement of installation or application of a mural to a building or structure surface.
      (2)   Application procedures. The application procedures for a mural permit are specified in the Murals Policies and Procedures document.
      (3)   Application fee. The required fee for a mural permit is established in Appendix A to this city code.
      (4)   Approval authority. Mural permits are reviewed and approved by the city's Creative Placemaking Director and Planning Manager, or their respective designees.
      (5)   Appeals. The mural permit applicant may appeal a mural permit decision in writing to the Planning Manager within ten days of the decision. The Planning Commission will review and act upon appeals of mural permit decisions at a public meeting. The appellant will be given the opportunity to present their case in front of the Planning Commission. Following the Planning Commission decision on an appeal request, the applicant may appeal the Planning Commission decision to the City Council by submitting an appeals request and any supporting materials within three business days of the decision. The appellant will be given the opportunity to present their case in front of the City Council. The required fee for an appeal to a mural permit decision is established in Appendix A to this city code.
      (6)   Expiration. Mural permits expire if installation of the mural has not commenced within one year of the issuance of the mural permit.
      (7)   Mural completion. The installation of an approved mural must be completed within two years of issuance of the mural permit.
   (c)   Prohibited mural types.
      (1)   Murals containing representations which imitate or appear to imitate any official traffic sign or device or which appear to regulate or direct the movement of traffic or which interfere with the proper operation of any traffic sign or signal, or which obstruct or interfere with a motor vehicle operator's view of approaching, merging, or intersecting traffic.
      (2)   Murals obscuring or concealing life safety equipment, including but not limited to fire department connections, wall hydrants, lock boxes, and water flow horns or strobes, as determined by the Fire Marshal.
      (3)   Murals that are directed to incite or produce imminent lawless action and are likely to incite or produce such action.
      (4)   Murals that convey threats of violence that are directed at a person or group of persons that have the intent of placing the target at risk of bodily harm.
      (5)   Murals which contain material that when taken as a whole (i) applying contemporary community standards, its predominant appeal is to prurient interest in sex; and (ii) the average person, applying contemporary community standards, would find the material depicts or describes sexual conduct in a patently offensive way; and (iii) a reasonable person would find the material lacks serious literary, artistic, political, or scientific value.
   (d)   General standards.
      (1)   Area. Murals on buildings are limited to a maximum coverage of 50% of the entire building wall area in elevation view totaled across all building sides.
      (2)   Height. No portion of a mural may extend above the surface on which it is installed.
      (3)   Projection. No part or element of a mural may project more than two feet beyond the plane of the surface upon which it is installed and must not encroach into a public easement of record without the written approval of the Director of Public Works.
      (4)   Sign incorporation within murals. Signs regulated by Chapter 21, Article III, Division D, the sign code, may be incorporated into an approved mural and must comply with all applicable sign requirements of this city code, but in no case may exceed ten percent of the total mural area. A separate sign permit is required when applicable for the sign type.
      (5)   Lighting. Any lighting incorporated into or utilized as part of a mural must comply with § 21.301.07 of this city code.
      (6)   Motion or flashing. Electrical, mechanical, or structural components that produce motion, flashing, scrolling, sequential lights, or any other effect of movement are not permitted as component or feature of a mural.
   (e)   Maintenance. Murals must be installed and maintained in a manner that complies with the minimum durability and maintenance requirements identified in the Murals Policies and Procedures document.
      (1)   Maintenance plan. A mural maintenance plan must be submitted for review and approval by both the Creative Placemaking Director and Planning Manager in conjunction with the mural permit application. The maintenance plan must include all the required content specified in the Murals Policies and Procedures document.
      (2)   Minimum maintenance requirement. Murals must not fall into a state of disrepair for the life of the mural and must follow the maintenance plan approved by both the Creative Placemaking Director and Planning Manager as part of the mural permit. A mural is considered to be in a state of disrepair when not preserved in a manner consistent with the approved design or approved maintenance plan documented within the approved mural permit.
      (3)   Mural repair or removal. Any mural that is not maintained according to the maintenance plan incorporated into the mural permit or that falls into a state of disrepair may be ordered to be repaired or removed by the Issuing Authority. Removal of an approved mural must include restoration of the building or structure surface in a manner deemed acceptable by Issuing Authority. Murals subject to a repair or removal order must be repaired or removed within 60 days from the issuance date of the written order. Additional time may be authorized by the Issuing Authority for good cause shown.
   (f)   Authority of the Creative Placemaking Director and Planning Manager. The Creative Placemaking Director and Planning Manager have the authority to implement and modify the Murals Policies and Procedures document for the purpose of specifying mural requirements, application procedures, and recommended best practices that are not established in this section. Modifications to the Murals Policies and Procedures document must be consistent with the requirements of this section.
(Ord. 2023-22, passed 8-28-2023; Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-24, passed 10-14-2024)

§ 21.301.26 ZONING LOTS.

   For zoning purposes including, but not limited to, determining structure setbacks, accessory building limitations and impervious surface coverage, a "lot" may be composed of multiple adjacent properties under common ownership or control that are used together as one site. To qualify as a zoning lot, all properties therein must have one common tax or property identification number, see § 22.11.1.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.301.27 EXPLOSIVES.

   No activities involving the storage, use or manufacture of materials or products which could decompose by detonation are permitted except such as are specifically permitted by the Fire Prevention Code.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.302.01 MOTOR VEHICLE SALES.

   (a)   Purpose and application. To reduce the potential negative impacts of motor vehicle sales facilities on surrounding uses and streets and to ensure that motor vehicle sales facilities are not overcrowded, the following standards apply to Class I and II motor vehicle sales facilities regardless of the applicable zoning district.
   (b)   Noise.
      (1)   Outdoor loudspeakers or public address systems are prohibited.
      (2)   Car horns and panic alarms must not be used to locate vehicles and must meet the standards of § 10.29.02.
   (c)   Repair and service.
      (1)   All vehicle repair and maintenance must take place within a completely enclosed building.
      (2)   All vehicles waiting for repair must:
         (A)   Be parked or stored in the area designated for vehicles waiting for repair on the approved site plan;
         (B)   Be parked or stored at least 100 feet from an adjoining residentially used site;
         (C)   Be fully screened from any adjoining residentially used site; and
         (D)   In the case of vehicles waiting for auto body work, be fully screened from all public streets and adjoining sites.
      (3)   Body and fender repair facilities must be set back at least 150 feet from any adjoining residential zoning district.
   (d)   Vehicle test-driving. Vehicle test-driving for any purpose is prohibited on local residential streets or alleys.
   (e)   Off-site inventory storage. The storage of vehicles off-site must be approved by the issuing authority and must comply with the use and screening standards of the respective zoning district.
   (f)   Vehicle storage and display.
      (1)   Vehicles must be stored and displayed in approved vehicle storage areas. Vehicle storage and display in drive aisles, the public right-of-way, loading/unloading areas, customer parking areas or landscaped areas is prohibited.
      (2)   Outdoor vehicle display and storage must be completely screened from all abutting residentially used sites with approved screening.
   (g)   Vehicle loading and unloading. The loading or unloading of vehicles must take place in an approved location on site. Loading or unloading in the public right-of-way is prohibited. If the vehicle loading or unloading site is within 300 feet of residentially zoned and used property, loading and unloading must not take place between the hours of 8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m..
   (h)   Parking. See § 21.301.06 for applicable standards.
   (i)   Signs. See Chapter 21, Article III, Division D, the sign code for applicable standards.
   (j)   Minimum floor area ratio in the C-1 District. Notwithstanding any district requirements to the contrary, the minimum floor area ratio in the C-1 District shall be 0.0 for existing motor vehicle sales uses and sites and 0.4 for newly created motor vehicle sales uses and sites. When existing motor vehicle sales uses and sites are modified or expanded, the floor area ratio for the site must not decrease. When an existing motor vehicle sales site in the C-1 District expands beyond its existing site boundaries, the floor area ratio on the added site area must meet or exceed 0.4. The cumulative required floor area ratio for the combined site may be spread throughout the full site.
   (k)   Minimum floor area ratio for existing motor vehicles sales uses in the C-4 and C-5 Districts. The minimum floor area ratio for existing motor vehicles sales uses and sites shall be 0.6. The floor area ratio for existing motor vehicle sales uses and sites may be reduced at the discretion of the City Council provided the City Council makes the following findings:
      (1)   The proposed modifications do not increase the proportion of land area devoted to passive uses (outdoor auto storage or display, parking, etc.) relative to the land area devoted to active uses (showroom, office, service, parts, indoor auto storage or display, etc.); and
      (2)   The proposed modifications will result in an increase in on site activity (additional jobs, additional customers); and
      (3)   The proposed modifications will substantially advance any applicable zoning ordinance provisions for building placement, parking placement, streetscape enhancement, building design, building height, landscaping, and other related factors; or
      (4)   The proposed modifications are required to accommodate a public infrastructure project.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2006-54, passed 12-18-2006; Ord. 2015-3, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.302.02 RESIDENTIAL USES IN COMMERCIAL ZONING DISTRICTS.

   (a)   Purpose and application. Many of the city’s commercial zoning districts allow the inclusion of residential uses. This section establishes standards for residential uses within the B-1, B- 2, B-4, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, CR-1, and CX-2 Commercial Zoning Districts.
   (b)   Nonresidential uses required. While the B-1, B-2, B-4, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, CR-1, and CX-2 Zoning Districts allow residential uses when they do not stand alone, a primary purpose of these zoning districts is to provide convenient community access to commercial goods and services. To ensure that nonresidential uses are included within these commercial zoning districts, development sites must include nonresidential floor area as follows:
Zoning District
Minimum Required Nonresidential Floor Area
Zoning District
Minimum Required Nonresidential Floor Area
B-1
Floor area ratio - 0.10
B-2
Floor area ratio - 0.10
B-4
Floor area ratio - 0.10
C-2
Floor area ratio - 0.20
C-3
Floor area ratio - 0.25
C-4
Floor area ratio - 0.20
C-5
Floor area ratio - 0.25
CR-1
Floor area ratio - 0.25
CX-2
Floor area ratio - 0.25
 
   (c)   Density.
      (1)   Maximum density. Maximum residential density in commercial zoning districts is controlled through the maximum floor area ratio for the respective zoning district.
   (d)   Integration. In commercial zoning districts, residential uses may be integrated with nonresidential uses in either a vertical or horizontal configuration. On development sites where residential buildings are separated from nonresidential buildings, the primary public entrances of residential and nonresidential buildings must be linked with one another through direct pedestrian connections.
   (e)   Site and building design.
      (1)   Building setbacks. Residential buildings are subject to the setback requirements of the underlying zoning district.
      (2)   Maximum impervious surface coverage. On sites that contain residential uses vertically integrated with nonresidential uses, the maximum impervious surface coverage is 85%. On sites that contain residential uses horizontally integrated with nonresidential uses, the maximum impervious surface coverage for the portion of the site containing residential uses is 85%. The maximum impervious surface coverage for portions of development sites not containing residential uses is regulated by the underlying zoning district. When horizontally integrated, the residential portion of a site is that portion occupied by residential structures as well as associated parking, driveway, setback and open space areas.
      (3)   Land use conflicts. Sites must be designed to minimize the impact of nonresidential uses on residential uses through screening, separation, design or alternative techniques. Features that may create impacts and need to be addressed include, but are not limited to, headlights, lighted signs, loading areas, delivery areas, trash pick-up areas, drive throughs, menu boards and high traffic access drives.
      (4)   Odor mitigation. The nuisance impacts of uses that generate odors are magnified by proximity to residential uses. Therefore, odor mitigation systems must be provided for food establishments when required by § 10.24.
      (5)   Air conditioners. Air conditioners protruding from an exterior wall must be architecturally treated and designed to appear as an integral part of a wall.
      (6)   Storage space. A fully enclosed, lockable storage space, located outside the unit (excluding accessibility and senior citizen housing), must be provided for each dwelling unit.
         (A)   No dedicated bicycle storage. If the storage space is used to meet the long-term bicycle parking requirements of § 21.301.06, the storage space must have a minimum of a four foot horizontal dimension and a minimum of a four foot vertical dimension and be at least 175 cubic feet.
         (B)   Dedicated bicycle storage. If long-term bicycle parking requirements of § 21.301.06 are being met outside of the storage space, the storage space must have a minimum of a three foot horizontal dimension and a minimum of a four foot vertical dimension and be at least 96 cubic feet.
         (C)   Accessibility and senior citizen housing. A designated storage space of at least 96 cubic feet, with minimum dimensions at least four feet high, four feet wide and four feet deep must be located within each dwelling unit.
      (7)   Refuse and recycling. See § 21.301.17 for applicable requirements.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2016-6, passed 4-18-2016; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-5, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-59, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2025-10, passed 6-2-2025; Ord. 2025-50, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.03 ACCESSORY DWELLING UNITS.

   (a)   Purpose and application. In order to accommodate the housing needs of residents while protecting the public health, safety and general welfare of the community, the Council finds that these regulations are necessary in order to:
      (1)   Create new housing units while respecting the appearance and character of single-family dwellings;
      (2)   Provide housing that responds to changing family needs, privacy standards and household sizes;
      (3)   Make more efficient use of existing housing stock and infrastructure; and
      (4)   Encourage the creation of additional affordable housing.
   (b)   Standards.
      (1)   Zoning district. Accessory dwelling units may only be located within the R-1 or RS-1 Residential Zoning Districts (see § 21.209(c)).
      (2)   Reserved.
      (3)   Parking. Accessory dwelling units are not permitted on residential sites that do not meet the minimum parking standards for a single-family dwelling unit (see § 21.301.06). The total number of vehicles parked or stored must conform with the standards in § 21.301.20.
      (4)   Location. Accessory dwelling units may be attached to, detached from, or internal to a single-family dwelling. Accessory dwelling units are not permitted in conjunction with two-family dwellings, townhomes/rowhomes or multiple-family dwellings. Detached accessory dwelling units must meet the following setback requirements:
 
Minimum Setback in Front and Side Yards Along Streets
Minimum Setback in Rear Yards Along Streets
Minimum Rear Setback Not Along Streets
Minimum Side Setback Not Along Streets
Same as principal structures in the zoning district.
Same as principal structures in the zoning district.
15 feet
10 feet
 
      (5)   Number. No more than one accessory dwelling unit is permitted per residential site. A detached accessory dwelling unit will count toward the maximum number of detached accessory structures allowed on a lot (see § 21.301.19).
      (6)   Design and access. Accessory dwelling units must be fully separated from the single-family dwelling unit by means of a wall or floor and have a separate entrance than the primary dwelling unit. The separating wall may have a door connecting the accessory dwelling unit to the primary dwelling unit.
      (7)   Home businesses. Type I home businesses are allowed within an accessory dwelling unit, subject to existing performance standards (see § 21.302.13(d)), provided the combined impacts of home occupations in the accessory dwelling unit and associated single-family dwelling unit do not exceed the performance standards for one single-family dwelling unit, including, but not limited to, the number of employees, signs, deliveries, pick-ups and client appointments per site. Type II home businesses are not allowed within accessory dwelling units.
      (8)   Size. The size of a detached accessory dwelling unit will not count toward the combined maximum size for accessory structures allowed on a lot (see § 21.301.19). Both detached and attached accessory dwelling units must meet the following size standards:
         (A)   Minimum size. Accessory dwelling units must be at least 300 square feet in area.
         (B)   Maximum size. Accessory dwelling units must be no larger than 1,000 square feet in area.
         (C)   Common utility exception. Areas containing common utility or mechanical equipment, up to a maximum of 100 square feet, that are within the accessory dwelling unit but serve both the accessory dwelling unit and single-family dwelling unit are exempt from the size calculation of the accessory dwelling unit.
         (D)   Associated single-family dwelling size. The associated single-family dwelling unit must continue to meet minimum floor area requirements; see § 21.301.01.
      (9)   Utilities. Accessory dwelling units are prohibited on sites not served by municipal sewer and water. Separate utility metering for a detached accessory dwelling unit is required, except by special permission of the Utility Division and City Engineer.
      (10)   Ownership. Accessory dwelling units may not be subdivided and may not be otherwise separated in ownership from the associated single-family dwelling unit.
      (11)   Bedrooms. No more than two bedrooms are permitted in the accessory dwelling unit.
      (12)   Rental license. Rental of an accessory dwelling unit requires a rental license pursuant to Chapter 14 of the city code.
      (13)   Occupants. Occupancy must comply with the requirements of § 15.01 of this city code.
      (14)   Height. The height of a detached accessory dwelling unit may not exceed the height of the associated single-family dwelling unit.
      (15)   Single-family dwelling standards. Except when legally non-conforming, accessory dwelling units in combination with their associated single-family dwelling unit must conform to all city code requirements for single-family dwellings, including, but not limited to, setback, height, impervious surface, motor vehicle, and recreational vehicle and accessory building standards, except where otherwise noted in this section.
      (16)   Building Code compliance. The accessory dwelling unit and the associated single-family dwelling unit must meet current State Building Code provisions, including, but not limited to, fire resistance and sound insulation standards between units.
   (c)   Site plan requirements. Any application for an accessory dwelling unit must be accompanied by:
      (1)   An existing conditions survey showing property lines, existing and proposed structures, existing and proposed impervious surface areas (call out overall percentage impervious), setbacks and required off-street parking;
      (2)   A letter of narrative describing the proposed accessory dwelling unit;
      (3)   Elevation drawings depicting the proposed structure from all four directions; and
      (4)   A floor plan of the accessory dwelling unit indicating points of entrance and floor areas.
      (5)   In the event an accessory dwelling unit is proposed entirely within the existing floor area of a single-family dwelling, the existing conditions survey is not required and elevation drawings are required only for those elevations proposed to be altered.
   (d)   Reserved.
   (e)   Temporary family health care dwellings. Pursuant to the authority granted by M.S. § 462.3593, subd. 9, as it may be amended from time to time, the city opts-out of the requirements of M.S. § 462.3593, which defines and regulates temporary family health care dwellings.
(Ord. 2009-18, passed 6-22-2009; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2016-6, passed 4-18-2016; Ord. 2016-16, passed 8-15-2016; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017; Ord. 2019-18, passed 3-25-2019; Ord. 2022-39, passed 8-8-2022; Ord. 2022-65, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2023-46, passed 12-18-2023; Ord. 2024-24, passed 10-14-2024; Ord. 2025-09, passed 5-19-2025)

§ 21.302.04 TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate two-family dwellings within predominantly single-family dwelling areas while protecting the public health, safety and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Reserved.
   (c)   Standards.
      (1)   Zoning district. Two-family dwellings must be located within the R-1, RS-1, R-3, and R-4 Residential Zoning Districts.
      (2)   Site size. Two-family dwelling sites must have an area of at least 11,700 square feet for interior lots and 14,625 square feet for corner lots.
      (3)   Site width. Two-family dwelling sites must be at least 80 feet in width for interior lots and 100 feet in width for corner lots.
      (4)   Setbacks. Two-family dwelling garage and living space must meet the minimum setback requirements of the R-1 zoning district in § 21.301.02.
      (5)   Height. Two-family dwelling structure height must meet the height limits of § 21.301.10.
      (6)   Garages. Two-family dwellings must have at least one enclosed garage space per unit. Two-family dwelling garages must be at least 242 square feet per unit and must not exceed 900 square feet per unit. The height of the garage must not exceed the height of the two-family dwelling. Garage door openings, measured from the floor to the trim covering the door header must not exceed eight feet in height.
      (7)   Garage frontage. Two-family dwelling garage doors facing a public or private street is limited to 50% of the structure width facing the same street.
      (8)   Reserved.
      (9)   Reserved.
      (10)   Recreational vehicles. Recreational vehicles on two-family dwelling unit sites must meet the requirements of city code § 21.301.13 and are limited to one recreational vehicle per unit stored outside.
      (11)   Storage. See city code § 21.301.16(a) for storage requirements.
      (12)   Accessory buildings. Accessory buildings on two-family dwelling sites are limited to one per unit, must not exceed 120 square feet per building and must meet the standards of city code § 21.301.19.
      (13)   Attachment required. The two units in a two-family dwelling must have a common wall of at least ten feet in length or be oriented in an over/under relationship.
      (14)   Home businesses. Type I home businesses are allowed within two-family dwelling units subject to the standards of city code § 21.302.13. However, Type II home businesses as defined in § 21.302.13 are not allowed within two-family dwelling units.
      (15)   Utilities. Two-family dwellings are prohibited on sites not served by municipal sewer and water. Utility connections must satisfy the requirements of city code §§ 11.12 and 11.34.
      (16)   Subdivision. The City Council may approve the subdivision of two-family dwellings and the lot upon which the two-family dwelling is located or is proposed to be constructed to allow separate ownership of each unit of the two-family dwelling subject to the following standards:
         (A)   Each of the lots created by the subdivision must be equal in area or as near equal in area as is reasonably possible;
         (B)   Each lot so created must contain at least one-half of the minimum land area requirement for a two-family dwelling;
         (C)   Except for setbacks along the common property line, all other setback and yard requirements must be met;
         (D)   The subdivision of the lot must be accomplished by plat in accordance with the subdivision regulations of the city code including required public hearings for plat approval;
         (E)   A maintenance agreement must be recorded with the county for each parcel created that contains an agreement by each property owner to:
            (i)   Continually maintain all portions of the building’s exterior with materials and finish that are accepted by the State Building Code as appropriate to the application and the location;
            (ii)   Use matching exterior materials on the entire building with respect to material type, color and texture;
            (iii)   Properly maintain the approved landscaping plans, screening plans and any approved storm water management plan for the properties; and
            (iv)   Provide adequate maintenance and repair of all common walkways, driveways, and, if allowed, common sewer and water facilities.
         (F)   All outstanding violations of the city code, if any, must be corrected prior to approval of the final plat by the city or a surety (cash, bond or letter of credit) must be deposited with the city to assure correction.
      (17)   Building Code compliance. Two-family dwellings must meet current State Building Code provisions, including, but not limited to, fire resistance and sound insulation standards between units.
      (18)   Storm water. To mitigate the impacts of increased storm water runoff rates and volume, two-family dwellings must meet the following storm water standards:
         (A)   Erosion and sediment control must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code;
         (B)   The area of impervious surface on a two-family residential site may not exceed 12,000 sq. ft. plus 1,000 sq. ft. for each full acre of lot size over one acre.
         (C)   Two-family residential sites may exceed 35% of impervious surface, up to a maximum of 45%, with approval from the City Engineer or designee prior to issuance of a grading, foundation, or building permit, subject to the following requirements:
            (i)   Approval of stormwater management plans consistent with the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan.
            (ii)   Additional impervious surface above 35% must be mitigated by installing on-site trees at a rate of one tree per three percent of impervious surface area above 35%, with a minimum requirement of one tree, unless a waiver is granted by the Issuing Authority based upon existing tree canopy cover of the two-family residential site. Trees must be overstory trees, except sites that require more than one tree may use one ornamental tree in lieu of one overstory tree. A maximum of one ornamental tree may be installed to satisfy the mitigation requirement.
(Ord. 2009-26, passed 9-14-2009; Ord. 2010-29, passed 11-1-2010; Ord. 2011-16, passed 8-1-2011; Ord. 2014-5, passed 2-3-2014; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015; Ord. 2015-28, passed 11-2-2015; Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-3, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-50, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2023-16, passed 5-22-2023; Ord. 2023-38, passed 12-18-2023; Ord. 2024-24, passed 10-14-2024; Ord. 2024-55, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-09, passed 5-19-2025)

§ 21.302.05 LIMITED AGRICULTURE, BEES, AND GARDENING.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The provisions of this section are intended to preserve opportunities for food production while minimizing negative impacts on neighboring properties.
   (b)   Gardening. Growing and harvesting plants for food or enjoyment within individual or community gardens is considered to be customarily incidental to other land uses and is permitted in all zoning districts. Community gardens, where more than three households garden on a given site, must meet the following standards.
      (1)   Given high activity levels, community gardens must be at least 50 feet from any dwelling on a neighboring lot and at least 30 feet from any lot used residentially or platted for future residential use.
      (2)   Community gardens are prohibited on single- and two-family sites, including vacant single- and two-family sites.
      (3)   From November 1 to April 1, all community gardening materials (except fencing and watering tanks) must be stored within a building.
   (c)   Farm animal and farm poultry shelters and enclosures, and beehives. Shelters, enclosures, fenced areas, and beehives in which farm animals, farm poultry, and bees are kept must meet the following standards.
      (1)   Chicken shelters, enclosures and fenced areas for four or fewer hen chickens:
         (A)   Must be at least 30 feet from any property lot line;
         (B)   Must be located closer to the owner's dwelling than any dwelling on a neighboring lot;
         (C)   A shelter must be set back a minimum of 50 feet from any dwelling on an abutting parcel;
         (D)   Must be located in the rear or side yard and set back at least 50 feet from any adjacent street; and
         (E)   Count against the number and size of accessory buildings allowed on site if over 50 square feet in area.
      (2)   Beehives. Beehives must meet the following standards:
         (A)   A beekeeper may not place a beehive in the front yard. For the purposes of this Section, a corner lot is considered to have two front yards.
         (B)   A beekeeper must place a beehive closer to the primary structure on the site of the beehive than any primary structure or dwelling on an adjacent site.
         (C)   A beekeeper must place a beehive at least 15 feet from any site line.
         (D)   A beekeeper must place a beehive at least 25 feet from any dwelling unit on adjacent property and at least 25 feet from any public right-of-way.
         (E)   In each instance where a beekeeper has an apiary and places a beehive less than 25 feet from the site line, as measured from the nearest point on the beehive to the site boundary, the beekeeper must establish and maintain a flyway barrier at least six feet in height.
            (i)   The flyway barrier must consist of a wall, fence, dense vegetation or a combination thereof, such that bees will fly over rather than through the material to reach the beehive.
            (ii)   The flyway barrier must continue parallel to any qualifying site lines for ten feet in either direction from the beehive or contain the beehive or beehives within a solid enclosure that is at least six feet in height.
            (iii)   A flyway barrier is not required if the beehive is located on a rooftop at least six feet above grade.
         (F)   A beehive located on a rooftop is prohibited on a residential structure.
         (G)   A beehive located on a rooftop must be screened in accordance with § 21.301.18.
         (H)   A beehive(s) and an apiary, individually or in combined total, that occupies over 50 square feet in area will be calculated as an accessory building in determining the number and size allowed on each lot.
         (I)   An apiary is limited to the following number of beehives based on the size of the lot:
            (i)   ½ acre or smaller = 2 beehives.
            (ii)   More than ½ acre to ¾ acre = 4 beehives.
            (iii)   More than ¾ acre to 1 acre = 6 beehives.
            (iv)   More than 1 acre to 5 acres = 8 beehives.
            (v)   More than 5 acres = no restriction.
         (J)   Each beekeeper must ensure that a convenient source of water is available to the colony so long as colonies remain active outside of the beehive.
         (K)   Three or more dwelling unit properties. A beekeeper may not place a beehive on a property with three or more dwelling units.
         (L)   Ownership occupancy. Except for a beehive located on a non-residential site, the beekeeper of the beehive must live in the dwelling on the property.
         (M)   No beehives in dwellings or garages. Beehives must not be kept inside of a dwelling or garage.
         (N)   Beekeepers must select queens from European stock bred for gentleness and non-swarming characteristics.
      (3)   All other shelters, enclosures and fenced areas for farm poultry, and farm animals as defined in § 12.91 of this code:
         (A)   Must be at least 150 feet from any dwelling on a neighboring lot;
         (B)   Must be at least 100 feet from any lot used residentially or platted for future residential use;
         (C)   Must be located closer to the owner's dwelling than any dwelling on a neighboring lot;
         (D)   Must not be located in the front yard and must not be located closer to the property line along the street than the principal structure is from the same street unless set back at least 50 feet from the property line adjacent to the street; and
         (E)   Count against the number and size of accessory buildings allowed on site if over 50 square feet in area.
   (d)   Prohibited agriculture. The following types of agricultural activities are prohibited in all zoning districts due to potential negative impacts on neighboring properties:
      (1)   Commercial agriculture, except beekeeping and indoor agriculture;
      (2)   Feedlots;
      (3)   Fur farms;
      (4)   Slaughterhouses; and
      (5)   Manure storage.
(Ord. 2010-28, passed 11-1-2010; Ord. 2015-18, passed 6-22-2015; Ord. 2017-38, passed 11-6-2017; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-35, passed 9-23-2019)

§ 21.302.06 INSTITUTIONAL USE STANDARDS.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. The city recognizes that institutional uses, while providing valuable services to the community, often also create negative impacts on surrounding uses, particularly surrounding residential uses. Negative impacts of institutional uses may include, but are not limited to: high traffic levels; increased truck and delivery traffic; increased emergency vehicle traffic; nighttime traffic; overflow on-street parking; noise; visual impacts and building massing inconsistent with low density residential character; construction impacts; and lighting levels. The purpose of this section is to establish appropriate standards for institutional uses that reduce impacts on surrounding uses.
   (b)   Standards.
      (1)   Street adjacency.
         (A)   New institutional use sites located in residential zoning districts of R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 and RM-100 may not be established unless adjacent to an arterial or collector street, along at least one shared property line. Conversion of existing institutional use sites or buildings from one institutional use to another is allowed only when the new institutional use is allowed in the underlying zoning district, all necessary land use approvals are issued and all applicable city code standards are met.
         (B)   New institutional use sites located in all other zoning districts are not required to be adjacent to an arterial or collector street.
      (2)   Maximum floor area ratio. All institutional uses must not exceed the following floor area ratio standards, which vary by zoning district and street adjacency.
 
Maximum Floor Area Ratio
When Adjacent to Arterial or Collector Street
When Not Adjacent to Arterial or Collector Street
Single-Family Districts R-1, R-1A, RS-1
0.35
0.20
Multi-Family Districts R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24
0.50
0.35
Multi-Family District RM-50, RM-100
2.00
1.00
SC District
0.50
0.50
All other districts
See district requirements
See district requirements
 
         (A)   Exceptions:
            (i)   The density of assisted living facilities with fully functional and separated living units including code complying kitchens, bathrooms and living space is regulated by the units per acre standards in the underlying zoning district rather than the floor area ratio standards listed above.
            (ii)   Fire stations are not subject to the maximum floor area ratio standards listed above. Fire stations are required to be strategically located within residential zoning districts in order to meet the public health, safety, and welfare needs of the city.
      (3)   Access. All institutional access points and drive aisles must be located and designed to minimize impacts on surrounding residential uses while meeting traffic engineering and public safety objectives.
      (4)   Screening/buffering. A perimeter landscape buffer is required pursuant to screening requirements contained in city code § 21.301.15(d)(2), where the institutional site directly abuts property that is used for single-family residential uses and either zoned or guided for single-family residential uses, unless a waiver is obtained pursuant to standards in § 21.301.15(d)(1)(F).
      (5)   Structure setbacks. In addition to the applicable underlying zoning district setback standards, institutional structures must be set back a minimum of 50 feet from property lines directly abutting a single-family residential use that is either zoned or guided for single-family residential use.
      (6)   Deliveries and loading areas. Loading area locations and delivery vehicle routes must be designed to minimize impact on surrounding residential properties and must comply with the requirements contained in city code § 21.301.06(j). To ensure public safety, frequent truck and heavy vehicle traffic must be separated from institutional parking areas.
      (7)   Traffic impacts. The City Council finds that high traffic levels associated with institutional uses can have significant negative impacts on nearby residential uses.
         (A)   Prohibition. The establishment of a new institutional use or the expansion of an existing institutional use that creates traffic levels above the following thresholds as documented by a traffic study prepared by a qualified, independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city is prohibited unless the City Council finds that the negative impacts, reasonably attributable to the proposed institutional use, on surrounding residential uses can be sufficiently mitigated to levels consistent with residential livability and pedestrian and motorist safety:
            (i)   Adds 300 or more trips per day to a local residential street at least once per week on a regular basis;
            (ii)   Adds 100 or more new trips per day on a local residential street, such that the total trips on that local residential street add up to a total of over 1,000 trips per day at least once per week on a regular basis; or
            (iii)   The proposed use or expansion is expected to produce 100 or more trips per hour on a local residential street during the peak hour of trip generation for the proposed site, at least once per week on a regular basis.
         (B)   Traffic study. When the Public Works Director or designee determines a proposal has the potential to cross the thresholds listed above, the applicant must fund a traffic study to be prepared by a qualified, independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city. The traffic study must, at a minimum, identify the following components:
            (i)   Existing and new trips generated from the site;
            (ii)   The distribution of the new trips to and from the site along all affected roadways. The distribution of trips must extend from the site to the arterial network;
            (iii)   Associated impacts from the new trips to the local streets, including factors that contribute to the general health, safety and sense of well being for adjacent residents, including, but not limited to:
               (aa)   Safety and capacity impacts to intersections;
               (bb)   Speeding and other nuisance behavior from drivers;
               (cc)   Time of peak impacts, including the peak hour of trip generation from the site, the occurrence of delivery and/or service vehicles; and
               (dd)   Context of traffic visiting the site (emergency vehicles, local patrons, employees, regional traffic and the like).
            (iv)   Mitigation measures to address livability concerns, including but not limited to:
               (aa)   Intersection control changes;
               (bb)   Roadway geometric changes;
               (cc)   Construction of pedestrian facilities, including sidewalks, curb bulbs and pedestrian warning devices; and
               (dd)   Construction or purchase of traffic management devices, including traffic circles, speed radar signs and other context sensitive solutions identified in the Cities Traffic Management Program.
         (C)   Mitigation measures. Any mitigation measures proposed to address the negative traffic impacts must be implemented or constructed as part of the development or expansion.
   (c)   Street classification. The classification of streets as arterial, collector or local throughout this section is as designated by the City Comprehensive Plan.
(Ord. 2013-17, passed 7-15-2013; Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015; Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-6, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-7, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2021-24, passed 8-2-2021)

§ 21.302.07 SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL STANDARDS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate single-family dwellings while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Standards.
      (1)   Private swimming pools.
         (A)   Location.
            (i)   Front yard - not permitted.
            (ii)   Side and rear yard not abutting a public street - a minimum setback from property lines must be provided of at least 18 feet to the water’s edge of the pool and 15 feet to any appurtenant equipment not enclosed in a building. If located within a structure or accessory building see city code § 21.301.19 for applicable standards.
            (iii)   Side and rear yard abutting a public street - minimum setback matches the required setback of the principal structure in the zoning district, see city code § 21.301.02.
            (iv)   Pools and appurtenant equipment may not encroach into public easements.
      (2)   Permanent or seasonal recreational courts.
         (A)   Location.
            (i)   Front yard - not permitted.
            (ii)   Side and rear yard not abutting a public street - a minimum setback from property lines must be provided of at least 15 feet.
            (iii)   Side and rear yard abutting a public street - minimum setback matches the required setback of the principal structure in the zoning district, see city code § 21.301.02.
            (iv)   Permanent or seasonal recreational courts may not encroach into public easements.
(Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-15, passed 5-18-2015; Ord. 2020-43, passed 12-21-2020; Ord. 2023-16, passed 5-22-2023)

§ 21.302.08 TOWNHOUSE STANDARDS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate townhouse developments while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. Townhouse developments must receive either final site and building plan approval or final development plan approval prior to issuance of a building permit.
   (c)   Standards.
      (1)   Zoning district. Townhouses must be located within the R-3, R-4, RM-12, or RM-24 residential zoning district.
      (2)   Setbacks. See city code § 21.301.02 for setback requirements, which vary by zoning district.
      (3)   Minimum units per townhouse development. Three.
      (4)   Units per building.
         (A)   Minimum number of units per building: Two;
         (B)   Maximum number of units per building: Six.
      (5)   Floor area. Townhouses must meet the floor area requirements of city code § 21.301.01(c)(3).
      (6)   Site size. Townhouse development sites must meet the minimum land area requirements of city code § 21.301.01(c)(1), which vary by zoning district.
      (7)   Separation between buildings. A minimum of 20 feet must separate residential buildings within a townhouse development.
      (8)   Height. Townhouse structure height must meet the height limits of city code § 21.301.10.
      (9)   Attachment required. Each unit in a townhouse development must have at least one common wall of at least ten feet in length configured in a side by side fashion, not vertically stacked.
      (10)   Articulation.
         (A)   Townhouse developments are subject to the following articulation regulations:
            (i)   Units attached in a single building must be compatible in design, color scheme, and palette of materials.
            (ii)   Location of window openings on a façade visible from a public street must be placed to avoid large blank wall surfaces.
            (iii)   Any building containing more than three units with common walls must be designed so that the front façade and roofline of each attached unit is visually distinct from the other through staggering or offset in design.
       (11)   Garages.
         (A)   Garage doors, when fronting public streets, must not exceed 50% of the structure width.
         (B)   Garages, when fronting public streets, may not extend beyond the building face or porch façade by more than four feet.
         (C)   To avoid parked vehicles encroaching into streets, townhouse driveway depth must be ten feet or less or 20 feet or greater. Driveway depth is measured from the garage door to the property line when adjacent to public streets and from the garage door to the private street when adjacent to private streets.
         (D)   Garage door openings, measured from the floor to the trim covering the door header must not exceed eight feet in height.
      (12)   Access points. The number of public street curb cuts to service a townhouse development must be minimized where feasible by sharing driveways and linking parking lots.
      (13)   Open space and impervious surface.
         (A)   At least 20% of townhouse development sites must be used for accessible landscaped open space; and
         (B)   Impervious surface area must not exceed 80% of the townhouse development site area.
      (14)   Storm water. To mitigate the impacts of storm water runoff rates and volume, townhouse developments must meet the following storm water standards:
         (A)   Erosion and sediment control must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's comprehensive surface water management plan; and
         (B)   Storm water management plans must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's comprehensive surface water management plan.
      (15)   Landscaping. Townhouse development landscaping must meet the landscaping requirements of § 21.301.15.
      (16)   Utilities. Townhouse developments are prohibited on sites not served by municipal sewer and water. Utility connections must satisfy the requirements of city code §§ 11.12 and 11.34.
      (17)   Building Code compliance. Townhouse developments must meet current Minnesota State Building Code provisions, including but not limited to fire resistance and sound insulation standards between units.
      (18)   Accessory buildings. Accessory buildings on townhouse development sites must meet the standards of city code § 21.301.19.
      (19)   Exterior storage. See city code § 21.301.16(a) for exterior storage requirements.
      (20)   Subdivision. The City Council may approve the subdivision of townhouse dwellings and the lot upon which the townhouse dwelling is located or is proposed to be constructed to allow separate ownership of each unit of the townhouse dwelling subject to the following standards:
         (A)   The subdivision of the lot must be accomplished by a plat in accordance with the subdivision regulations of the city code, Chapter 22;
         (B)   A homeowner's association must be established and a maintenance agreement must be recorded with Hennepin County for each parcel created that contains an agreement by each property owner to:
            (i)   Continually maintain all portions of the building's exterior with materials and finish that are accepted by the Minnesota State Building Code as appropriate to the application and the location;
            (ii)   Use compatible exterior materials on the entire building with respect to material type, color and texture;
            (iii)   Properly maintain the approved landscaping plans, screening plans and any approved storm water management plan for the properties; and
            (iv)   Provide adequate maintenance and repair of all common walkways, driveways, and, if allowed, common sewer and water facilities.
         (C)   Outstanding violations of the city code, if any, must be corrected prior to approval of the final plat by the City or surety (cash, bond or letter of credit) must be deposited with the City to assure correction.
      (21)   Home businesses. Type I home businesses are allowed within townhouse dwelling units subject to the standards of city code § 21.302.13. However, Type II home businesses as defined in § 21.302.13 are not allowed within townhouse dwelling units.
(Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015; Ord. 2015-28, passed 11-2-2015; Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2025-09, passed 5-19-2025)

§ 21.302.09 MULTIPLE-FAMILY DWELLING DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE STANDARDS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate multiple-family dwellings located in residential zoning districts while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. Multiple-family dwellings must receive either final site and building plan approval or final development plan approval prior to issuance of a building permit.
   (c)   Applicability. The provisions of this section do not apply to multiple-family residential uses in the B-1, B-2, B-4, C-2, C-3, C-4, C-5, CR-1, and CX-2 commercial zoning districts. See § 21.302.02 for applicable standards for residential uses in the B-1, B-2, B-4, C2, C-3, C-4, C-5, CR-1, CX-2 commercial zoning districts.
   (d)   Performance standards.
      (1)   Site size. Multiple-family development sites must meet the minimum land area requirements of city code § 21.301.01(c)(1) or §§ 21.207.03(h), which vary by zoning district.
      (2)   Building setbacks. See city code § 21.301.02 or § 21.207.03(h)(1) for setback requirements, which vary by zoning district.
      (3)   Floor area. Multiple-family units must meet the floor area requirements of city code § 21.301.01(c)(3).
      (4)   Blank facades. Blank building facades or walls must not exceed 20 feet in length when the building or wall faces a public street or transitway station. A building façade or wall is considered to be blank if it is uninterrupted by windows, doors, ornamentation, decoration, articulation or other architectural detailing.
      (5)   Multiple buildings on a site. Multiple buildings on a site must be compatible in design, color scheme, and palette of materials.
      (6)   Air conditioners. Air conditioners protruding from an exterior wall must be designed to appear as an integral part of a wall.
      (7)   Storage space. A fully enclosed, lockable storage space, located outside the unit (excluding accessibility and senior citizen housing), must be provided for each dwelling unit.
         (A)   No dedicated bicycle storage. If the storage space is used to meet the long term bicycle parking requirements of § 21.301.06, the storage space must have at least four feet horizontal dimensions and a four foot vertical dimension and be at least 175 cubic feet.
         (B)   Dedicated bicycle storage. If long term bicycle parking requirements of § 21.301.06 are being met outside of the storage space, the storage space must have at least three feet horizontal dimensions and a four foot vertical dimension and be at least 96 cubic feet.
         (C)   Accessibility and senior citizen housing. A designated storage space of at least 96 cubic feet, with minimum dimensions at least four feet high, four feet wide and four feet deep must be located within each dwelling unit.
      (8)   Mixed use. In the event residential uses are integrated with non-residential uses on the same site, the following standards apply:
         (A)   Land use conflicts. Sites must be designed to minimize the impact of non-residential uses on residential uses through screening, separation, design or alternative techniques. Features that may create impacts and need to be addressed include but are not limited to headlights, lighted signs, loading areas, delivery areas, trash pick-up areas, and high traffic access drives.
         (B)   Odor mitigation. The nuisance impacts of uses that generate odors including but not limited to restaurants, are magnified by proximity to residential uses. Therefore, odor mitigation systems must be provided for food establishments when required by § 10.24.
      (9)   Building code compliance. Multiple-family developments must meet current State Building Code provisions, including but not limited to fire resistance and sound insulation standards between units.
      (10)   Storm water management. Site must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's comprehensive surface water management plan for storm water management, erosion control, and wetlands.
      (11)   Compliance with other sections. Multiple-family developments must meet applicable standards within city code, including but not limited to:
         (A)   Refuse and recycling (§ 21.301.17);
         (B)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15);
         (C)   Exterior storage (§ 21.301.16);
         (D)   Height (§ 21.301.10);
         (E)   Parking (§ 21.301.06); and
         (F)   Lighting (§ 21.301.07).
   (e)   Subdivision. If it is intended that individual buildings of a multiple-family dwelling complex be sold separately, provision must be made so that each such building parcel abuts a public street in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 22 of this code.
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-6, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-59, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-10, passed 6-2-2025; Ord. 2025-50, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.10 MANUFACTURED HOME PARK.

   (a)   Purpose. To accommodate manufactured home parks while ensuring they do not adversely affect the health, safety or welfare of the community.
   (b)   State regulation. Manufactured home parks are regulated by the state. Manufactured home parks must meet the requirements listed in:
      (1)   Minnesota Rules 4630.0200 - 4630.1700 and 4630.2210 - 4630.4700; and
      (2)   M.S. §§ 327.14, 327.20 and 327.205 - 327.28, as they may be amended from time to time.
   (c)   Standards.
      (1)    Licensing. Manufactured home parks must receive all required licenses prior to operation and must maintain required licenses at all times.
      (2)   Maintenance. Pursuant to state rules, a responsible attendant or caretaker must be in charge of every manufactured home park at all times and the duty of said attendant or caretaker must be to maintain the park, its facilities, and equipment in a clean, orderly, and sanitary condition.
      (3)   Site size. Manufactured home parks must be at least five acres in size.
      (4)   Density. Manufactured home parks must meet the minimum and maximum density requirements of city code § 21.301.01(c)(1), which vary by zoning district.
         (A)   Densities for districts not addressed in § 21.301.01. Manufactured home parks located in R-1 zoning districts must have less than or equal to ten dwelling units per acre.
      (5)   Setbacks. Buildings within a manufactured home park must meet the setback requirements of city code § 21.301.01(c)(1) from all exterior property lines, which vary by zoning district. Buildings within the manufactured home park must be separated from one another as required under state law.
      (6)   Storage space. A fully enclosed, lockable storage space of at least 175 cubic feet and 25 horizontal square feet must be provided for each manufactured dwelling unit in addition to storage provided within each manufactured dwelling unit. When individually enclosed, lockable garages are provided, required storage space may be incorporated within a garage.
      (7)   Landscape buffer. Where the manufactured home park directly abuts property that is used for single-family residential uses or is either zoned or guided for single-family residential uses a perimeter landscape buffer is required pursuant to screening requirements in city code § 21.301.15(d)(2).
      (8)   Fencing.
         (A)   Perimeter fencing.
            (i)   With the exception of when a fence is required for screening, all fences located around the perimeter of a manufactured home park must meet the requirements listed in § 21.301.08.
            (ii)   Perimeter fencing must comply with State Fire Code emergency access requirements.
         (B)   Fences within manufactured home parks. With the exception of fences required for screening, all fences located within manufactured home parks must meet the following requirements:
            (i)   Fences running parallel with any manufactured home including its attachments must be setback at least ten feet from a manufactured home, including its attachments.
            (ii)   Non-perimeter fencing within a manufactured home parks may be a maximum of four feet in height. Fence height is measured as described in § 21.301.08(c)(3).
            (iii)   The amount of fence opacity for non-perimeter fencing within a manufactured home park is limited to 50%. See § 21.301.08(d)(3) for an illustration of fence opacity.
      (9)   Accessory buildings. Each manufactured home owner is allowed to install one detached accessory building, subject to the following requirements:
         (A)   There must be a separation of at least ten feet between an accessory building and the nearest manufactured home not occupied by the user of the accessory building, including its attachments.
         (B)   No portion of an accessory building may be closer to an internal manufactured home park street or general parking lot than the associated manufactured home.
         (C)   No portion of an accessory building may be closer to a public street than the associated manufactured home.
         (D)   The total maximum accessory building size is 120 square feet per manufactured home.
      (10)   Compliance with other sections. Manufactured home parks must meet applicable standards within city code, including but not limited to:
         (A)   Refuse and recycling (§ 21.301.17);
         (B)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15);
         (C)   Exterior storage (§ 21.301.16);
         (D)   Height (§ 21.301.10);
         (E)   Lighting (§ 21.301.07); and
         (F)   Parking (§ 21.301.06).
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2020-48, passed 12-21-2020; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2023-39, passed 12-18-2023)

§ 21.302.11 FIREARM FACILITIES.

   (a)   Purpose. To provide opportunities for firearm sales, service, and ranges and to provide opportunities to manufacture, warehouse, and distribute firearm(s) while addressing safety concerns and the potential disruption of peace and quiet enjoyment of the community. Providing separation between firearm facilities and certain uses maximizes safety of residents, businesses and guests, minimizes potential nuisance factors of such facilities, and is in the public interest.
   (b)   Incidental Firearm Sales standards.
      (1)   Security. All incidental firearm sales facilities must meet applicable federal and state security standards including but not limited to M.S. § 624.7161, and Minnesota Rules Chapter 7504.
      (2)   Separation requirements. No incidental firearm sales facility may be located:
         (A)   Within 250 feet of the R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 or RM-100 Zoning Districts.
         (B)   Within 250 feet of a day care facility.
         (C)   Within 250 feet of a school (K-12).
      (3)   Prior to plan approval, a floor plan must be submitted for review demarcating the area(s) devoted to display and storage of firearm(s) and ammunition.
   (c)   Primary Firearm Sales standards.
      (1)   Security. All primary firearm sales facilities must meet applicable federal and state security standards including but not limited to M.S. § 624.7161, and Minnesota Rules Chapter 7504.
      (2)   Separation requirements. No primary firearm sales facility may be located:
         (A)   Within 250 feet of the R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 or RM-100 Zoning Districts.
         (B)   Within 250 feet of a day care facility.
         (C)   Within 250 feet of a school (K-12).
         (D)   Within 1,000 feet of another primary firearm sales facility.
      (3)   Conditional Use Permit Submittal Requirements. In addition to the submittal requirements stated in § 21.501.04, a conditional use permit application for a primary firearm sales facility must also include a detailed security plan demonstrating compliance with applicable federal and state safety standards including but not limited to M.S. § 624.7161, and Minnesota Rules Chapter 7504.
   (d)   Firearm Manufacturing, Warehousing, or Distribution standards.
      (1)   Separation requirements. No firearm manufacturing, warehousing, or distribution facility may be located:
         (A)   Within 250 feet of the R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 or RM-100 Zoning Districts.
         (B)   Within 250 feet of a day care facility.
         (C)   Within 250 feet of a school (K-12).
   (e)   Firing Range Standards.
      (1)   Separation requirements. No firing range may be located:
         (A)   Within 1,000 feet of the R-1, R-1A, RS-1, R-3, R-4, RM-12, RM-24, RM-50 or RM-100 Zoning Districts.
         (B)   Within 1,000 feet of a day care facility.
         (C)   Within 1,000 feet of a school (K-12).
      (2)   Firing ranges must be located within a completely enclosed building.
      (3)   The completely enclosed building housing the firing range must include adequate noise insulation, ventilation and filtering systems. Ventilation and filtering systems must be in accordance with Minnesota Mechanical Code § 502.19, see Minnesota Rules Part 1346.0050 (incorporating Chapters 2 to 15 of the 2012 edition of the International Mechanical Code), and United States Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Standards, 29 C.F.R. § 1910.1025.
      (4)   No liquor licenses may be issued to any establishment within the same building as the firing range.
   (f)   Standards for Firearm Offices.
      (1)   Firearm Offices are permitted in all districts where general offices are permitted.
   (g)   Measurement.
      (1)   Separation measurement. For the purposes of this section, distance between a firearm facility and a zoning district is measured in a direct line from any public or private entrance of a firearm facility tenant space to the applicable zoning district line. Distance between a firearm facility and another facility, school or day care is measured in a direct line from any public or private entrance of a firearm facility tenant space to any public or private entrance of the other facility. When measuring distance between indoor tenant spaces, measurement will be taken along the shortest pedestrian path between public or private entrances rather than in a direct line.
      (2)   Floor area measurement. The calculation of floor area devoted to firearm(s) and ammunition includes all display cabinets, storage, and the entire adjacent aisle or standing space for customers and employees.
(Ord. 2016-28, passed 11-21-2016)

§ 21.302.12 TEMPORARY OUTDOOR SALES.

   (a)   Approval process. Temporary outdoor sales require administrative approval as a minor revision to final site and building plans or minor revision to final development plans if the site is a planned development (see §§ 21.501.01 and 21.501.03).
   (b)   Standards. Temporary outdoor sales must meet the following standards:
      (1)   Limitations. Temporary outdoor sales must be organized by a retailer that is regularly open for business, may only occur on the same site of that approved retail use, and may only sell products regularly sold by that retailer.
      (2)   Duration. Temporary outdoor sales are limited to five days per event and 15 days total per year per retailer except for the sale of seasonal plants and flowers, which is limited to 120 days per calendar year per retailer. For multiple tenant retail sites, no more than four separate temporary outdoor sales events may occur on site per calendar year.
      (3)   Area. Temporary outdoor sales are limited to an area not to exceed one quarter of the retail floor area of the retailer conducting the sale. Temporary outdoor sales of seasonal plants and flowers that exceed three days per calendar year in duration are limited to 300 square feet in area.
      (4)   Placement. Temporary outdoor sales may not block fire lanes, needed traffic circulation drives, or clear view triangle areas.
      (5)   Parking. Applications for temporary outdoor sales must demonstrate that sufficient parking will be provided both for the sale and for any other activity on the site. Temporary outdoor sales of seasonal plants and flowers that exceed three days per calendar year may not encroach upon city code required parking spaces.
      (6)   Tents and canopies. Tents or canopies are subject to requirements outlined in § 21.301.21.
      (7)   Exception. Sites with existing planned developments permitting outdoor sales as of January 1, 2019 are exempt from these requirements.
(Ord. 2019-4, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2022-19, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.302.13 HOME BUSINESSES.

   (a)   Purpose. To accommodate residents who desire to start a home business while ensuring that said businesses:
      (1)   Are imperceptible from normal residential activity and do not adversely impact the character of the surrounding residential area;
      (2)   Are secondary and incidental to the residential use of the dwelling unit; and
      (3)   Do not adversely affect the health, safety or welfare of other persons residing in the area.
   (b)   Review and approval.
      (1)   A conditional use permit is required for Type II home businesses. See § 21.501.04 for conditional use permit requirements.
   (c)   Types of home businesses.
      (1)   Type I. Type I home businesses are of a type that the City Council has historically found do not adversely affect the health, safety or welfare of other persons residing in the area. Examples of Type I home businesses are listed below. This list is intended to be illustrative not exhaustive.
         (A)    Professional home offices or studios;
         (B)   Home beauty shops;
         (C)   Tutoring, music, fitness, or dance instruction for no more than two students at any one time;
         (D)   Licensed therapeutic massage;
         (E)   Watch repair, dressmaking, tailoring and similar crafts;
         (F)   Animal grooming for no more than four animals at any one time;
         (G)   Firearm Office where no firearm(s) or ammunition are stored or inventoried on the premises; or
         (H)   Cottage food operations, subject to the requirements in M.S. § 28A.152, as it may be amended from time to time.
      (2)   Type II. Type II home businesses are businesses of a type that the City Council has historically found to have the potential to adversely affect the health, safety or welfare of other persons residing in the area. Examples of Type II home businesses are listed below. This list is intended to be illustrative not exhaustive.
         (A)   Music, dance, or fitness schools;
         (B)   Repair shops not expressly prohibited by the city code;
         (C)   Reserved
         (D)   Photography studios and similar uses; or
         (E)   A Type I home business reclassified as a Type II home business by virtue of a conditional use permit.
      (3)   Prohibited home businesses. The following home businesses are prohibited without limitation:
         (A)   Motor vehicle or boat repair, service or painting;
         (B)   Small engine and major household appliance repair;
         (C)   The sale, lease, or trade of firearm(s) or ammunition, where firearm(s) or ammunition are stored or inventoried on the premises;
         (D)   Manufacturing;
         (E)   Taxidermy shops;
         (F)   Unlicensed massage;
         (G)   Escort businesses;
         (H)   Body art establishments;
         (I)   Animal kenneling;
         (J)   Food establishments as defined in Minnesota Rules 4626.0020 subpart 35, as it may be amended from time to time; and
         (K)   On-site sales of vehicles not registered to the property owner or resident.
   (d)   Standards.
      (1)   Health, safety and welfare.
         (A)   Home businesses must not endanger the health, safety or welfare of the community by reason of blight, noise, smoke, dust, odor, glare, vibration, fire hazard, increased vehicular traffic including deliveries, unsanitary or unsightly conditions, or similar conditions that have a reasonable likelihood of disturbing the peace, comfort, repose or quiet enjoyment of the indoor and outdoor spaces of neighboring residential properties.
      (2)   Where allowed. See § 21.209 of this code for the classification of home businesses within the zoning districts.
         (A)   Type II home businesses are not permitted in accessory dwelling units, two-family dwellings, townhomes, or in multi-family dwellings.
      (3)   Prohibited activities. Activity that produces light, glare, noise, odor, dust, smoke or vibration perceptible beyond the boundaries of the premises and distinguishable from neighboring residential uses is prohibited.
      (4)   Gross floor area (GFA). Home businesses may occupy no more than 25 percent of the total gross floor area (GFA) of the principal residential dwelling unit.
      (5)   Use of accessory buildings or garages.
         (A)   Type I home businesses may not use or be located in accessory buildings or garages.
         (B)   As provided in subsection (b) below, the Planning Commission may approve Type II home business activities in accessory buildings or garages if it finds that the proposed activities would not alter the residential character of the neighborhood if performed within an accessory building or garage.
      (6)   Alterations. No interior or exterior alterations may be made to dwelling units to accommodate a home business that would be:
         (A)   Inconsistent with the residential character of the surrounding area; or
         (B)   Not customarily found in a primary residential dwelling.
      (7)   Separate entrances. The space devoted to or used by the home business must not have its own separate entrance and must be completely contained within the principal residential dwelling unit so as to have no exterior visibility. Any entrance leading to the space devoted to or used by the home business must also lead to the remainder of the home.
         (A)   Exception. Type II home businesses permitted by the Planning Commission to operate from an accessory building or garage are exempt from this provision.
      (8)   Exterior displays and signage. Exterior display, exterior signage, advertisement or other exterior indication of a home business is limited to one non-illuminated sign not to exceed one and one-half square feet in area as per Chapter 21, Article III, Division D, the sign code.
      (9)   Exterior storage. Exterior storage or display of trailer, equipment or materials, tools, supplies, stock-in-trade, products or by-products used or produced in conjunction with a home business is prohibited.
      (10)   Vehicle parking and storage. Vehicles used in conjunction with a home business must comply with the parking and storage provisions of § 21.301.06 of this code.
      (11)   Garbage disposal. All rubbish and garbage disposal facilities must be properly screened in compliance with Chapter 21 of this code and no single container may exceed the 96-gallon container size used for single-family residential property.
      (12)   Primary residence requirement. The owner of the home business must use the dwelling unit as the person's primary residence, as evidenced by the person's driver's license, vehicle registration, voter registration or other clear and convincing evidence.
      (13)   Employees.
         (A)   Type I home businesses. No more than one person having their primary residence elsewhere, as evidenced by the person's driver's license, vehicle registration, voter registration or other clear and convincing evidence, may work on the premises at any time.
         (B)   Type II home businesses. No more than two persons having their primary residence elsewhere, as evidenced by the person's driver's license, vehicle registration, voter registration or other clear and convincing evidence, may work on the premises at any time.
      (14)   On site sales. No retail, wholesale or other sales activity may be conducted on site other than by telephone, mail, internet or other electronic medium. Also no items may be displayed for sale on the premises.
      (15)   Deliveries and pick-ups. Type I and II home businesses may receive up to four deliveries and pick-ups per day.
      (16)   Client visits.
         (A)   Type I home businesses. The total number of clients upon the premises must not exceed six customers per day and must not exceed two clients at any one time.
         (B)   Type II home businesses. As provided in subsection (b) above, the Planning Commission may determine the number and intensity of client visits per day and time.
      (17)   Hazardous materials. Toxic, explosive, flammable, radioactive or other restricted materials used, sold, or stored on the site in connection with the home enterprise must conform to the city code and Uniform Fire Code for residential uses.
   (e)   Enforcement. The city will enforce the standards of this section based on verified, on-going violations.
   (f)   Reserved.
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2016-28, passed 11-21-2016; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017; Ord. 2019-4, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-60, passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2022-63, passed 12-19-2022; Ord. 2023-35, passed 12-18-2023; Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-42, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.14 ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING STANDARDS.

   (a)   Purpose. To accommodate and promote electric vehicle charging throughout the city promoting the health, safety and general welfare of the community and preventing adverse impacts in the installation and use of electric vehicle chargers.
   (b)   Permitted locations.
      (1)   Electric vehicle chargers are permitted in every zoning district, when accessory to the primary use and intended solely to charge vehicles that would otherwise be on site.
      (2)   If the primary use of the electric vehicle chargers is the retail charging of electric vehicles that would not otherwise be on site, then the use is considered a convenience facility with fuel sales for zoning purposes and allowed only in zoning districts that permit convenience facilities with fuel sales uses.
   (c)   Electric vehicle charger standards. Electric vehicle chargers must meet the following standards:
      (1)   Design. Parking must meet standards set in § 21.301.06, Parking and Loading
      (2)   Minimum off-street required parking. Parking spaces with electric vehicle chargers count toward satisfying the minimum off-street parking requirements of § 21.301.06(d) provided:
         (A)   The spaces are open for use by non-electric vehicles if over five percent of the parking spaces on site; and
         (B)   The electric vehicle chargers are non-proprietary if over five percent of the parking spaces on site.
      (3)   Private single family home electric vehicle charger standards. Electric vehicle chargers located on properties used for single family or two family homes must meet the following standards:
         (A)   Must be solely for private use of the property owner, resident, or their non-paying guests;
         (B)   Must be located in a garage, on the exterior wall of the home or garage, or freestanding pole with footing, adjacent to a parking space subject to principal building setbacks; and
         (C)   When located outside of garage, must be rated for outdoor use.
(Ord. 2019-47, passed 12-2-2019)

§ 21.302.15 CONVENIENCE FACILITY WITH FUEL SALES.

   (a)   Applicability. The regulations set forth in this section shall, unless otherwise stated, apply to all properties containing fuel storage and/or dispensing equipment including but not limited to fueling stations with motor fuels including but not limited to gasoline, diesel, electric vehicle chargers, and alternative fuels such as biodiesel, hydrogen, natural gas, ethanol, and propane.
   (b)   Setbacks and lot requirements.
      (1)   Buildings must have a front setback of 40 feet or the required front setback of the zoning district, whichever is greater: side and rear yard setbacks are as required by the zoning district, but not to exceed 40 feet.
      (2)   Pump islands and alternative fuel dispensing stations must have setbacks of no less than 35 feet from any property line.
      (3)   Above grade storage tanks are prohibited.
      (4)   Canopies covering pump islands must have no less than a 20 foot setback from any property line abutting a public or private street or roadway. Side and rear yard setbacks must not be less than ten feet.
      (5)   Lot width: the minimum lot width must be 120 feet.
   (c)   Curbs and gutters. Interior curbs must be constructed within the property lines to separate driving surfaces from sidewalks, landscaped areas, and along property lines bordering streets. Interior curbs required by this subsection (c) must be a minimum height of six inches.
(Ord. 2019-47, passed 12-2-2019)

§ 21.302.16 SELF-STORAGE FACILITIES.

   (a)   Site design requirements:
      (1)   Site entrance.
         (A)   One or more secured ingress and egress drives must be provided as approved by the Issuing Authority. The drive(s) must be designed to provide separate lanes for entering and exiting traffic so that either lane can be used for emergency vehicle access.
         (B)   Access must be controlled by a security system consisting of key-controlled gate arms, gates or similar devices. Each lessee must have key access through the security system. The system must be approved by the Issuing Authority.
      (2)   Parking. See § 21.301.06 of this code.
      (3)   On-site circulation and driveways.
         (A)   All one-way driveways directly serving storage spaces, buildings or cubicles must provide for one 10-foot wide parking lane and one 15-foot wide driving lane. Traffic direction and parking must be designated by signing or painting.
         (B)   All two-way driveways directly serving storage spaces, buildings or cubicles must provide for one 10-foot wide parking lane and two 12-foot wide travel lanes.
         (C)   All areas where turning movements are required must provide a minimum 30 foot inside radius and a minimum 45 foot outside radius.
      (4)   Space for exterior storage of vehicles, boats and trailers must be a required component of self-storage facilities in an amount equal to at least 10% of the land area available for development. Area available for development does not include wetlands or land area for transportation purposes, including but not limited to railroad easements and planned widened right-of-way.
         (A)   For a multiple tenant location, the land area required for exterior storage of vehicles, boats and trailers must be 10% of the land area based on the proportionate self-storage use of the structure (e.g., if 25% of the building is used for self-storage, the required exterior storage area is based on 25% of the land area).
      (5)   In no instance may the amount of exterior storage exceed the building ground coverage.
       (6)   The space devoted to exterior storage must not be located between the principle building and a public street.
      (7)   Exterior storage adjacent to residential uses or districts must be properly screened from the adjoining uses with a fence or wall equal to the height of the vehicles stored.
      (8)   The space devoted to exterior storage is not considered in calculating required parking.
      (9)   The site must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan for stormwater management, erosion control, and wetlands.
   (b)   Architectural design requirements:
      (1)   Entrance doors directly to storage compartments must not face any public street.
      (2)   Exterior surfaces of all buildings must be faced with brick, stone, architectural concrete masonry units (ACMUs), architectural concrete, or an equivalent or better as approved by the Planning Manager. The color of exterior surfaces must be harmonious with surrounding development. Except for brick, all color must be integral to the exterior wall finish material.
      (3)   Any wall adjacent to or visible from public streets or abutting property must not exceed 100 feet in length without visual relief by means of a vertical reveal at least one foot in depth and ten feet in width, a perceptible change in wall angle or a corner.
   (c)   Landscaping requirements:
      (1)   Landscaping must be provided continuously along all public street frontages, except for authorized access points.
      (2)   Landscaping must be provided along all property lines, except where exempted for good cause by the Issuing Authority.
      (3)   Landscaping must consist of a variety of hardy evergreen plant material consisting of trees, low, medium and high-profile shrubs, together with a suitable ground cover such as sod, native grasses, rock or a combination thereof.
      (4)   Landscaping must be designed, placed and maintained in such a manner as to not impair vehicle visibility at corner intersections or adjacent to points of ingress or egress.
      (5)   A landscape plan must be submitted for approval by the Issuing Authority.
   (d)   Life safety requirements:
      (1)   A security fence or wall must be provided around the exterior storage area as approved by the Issuing Authority.
      (2)   Driveways must be designed so that fire equipment and other emergency vehicles can readily access and exit all areas of the site.
      (3)   No electrical service may be provided for individual tenant storage spaces.
      (4)   Exterior lighting as required in § 21.301.07 for circulation drives must be provided as approved by the Issuing Authority.
      (5)   Fire hydrants must be provided within the site at locations required by the Fire Marshal. Fire hydrants must be separated by distances of not more than 300 feet.
      (6)   A fire alarm system with heat detectors in all interior storage areas must be provided. Detectors must be connected to a central fire alarm panel in the facility office, and monitored by an approved central station alarm company.
      (7)   No flammable, caustic, explosive, poisonous, radioactive or otherwise dangerous material may be stored in any self-storage facility. Lease agreements between the operator and each lessee must reflect this provision.
   (e)   Operational requirements:
      (1)   Unless an on-site manager is on the property during the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, a resident manager must be on the site and must be responsible for maintaining the operation of the facility in conformance with ordinance requirements and conditions of approval of the City Council. Up to two dwelling units for resident managers may be located on the site.
      (2)   The on-site manager of the facility must maintain a copy of the site plan of the facility which has been approved by the Issuing Authority, a copy of all conditions of approval attached by the City Council, and a copy of all applicable city regulations.
      (3)   The lessor or agent of the lessor must obtain a signed lease agreement from the lessee that must be kept in the on-site office of the facility and must be available for inspection by the Issuing Authority. The lease agreement must contain the following:
         (A)   Name of lessee. If a business firm or corporation, the name, address and telephone number of the owner, agent or partners of the business.
         (B)   Residence and business address and telephone number.
         (C)   A brief description of the types of materials stored.
         (D)   Signature of lessee on a statement indicating understanding and compliance with all lease requirements, ordinance requirements and conditions of approval.
      (4)   Each lease agreement must include all appropriate restrictions established by ordinance and/or condition of approval established by the City Council. Each lessee must be required to sign each lease agreement indicating understanding and acceptance of all restrictions.
      (5)   No business activities other than the rental of storage units may be conducted on the portion of the premises devoted to the rental of storage units. No retail or wholesale sales may be conducted on the premises, except sales of goods and services by the management. No auctions or commercial sales or uses, manufacturing, fabricating or assembly of any items may be conducted on the site. No activities such as miscellaneous or garage sales may be conducted on the premises.
      (6)   The servicing or repair of motor vehicles, boats, household, industrial or commercial items must not be conducted on the premises.
      (7)   The operation of a self-storage facility must in no way be deemed to include a transfer and storage business where the use of vehicles is part of such business.
   (f)   Additional requirements:
      (1)   Location. See § 21.209 of this code for the classification of self-storage facilities within the zoning districts.
         (A)   No self-storage facility may be located:
            (i)   Within one-half mile of existing and planned light rail transit (LRT) and bus rapid transit (BRT) stations, as measured from the property lines of a LRT or BRT station to the closest point of the self-storage facility's wall without regard to intervening structures or objects;
            (ii)   On a site designated as protected industrial in the Comprehensive Plan;
            (iii)   Within the planning area for the Lyndale Avenue Suburban Retrofit Plan, reflected in a map kept permanently on file in the Community Development Department of the city and available for public inspection; or
            (iv)   Within 500 feet of sites zoned and used residentially, as measured from the closest point of the self-storage facility's wall to the nearest residential property line without regard to intervening structures or objects.
      (2)   Minimum floor area ratio (FAR) is 1.25 and the maximum FAR is 2.0. The total floor area of all separate self-storage structures on the site may be combined to meet the minimum building floor area requirements. The maximum FAR of the underlying zoning district does not apply to self-storage facilities.
      (3)   When located in the I-1 Industrial Park Zoning District, as part of a planned development pursuant to § 21.208.03, self-storage facilities (including all buildings, driveways, resident manager's quarters, screening walls, and all other associated features) must not:
         (A)   Be located within 500 feet of a roadway designated as a principal arterial, intermediate arterial or minor arterial street, and;
         (B)   Include more than one-half of the land area of the total planned development except when located in the interior of an industrial area.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2021-10, passed 5-24-2021; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-10, passed 6-2-2025)

§ 21.302.17 MAJOR COMMERCIAL GOLF FACILITY.

   (a)   Abutting residential. Major commercial golf facilities are prohibited when abutting residentially zoned or residentially used property.
   (b)   Airport safety zone. Major commercial golf facilities are prohibited in Airport Safety Zones A and B.
   (c)   Trajectory study. A trajectory study identifying the anticipated trajectory of golf balls and anticipated mitigation measures to ensure safety of the surrounding areas is required.
   (d)   Compliance with other sections. Major commercial golf facilities must meet applicable standards within city code, including but not limited to:
      (1)   Refuse and recycling (§ 21.301.17);
      (2)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15);
      (3)   Noise (§ 10.29.02);
      (4)   Height (§ 21.301.10);
      (5)   Parking (§ 21.301.06); and
      (6)   Lighting (§ 21.301.07).
(Ord. 2019-63; passed 12-16-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021)

§ 21.302.18 MOBILE FOOD UNITS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to address mobile food units in the interest of the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   License required. Mobile food units must be properly licensed per § 14.446.
   (c)   Exemptions. Locations that operate mobile food units defined in M.S. § 157.15 subd. 9, clause 2 as an extension of their retail food license under M.S. § 28A.06, as they may be amended from time to time, are exempt from all requirements in this § 21.302.18.
   (d)   Standards. The following standards apply to mobile food units unless otherwise approved through one of the following special events: farmers' market permit per § 14.600, arts and crafts festival permit per § 14.700, permit for public assembly, parade, race, or private special event per § 14.61, or city sponsored event.
      (1)   Locations zoned and used non-residentially. The following standards apply to commercial, industrial, and mixed-use zoning districts, and to all other properties that are not zoned and used residentially.
         (A)   No mobile food unit may park or operate in the public right-of-way unless approved by the Issuing Authority.
         (B)   No more than three mobile food units may operate at one time on a site unless affiliated with an approved special event.
         (C)   Mobile food units may be parked within required parking areas, but must be parked on asphalt, concrete, or other surface approved by the Issuing Authority.
         (D)   Mobile food units, including service areas and accessory outdoor seating, may not block sidewalks, impede pedestrian or vehicular circulation, or interfere with public safety.
         (E)   Mobile food units must be located at least ten feet away from building entrances and other mobile food units.
         (F)   No mobile food unit may locate within 200 feet of an exterior entrance to a restaurant or building occupied by a restaurant unless approved in writing by the owner or operator of the subject restaurant.
         (G)   No mobile food unit may be located within a parking structure.
      (2)   Locations zoned and used residentially. The following standards apply to properties that are zoned and used residentially. For the purposes of this section, properties in mixed use zoning districts are not considered to be zoned residentially.
         (A)   Mobile food unit service is limited to private guests of the property owner, unless otherwise approved through a special event license to sell to the general public.
         (B)   Mobile food units may park on the street nearest the private property they serve provided on-street parking is not otherwise prohibited at that location, or within a site on a driveway. If located within the public right of way, serving must be oriented away from the street.
         (C)   Mobile food units, including service areas and accessory outdoor seating, may not block sidewalks, impede pedestrian or vehicular circulation, or interfere with public safety.
         (D)   No more than one mobile food unit may operate at one time on a site.
         (E)   A site may not host a mobile food unit more than three days per year.
         (F)   Mobile food units may not operate between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 10:00 a.m.
      (3)   Storage. No mobile food unit may be stored overnight or maintained on a residentially zoned property, including public right-of-ways abutting properties zoned residential.
      (4)   Operation.
         (A)   Mobile food units may not operate between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. unless otherwise approved by the City Council.
            a.   If located within 250 feet of locations zoned and used residentially, mobile food units may not operate between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 10:00 a.m. unless an arterial or collector street, or a non-residential building is located between the residential use and the mobile food unit.
            b.   Hours of operation may be extended for taproom, cocktail room, and winery uses as approved by the Planning Commission or City Council.
         (B)   Mobile food units must depart from the site when not in operation, unless operating at the same site as their affiliated licensed commercial kitchen or commissary.
         (C)   The owner or operator of the mobile food unit must provide trash and recycling receptacles for customer use and keep the site free from litter, refuse, debris, junk or other waste.
         (D)   No mobile food unit waste liquids, garbage, litter or refuse may be dumped or drained into sidewalks, streets, gutters, drains, public trash receptacles, or any other place except at the licensed commercial kitchen or commissary associated with the mobile food unit.
         (E)   All mobile food unit signs must be affixed to the vehicle or trailer and in compliance with Chapter 21, Article III, Division D, the sign code.
         (F)   No sound amplification, noisemakers, or flashing lights are permitted.
(Ord. 2022-12, passed 4-25-2022; Ord. 2023-17, passed 6-5-2023; Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.302.19 RESTAURANTS AND CATERING BUSINESSES.

   (a)   Purpose. To reduce the potential negative impacts of restaurant facilities on surrounding uses and public infrastructure, the following standards apply to restaurants and catering businesses in addition to the standards of the underlying zoning district.
   (b)   Grease interceptors. To minimize the amount of fats, oil, grease and wax entering the public wastewater collection system, restaurants and catering businesses must install a grease interceptor system in accordance with § 11.31. It is the responsibility of the restaurant operator or catering business to maintain the grease interceptor system in good working order.
   (c)   Odor control. See Chapter 10, Article III for applicable standards.
   (d)   Outdoor dining.
      (1)   Setbacks. The outdoor dining area must meet the lesser of either the required setbacks of the applicable zoning district or 20 feet.
      (2)   Setbacks from residential. The outdoor dining area must be at least 50 feet away from abutting properties zoned and used residentially.
      (3)   Enclosure. Outdoor dining areas containing 30 seats or more must be enclosed by a fence, structure or barrier as approved by the issuing authority. The enclosure must be at least 36 inches in height and have designated openings for ingress and egress.
      (4)   Screening. Screening of the outdoor dining area may be required if the premises is adjacent to designated residential property as determined by the issuing authority.
      (5)   Vehicle barriers. If the outdoor dining area is in direct contact with or immediately adjacent to a vehicle parking or driving area, sufficient vehicle barriers must be provided.
      (6)   Noise. 
         (A)   Outdoor dining areas must comply with the noise source requirements of § 10.29.02.
         (B)   Mitigation. A noise mitigation plan must be provided for all new or expanded outdoor dining areas with more than 16 seats when the new or expanded area is located within 250 feet of a site that is both used residentially and is either zoned or guided for residential use. The noise mitigation plan must be reviewed and approved by the Planning Manager prior to issuance of a building permit or certificate of occupancy for instances when no permit is required.
(Ord. 2020-1, passed 2-24-2020; Ord. 2024-24, passed 10-14-2024)

§ 21.302.20 CEMETERIES AND CREMATORIA STANDARDS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate cemeteries and crematoria while protecting the public health, safety and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Cemeteries.
      (1)   Site area. Minimum site area is ten acres.
      (2)   Grave site location. Grave sites must be setback ten feet from any property line.
   (c)   Columbaria. Columbaria are permitted as accessory uses to cemeteries subject to the following standards:
      (1)   Location. Must satisfy the minimum setback requirements of the principal structure in the zoning district;
      (2)   Size. Columbaria, not counting landscaping, plazas or screening, may not exceed 600 square feet; and
      (3)   Height. Columbaria may not exceed seven feet in height.
      (4)   Approval process. Columbaria must receive final site and building plan approval prior to construction.
   (d)   Crematoria. Crematoria are permitted as accessory uses to cemeteries, mortuaries or funeral chapels and where otherwise allowed within zoning districts subject to the following standards:
      (1)   Location. A crematorium must be at least 500 feet from any residentially used lot.
(Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015)

§ 21.302.21 FAMILY DAY SHELTER, UNLICENSED STANDARDS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate unlicensed family day shelters within the R-1 zoning district while protecting the public health, safety and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Standards.
      (1)   Must be located on property owned by a place of assembly.
      (2)   Maximum permitted hours of operation are from 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.
      (3)   Maximum capacity is 16 persons.
      (4)   At least one paid staff person must supervise the shelter during permitted hours of operation.
(Ord. 2015-5, passed 1-26-2015)

§ 21.302.22 MEDICAL AND ADULT-USE CANNABIS BUSINESSES.

   (a)   Purpose. M.S. Chapter 342 authorizes the recreational use and sale of adult-use cannabis and lower-potency hemp products and permits municipalities to regulate, but not prohibit, such use or sale. The purpose of this section is to regulate the land use aspects of cannabis businesses, as authorized by state law, to provide access to cannabis businesses while minimizing potential negative impacts of cannabis businesses on the health, safety, and welfare of the community.
   (b)   Adoption of state laws and regulations. For the purpose of regulating cannabis businesses, as that term is defined in M.S. § 342.01, subd. 14, as it may be amended from time to time, the city hereby adopts M.S. Chapter 342 and administrative rules adopted by the Minnesota Office of Cannabis Management pursuant to its rulemaking authority under state law.
   (c)   Applicable use classification and parking category by state license type.
State License Type
Zoning Use Types*
Parking Category
State License Type
Zoning Use Types*
Parking Category
Cannabis cultivator
Agriculture, indoor
General manufacturing
Cannabis event organizer
Entertainment and recreation special events
Other
Cannabis manufacturer
Cannabis manufacturer
General manufacturing
Medical cannabis combination business
Cannabis combination business
Retail sales and/or service in combination with: General manufacturing
Cannabis mezzobusiness
Cannabis combination business
Retail sales and/or service in combination with: General manufacturing
Cannabis microbusiness
Cannabis combination business
Retail sales and/or service in combination with: General manufacturing
Cannabis retailer
Retail sales and services
Retail sales and/or service
Cannabis testing facility
Cannabis testing facility
Other
Cannabis wholesaler
Wholesaling
Wholesale establishments
Note:
*Regardless of the state license type, the zoning use type will be determined by the Issuing Authority based on the specific use at a site.
 
   (d)   Reserved.
   (e)   Licensing. The cannabis business must receive required local, state and federal licenses and registrations, as applicable, prior to operation and must maintain required licenses and registrations, as applicable, at all times as according to §§ 14.276-14.286, Chapter 14, Article IV, Division L.
   (f)   Penalty. Violation of any provision of this section all be a misdemeanor. Civil penalties may also be issued pursuant to § 12.15 of the City Charter and § 1.19 of this city code. However, nothing in this chapter shall be construed to limit the city's other available legal remedies for any violation of the law, including without limitation, criminal, civil and injunctive actions.
(Ord. 2015-27, passed 10-19-2015; Ord. 2024-21, passed 9-30-2024)

§ 21.302.23 RESIDENTIAL CARE FACILITIES.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate residential care facilities while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. New freestanding residential care facilities must receive either final site and building plan approval or final development plan approval prior to issuance of a building permit. Residential care facilities of certain sizes in certain zoning districts (see the use tables in § 21.209) require a conditional use permit.
      (1)   All necessary permits and licenses must be obtained from state, county and city agencies.
      (2)   If the size, location, licensing, or purpose of a facility with a conditional use permit changes, a new or amended conditional use permit may be required.
   (c)   Where allowed. See § 21.209 for the classification of residential care facilities within the zoning districts. The facility may not be located in a two-family or multiple-family dwelling unless it occupies the entire structure.
   (d)   Standards.
      (1)   All facilities.
         (A)   Services. On-site services must only be for residents of the facility.
         (B)   Compliance with other sections. Residential care facilities must meet applicable standards within city code, including but not limited to:
            (i)   Refuse and recycling (§ 21.301.17);
            (ii)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15);
            (iii)   Exterior storage (§ 21.301.16);
            (iv)   Height (§ 21.301.10);
            (v)   Parking (§ 21.301.06); and
            (vi)   Lighting (§ 21.301.07).
         (C)   Prohibited facilities. The following facilities are prohibited in single-family zoning districts (R-1, R-1A, and RS-1).
            (i)   Facilities where the primary purpose of the facility is to treat juveniles who have violated criminal statutes relating to sex offenses or who have been adjudicated delinquent on the basis of conduct in violation of criminal statutes relating to sex offenses.
            (ii)   Facilities that provide accommodations to treat persons whose tenancy would constitute a direct threat to the health and safety of other individuals.
            (iii)   Facilities that accept court ordered referrals for treatment in lieu of incarceration without adequate security.
      (2)   Reserved.
      (3)   Facilities serving seven or more persons.
         (A)   Compatibility. All new construction or additions to existing structures must be compatible with the scale and character of the surrounding neighborhood and existing structures.
         (B)   Landscape buffer. A perimeter landscape buffer is required pursuant to screening requirements contained in § 21.301.15 (d)(2), where the facility site directly abuts property that is either zoned or guided for single-family residential use.
         (C)   Management plan. A management plan for the facility must be submitted with any conditional use permit application, which includes but is not limited to the following:
            (i)   Program operation;
            (ii)   Staffing;
            (iii)   Security detail;
            (iv)   Access control;
            (v)   Smoking locations; and
            (vi)   Floor plans showing sleeping areas, emergency exits, and bathrooms.
         (D)   Staffing. The facility must be staffed on a 24-hour, seven day a week basis with a minimum staffing component identified in the management plan.
         (E)   Security system. A building security system must be approved by the City Police Department and maintained during the use of the residence.
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-18, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2025-47, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.24 CO-LIVING UNITS AND CO-LIVING DEVELOPMENTS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are applicable to co-living developments and co-living units.
   (b)   Review and approval. Co-living units must receive either final site and building plan approval or final development plan approval prior to issuance of a building permit. Co-living developments are allowed as in § 21.209.
   (c)   Performance standards.
      (1)   Building Code and Fire Code compliance. All co-living units must comply with the Minnesota State Building Code, the Minnesota State Fire Code, and all applicable property maintenance codes, including but not limited to fire resistance, sound insulation standards, and minimum floor area requirements for sleeping, cooking and bathroom (where applicable), and living spaces.
      (2)   Co-living within a single- or two-family dwelling. Co-living units in single- or two-family dwellings are akin to room rentals and may only be established when in compliance with the maximum occupancy limit of one family per dwelling, as defined in § 21.601.
      (3)   Co-living development.
         (A)   Density calculation and open space requirements. For the purposes of calculating residential density and open space requirements for a co-living development, three co-living units are equal to one dwelling unit with fractions rounded up.
         (B)   Minimum floor area per unit. Each co-living unit must have a minimum of 70 square feet of private living space.
         (C)   Kitchen requirements. Co-living units must have access to a kitchen on the same floor as the unit. Kitchens must be in compliance with all federal, state, and local laws and must have approved sink, cooking, and cold storage appliances as listed in § 14.580(e).
         (D)   Dedicated bicycle parking. Bicycle parking must be provided at a rate of one space per four co-living units, 90 percent of which must be designed for long-term use.
         (E)   Compliance with other sections. Co-living developments must meet applicable standards within the city code, including but not limited to:
            (i)   Sidewalks (§ 21.301.04);
            (ii)   Parking (§ 21.301.06);
            (iii)   Exterior lighting (§ 21.301.07);
            (iv)   Height (§ 21.301.10);
            (v)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15);
            (vi)   Exterior storage (§ 21.301.16); and
            (vii)   Refuse and recycling (§ 21.301.17).
      (4)   Storm water management. Co-living development sites must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan for storm water management, erosion control, and wetlands.
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2025-07, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.302.25 SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate schools and colleges while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. Schools and colleges must receive conditional use permit approval and either final site and building plan approval or final development plan approval prior to issuance of a building permit.
      (1)   Schools and colleges may permit use of their facilities by community, civic, charitable or religious organizations outside of normal school instructional hours, subject to necessary permits from state, county and city agencies.
   (c)   Where allowed. See § 21.209 of this code for the classification of schools or colleges within the zoning districts.
   (d)   Performance standards.
      (1)   Compatibility. All new construction or additions to existing structures must be compatible with the scale and character of the surrounding neighborhood and existing structures.
      (2)   Landscape buffer. A perimeter landscape buffer is required pursuant to screening requirements contained in § 21.301.15(d)(2), where the facility site directly abuts property that is used for single family residential and either zoned or guided for single-family residential use, unless a waiver is obtained pursuant to standards in § 21.301.15(d)(1)(F).
      (3)   Open and recreation space. All schools must conform to the minimum State guidelines for open space and recreational space.
      (4)   Phased development. Applications must include information on future construction and projected maximum enrollment.
      (5)   Additional institutional use standards. See § 21.302.06 for applicable standards.
      (6)   Compliance with other sections. Schools and colleges must meet applicable standards within city code, including but not limited to:
         (A)   Refuse and recycling (§ 21.301.17);
         (B)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15);
         (C)   Exterior storage (§ 21.301.16);
         (D)   Height (§ 21.301.10);
         (E)   Parking (§ 21.301.06); and
         (F)   Lighting (§ 21.301.07).
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-7, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-16, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2025-42, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.26 PROHIBITED DWELLINGS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to protect the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community by prohibiting types of dwellings.
   (b)   Applicability. The following may not be used as a residence or dwelling whether temporary or permanent or as a shelter or enclosure for living or sleeping by human occupants: a basement or cellar without a habitable story above grade; garage; tent; except in an authorized campground; recreational vehicle; except in a duly licensed manufactured home park; or accessory building; motor vehicle; tiny house; temporary family health care dwelling; or other temporary structure not attached to a foundation or other structure and served by municipal sewer and water.
   (c)   Temporary housing in response to a disaster. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this code, a manufactured home may be temporarily placed on a lot that contained a single-family or two-family residential dwelling that has been destroyed, damaged, or made uninhabitable by wind, rain, fire, or other natural or manmade disaster pursuant to the following conditions:
      (1)   Term. Under no circumstance may a manufactured home be allowed to be placed on such a lot for longer than 90 days.
      (2)   Permit.
         (A)   A permit to temporarily place a manufactured home on a residential lot may be granted by the issuing authority upon a finding that the applicant's home has been damaged to such a degree that it is uninhabitable and that placement of such temporary dwelling would not cause a hazard or be a nuisance to the neighborhood.
         (B)   If an application to temporarily place a manufactured home on a residential lot is denied by the issuing authority, the applicant may place the request on the next practical City Council agenda. The City Council may grant the permit if it finds that the applicant's home has been damaged to such a degree that it is uninhabitable and that placement of such temporary dwelling would not cause a hazard or be a nuisance to the neighborhood.
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2017-9, passed 5-1-2017)

§ 21.302.27 DAY CARE FACILITIES.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate day care facilities while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. New freestanding day care facilities must receive either final site and building plan approval or final development plan approval prior to issuance of a building permit. Day care facilities of certain sizes and in certain zoning districts (see the use tables in § 21.209) require a conditional use permit.
   (c)   Standards.
      (1)   Licenses. All day care facilities must maintain all required local, county, and state licenses at all times.
      (2)   Pick-up and drop-off. Day care pick-up and drop-off activity must not interfere with the movement of traffic on public streets.
      (3)   Day care facilities in residential districts.
         (A)   Day care activities must not be conducted before 5:00 a.m. or after 9:00 p.m. in residential zoning districts.
         (B)   Structured area for active play or play structures must not be located in front or side yards abutting streets in residential zoning districts.
      (4)   Day care facilities serving 13 or more persons.
         (A)   Day care facilities serving 13 or more persons are considered institutional uses and must comply with the standards stated in § 21.302.06.
         (B)   Day care facilities serving 13 or more persons located in residential zoning districts must be located adjacent to an arterial or collector street.
         (C)   Landscape buffer. Day care facilities serving 13 or more persons located adjacent to a single family residential district or a single family residential use must have a perimeter landscape buffer pursuant to screening requirements in city code § 21.301.15(d)(2), unless a waiver is obtained pursuant to standards in § 21.301.15(d)(1)(F).
      (5)   Day care facilities, when an accessory use in industrial districts.
         (A)   Permitted as an accessory use in buildings primarily occupied by business and professional offices and manufacturing uses pursuant to § 21.209(e).
         (B)   No exterior signage is allowed for accessory use day care facilities in industrial districts.
      (6)   Compliance with other sections. Day care facilities must meet applicable standards within city code, including but not limited to:
         (A)   Refuse and recycling (§ 21.301.17);
         (B)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15);
         (C)   Exterior storage (§ 21.301.16);
         (D)   Height (§ 21.301.10);
         (E)   Parking (§ 21.301.06); and
         (F)   Lighting (§ 21.301.07).
(Ord. 2015-33, passed 11-16-2015; Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2019-7, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2021-7, passed 4-26-2021; Ord. 2022-20, passed 5-9-2022; Ord. 2025-27, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.28 PET SERVICES FACILITY.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate pet services facilities while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. New freestanding pet services facilities must receive either final site and building plan approval or final development plan approval prior to issuance of a building permit.
   (c)   Standards.
      (1)   General standards.
         (A)   Licensing. The pet services facility must receive required local, state and federal licenses prior to operation and must maintain required licenses at all times.
         (B)   Pick-up and drop-off. Animal pick-up and drop-off activity must not interfere with the movement of traffic on public streets.
      (2)   Standards for pet services facilities with more than five animals present at one time.
         (A)   Buffer from residential uses. Pet services facilities, except those that only offer retail activity, animal sales, or grooming services, must be located at least 50 feet from the nearest residential use as measured from the nearest wall of the facility to the nearest residential property line.
         (B)   Outdoor activity. Pet services facilities within the B-4, C-2, C-3, and C-5 zoning districts must be operated within an enclosed structure and must not include outdoor pet areas. Outdoor pet areas in all other zoning districts must be at least 200 feet from the nearest residential use as measured in a direct line from the edge of the outdoor pet area to the nearest residential property line.
         (C)   Hours of operation. Pet services facilities within 50 feet of residential or hotel uses must not be in operation before 5:00 a.m. or after 9:00 p.m.
         (D)   Sound attenuation. Pet services facilities sharing a common building wall, ceiling, or floor plate with another use or structure must provide engineering detail prior to issuance of a building or other tenant finish permit demonstrating sound attenuation to STC rating of 55 or higher for such common walls and ceilings. Noise testing by a qualified noise professional may be required as a condition of approval prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
         (E)   Odor mitigation. Pet services facilities must provide an odor mitigation plan to demonstrate how impacts from odors will be minimized.
         (F)   Operating documents. Pet services facilities operators must submit documents that describe operational and management practices including:
            (i)   Cleaning and maintenance plan.
            (ii)   Disposal methods for all animal waste material.
            (iii)   Plan for mitigation of noise and odors.
(Ord. 2018-15, passed 6-25-2018; Ord. 2024-59, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-31, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.29 BREWERIES, BREWPUBS, DISTILLERIES, TAPROOMS, COCKTAIL ROOMS, WINERIES.

   (a)   Standards. The following standards are applicable to breweries, distilleries, taprooms, cocktail rooms, and wineries.
      (1)   Uses must comply with all regulations within Chapters 13 and 14 of the Bloomington city code regarding alcoholic beverages and licenses.
      (2)   Parking must comply with the standards in § 21.301.06.
      (3)   Adequate space must be provided for off street loading and unloading of all trucks.
      (4)   Loading docks must be located and designed so they are screened from adjoining public streets or adjoining property that is residentially used and zoned.
      (5)   In industrial zoning districts, floor area of taprooms, brewpubs, cocktail rooms and wineries may be used for retail sales of associated products provided the retail floor area does not exceed 10% of the gross floor area.
      (6)   Hours of operation must comply with Chapter 13.
      (7)   No exterior storage is permitted on the site, with the exception that waste handling (refuse and/or recycling) may occur in an enclosure that meets the requirements of § 21.301.17.
      (8)   All exterior lighting must comply with the requirements of § 21.301.07.
      (9)   Odor control must comply with the requirements of Chapter 10, Article III.
      (10)   Outdoor seating is permitted pursuant to outdoor dining standards in § 21.302.19(d).
      (11)   The infusion of low potency hemp or cannabis during the production of beverages is considered customarily incidental to the uses in this section and is not considered to be a separate manufacturing use.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2020-13, passed 5-4-2020; Ord. 2024-21, passed 9-30-2024)

§ 21.302.30 WORK/LIVE UNITS.

   (a)   Purpose and intent. To establish standards for the appropriate development of buildings that incorporate both living and working space, particularly within existing buildings. The intent is to provide opportunities for people to live in mixed use industrial areas when compatible with existing uses.
   (b)   Applicability. Any commercial or industrial use permitted in the zoning district applicable to the property is permitted in the work/live unit, except for the following: commercial food service requiring a license, motor vehicle service or repair, liquor sales, dry cleaners, adult entertainment, or uses with an H classification in the International Building Code. A dwelling for watchman is not considered a work/live unit and is therefore not subject to this section.
   (c)   Standards. Work/live units must meet the following standards:
      (1)   Building Code compliance. The work/live unit must meet current Minnesota State Building Code and International Property Maintenance Code provisions, including, but not limited to, fire resistance and sound insulation standards between units.
      (2)   The living space must include a kitchen and a bathroom consistent with requirement for a dwelling unit apart from the work space.
      (3)   The gross floor area of the work space must be at least two times the gross floor area of the living space.
      (4)   Each living space floor area must be no less than 400 square feet and no greater than 1,000 square feet.
         (A)   The living area must be located above or substantially behind the working space relative to the street and must be separated from the work space by a wall or floor/ceiling, which may include a door.
         (B)   The living area must be attached and contiguous to the working space with which it is associated.
         (C)   Separate entrances must be maintained for both the living area and the working space.
         (D)   If more than one work/live unit is present on a site, each unit must have a physically separated work area.
      (5)   Work/live units located at street level are subject to the following standards:
         (A)   A minimum of 80% of a structure's street front façade measured along each street frontage must be occupied by nonresidential uses.
         (B)   A minimum of 50% of a structure's ground level floor area must be a nonresidential use.
      (6)   To indicate that the building is used for residential purposes, signs or symbols must be placed at designated locations on the exterior of each building approved as joint living and working quarters as approved by the Fire Department.
      (7)   Inspection. The Fire Department may perform periodic code inspections of the unit, including residential dwelling areas, upon request of the Fire Department. The Fire Department may enforce all applicable codes to protect public health, safety, and welfare.
      (8)   Rental license. If not occupied by the property owner, a license is required per § 14.569; the work/live unit must meet all requirements of Chapter 14, Article VIII.
      (9)   Additional requirements. Work/live units and buildings must comply with any additional requirements imposed by the Building, Fire, Police, and Public Works Departments intended to protect public health, safety, and welfare.
   (d)   Occupants.
      (1)   The living unit must be occupied and used by the operator of the business occupying the associated work space and their household;
      (2)   The residential portion of the unit is limited in occupancy to one family as defined by city code;
      (3)   No portion of a work/live unit may be separately rented or sold as a work space for a person or persons not living on the premises, or as a residential space for a person or persons not working on the premises.
   (e)   Parking.
      (1)   For the nonresidential uses on the property, parking requirements in § 21.301.06 must be met.
      (2)   For residential uses on the property, one parking space is required for each unit.
      (3)   No recreational vehicles may be stored on site.
   (f)   Conditional use permit content requirements. Any application for a work/live unit must be accompanied by:
      (1)   An existing conditions survey showing property lines, existing and proposed structures, setbacks, and existing and proposed off-street parking;
      (2)   A narrative describing the proposed work/live unit; and
      (3)   A floor plan depicting the dwelling area and the work area within the work/live unit, indicating points of entrance, and providing the total floor area for the dwelling area and the work area.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019)

§ 21.302.31 SOLID WASTE TRANSFER STATIONS, SOLID WASTE WEIGH STATIONS, HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE AND PERMANENT RECYCLING COLLECTION FACILITIES, TEMPORARY RECYCLING EVENTS, AND JUNK CAR DISPOSAL BUSINESSES.

   (a)   Intent. The intent of this section is to provide minimal standards for the design and operation of facilities designed to collect, transfer or process in any way waste or recyclable materials within the city.
   (b)   General requirements.
      (1)   No site for a facility regulated by this section may be located within 500 feet of a residential zoning district;
      (2)   If, in the opinion of the city, the operator of a facility regulated by this section has violated any conditions of the conditional or interim use permit, performance standards of the conditional or interim use, zoning district standards or regulations, or any other city code regulation, the operator must, after written notice from the city of such violations, immediately institute and in good faith pursue corrective action. If a violation continues for more than ten days after notice from the city, the City Council may, after notice and public hearing, revoke the conditional or interim use permit.
      (3)   The city may enforce any provision of the conditional or interim use permit conditions and city code requirements by injunction or any other appropriate remedy in any court of competent jurisdiction. Any condition caused or permitted to exist in violation of any of the provisions of this subsection will be deemed a public nuisance and may be, by the city, abated as provided by law and each day that such condition continues will be regarded as a new and separate offense. Enforcement of provisions of the conditional or interim use permit and city code requirements will be limited to on-site violations and violations over which the facility owner has control.
   (c)   Solid waste transfer stations.
      (1)   Site design requirements.
         (A)   The minimum site area for such development is five acres;
         (B)   Building coverage must not exceed 40% of the site;
         (C)   No exterior loading docks may face any street frontage. Provision for handling all material brought to or removed from the site by railroad or truck must be on those sides of any buildings that do not face any street or proposed street(s);
         (D)   Driveway ingress or egress from any street bordering on a residential zone into an adjacent waste transfer station is not allowed unless ingress or egress is otherwise impractical. All ingress or egress for such sites must be from streets within the industrial area unless otherwise approved by the city;
         (E)   Site ingress and egress must be at locations approved by the city and all driveways, circulation and stacking lanes and parking areas must be designed, surfaced and curbed in accordance with § 21.301.06 of the city code;
         (F)   Acceleration, deceleration and turning lanes must be provided by the developer of the waste transfer station at all entrances and exits on public streets as required and approved by the city;
         (G)   All stacking of trucks and other equipment must occur on-site and off of public right(s)-of-way;
         (H)   Site must meet the requirements of chapter 16 of the city code and the city's Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan for stormwater management, erosion control, and wetlands;
      (2)   Environmental control requirements.
         (A)   There must be no on-site, exposed or contained, exterior overnight storage of solid waste. All overnight storage must be within approved enclosed buildings.
         (B)   The emission of noxious matter must be controlled so that no concentration of such matter, at or beyond the lot line, will be detrimental to or endanger the public health, safety, comfort or general welfare or cause damage to property. Noxious matter means any solid, liquid or gaseous material, including but not limited to gases, vapors, odor, dusts, fumes, mists, or combinations thereof, the emission of which is detrimental to or endangers the public health, safety, comfort, or general welfare or causes damage to property. The operator of the facility must comply with a regular inspection schedule as approved by the city and must submit reports of such inspections to the city.
         (C)   Air quality and the generation of dust or other particulates related to transfer station operations, including vehicular emissions must be periodically monitored. The operator of the facility must quarterly submit air quality reports to the city and violations of state standards must be abated.
         (D)   Noise generation related to transfer station operations, including vehicular noise, must be periodically monitored. The operator of the facility must quarterly submit noise analysis reports to the city and violations of state or local standards must be abated.
         (E)   The operator of the solid waste transfer station must cooperate with the city in order to facilitate periodic city inspections of the facility as the city may deem necessary.
      (3)   Operational requirements.
         (A)   Hours of operation must be restricted to 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday.
         (B)   All trucks and equipment destined to or away from the site, except for personal vehicles, must be restricted to designated routes established by the city. The operator of any transfer station must be responsible for notifying truck operators of the route designation by the city. The city will not revoke a conditional or interim use permit granted under this subsection for off-site violations beyond the control of the transfer station operator and owner.
         (C)   No loading or unloading by reason of tipping or use of other equipment, or cleaning of vehicles, equipment or containers, may occur outside of a fully enclosed structure.
         (D)   On-site storage or handling of hazardous waste materials is prohibited as a planned mode of operation. Hazardous waste materials inadvertently delivered to the facility must be promptly removed in accordance with county and state requirements. Special programs for the collection of residential hazardous waste must not be conducted at the facility without prior city approval.
         (E)   All parking, vehicular and operational use areas must be screened from public streets and adjacent properties.
         (F)   During hours of operation all trucks and other operations equipment must be parked in approved location at the rear of the site.
   (d)   Solid waste weigh stations.
      (1)   Site design requirements.
         (A)   There may be no driveway ingress or egress from any street bordering on a residential zone. All ingress and egress for such sites must be from streets within the zoning district in which it is located.
         (B)   All stacking or queuing of trucks and other equipment must occur on site and off public rights-of-way.
      (2)   Environmental control requirements.
         (A)   There may be no storage of solid waste or hazardous waste on the site.
         (B)   An air quality and noise assessment must be submitted by the applicant and reviewed by the Environmental Health Division prior to permit consideration by the City Council.
         (C)   An on-site air quality and noise assessment monitoring program approved by the Environmental Health Division must be established prior to weighing activities occurring on the site and the operator must submit reports as determined by the city.
      (3)   Operational requirements.
         (A)   Hours of operation are restricted to 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.
         (B)   All trucks and equipment destined to or away from the site must be restricted to designated routes established by the city.
         (C)   There must be no unloading or tipping or loading of solid waste on the site.
         (D)   There must be no cleaning or servicing of trucks or equipment on the site.
   (e)   Household hazardous waste and permanent recycling collection facilities.
      (1)   Site design requirements.
         (A)   The minimum site area for such development is five acres.
         (B)   Building coverage must not exceed 40% of the site.
         (C)   No exterior loading docks may face any street frontage. Provision for handling all material brought to or removed from the site by railroad or truck must be on those sides of any building that do not face any street or proposed street(s).
         (D)   There must be no driveway ingress or egress from any street bordering on a residential zone into a facility. All ingress or egress for such sites must be from streets within the industrial area unless otherwise approved by the city.
         (E)   Site ingress and egress must be at locations approved by the city and all driveways, circulation and stacking lanes and parking areas must be designed, surfaced and curbed in accordance with § 21.301.06 of the city code.
         (F)   Acceleration, deceleration and turning lanes must be provided by the applicant at all entrances and exits on public streets as required and approved by the city.
         (G)   All stacking or queuing of vehicles must occur on-site and off of any public street.
         (H)   Site must meet the requirements of Chapter 16 of the city code and the city's Comprehensive Surface Water Management Plan for stormwater management, erosion control, and wetlands.
         (I)   The facility must be designed in a manner that all spills will be contained within the building.
         (J)   All water lines must be provided with anti-siphon back flow prevention valves.
      (2)   Environmental control requirements.
         (A)   There may be no on-site, exposed or contained, exterior storage of recyclable materials, household hazardous wastes or waste containers.
         (B)   All household hazardous wastes and recyclable materials must be stored within an approved enclosed building.
         (C)   A contingency action plan outlining an organized, planned and coordinated course of action to be followed in case of a fire, explosion, or release of materials that could threaten human health or the environment must be submitted and approved by the Fire Marshal and the Manager of the Environmental Health Division.
         (D)   Liquid wastes having a positive hydrogen ion concentration (pH) of less than 5.5 or greater than 9.5 must not be discharged by a household hazardous waste facility to the sanitary sewer at any time.
         (E)   An annual report showing the type and amount of household hazardous waste, recyclable material and yard waste handled by the facility will be submitted to the city by January 31 of each year.
         (F)   The owner of the facility must conduct and assume all costs for all chemical testing of solids, liquids, and gases as ordered by the city's Environmental Health Division to determine the presence and extent of contamination or pollution caused by a release of any hazardous material at the facility to the air, soil or water.
         (G)   The release of any hazardous material at the facility which poses a risk to the health and/or property of any person must be immediately reported to the city's Police and Fire Departments and Environmental Health Division.
      (3)   Operational requirements.
         (A)   Residential drop-off of household hazardous wastes and recyclable materials must be permitted. Low quantity nonresidential generator drop-off of hazardous wastes (based on Minnesota Rules Chapter 7045.0219) and recyclable materials is permitted subject to operator guidelines approved by the city's Environmental Services Division. Drop-off of mixed municipal solid waste is prohibited.
         (B)   There must be no drop-off, collection or tipping of mixed municipal solid waste.
         (C)   Permitted activities are limited to drop-off collections of household hazardous wastes, yard waste and recyclable materials and rearrangement of these materials for subsequent transport.
         (D)   On-site disposal of household hazardous waste is prohibited.
         (E)   Hours of operation must be restricted to 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., Monday through Saturday.
         (F)   Exterior storage of household hazardous wastes or recyclables or containers for the storage of household hazardous wastes or recyclable materials is not be permitted.
         (G)   Exterior collection and storage of yard wastes and tree waste for transport may be permitted in containers or rolloffs subject to approved final site plan and building plans.
         (H)   Exterior loading or unloading of vehicles or waste removal containers is not permitted.
         (I)   Exterior cleaning or repair of vehicles, equipment or containers is not permitted.
         (J)   All inadvertent residual mixed municipal solid waste must be removed within a 72 hour period.
         (K)   All truck or equipment traffic destined to or away from the site must be restricted to designated routes as required by the city.
         (L)   All local, county, state and federal permits and licenses must be obtained and copies submitted to the city.
         (M)   A facility procedural and management manual must be submitted and approved by the city.
         (N)   A facility lighting and security plan as required in § 21.301.07 must be submitted and approved by the city.
         (O)   A hold harmless and indemnification agreement protecting the city from all claims resulting from the siting, design, construction, operation and maintenance of the facility must be provided.
         (P)   The city must have the right to inspect all of the facility at any reasonable time and must have the right to review all records relating to the operation of facility.
         (Q)   All household hazardous wastes, recyclable materials, mixed municipal solid waste, contaminated soil and structures must be removed and treated or disposed of in a proper manner upon closure of the facility.
      (4)   Reserved.
         (A)   Reserved.
   (f)   Temporary recycling events. Temporary recycling events are allowed in all zoning districts provided the appropriate permit is issued and the following standards are met:
      (1)   Site design requirements.
         (A)   The collection event and all related traffic queuing must be at least 500 feet from any property that is both residentially used and residentially zoned.
         (B)   Sufficient parking on site for other uses in operation during the event must be preserved.
         (C)   Site ingress and egress to public roadways must be at locations approved by the City Engineer or designee and all driveways, circulation and stacking lanes and parking areas must be designed, surfaced and curbed in accordance with § 21.301.06 of the city code.
         (D)   The site of the event must provide off-street queuing spaces for at least 20 vehicles.
         (E)   All stacking or queuing of vehicles must occur on-site and off of any public street and a plan must be provided for approval showing the queuing of vehicles, parking and intended traffic flow.
         (F)   The event must be designed in a manner to prevent and contain spills.
      (2)   Environmental control requirements.
         (A)   All recyclable materials must be stored within an approved enclosed building or other approved location outside of the event hours.
         (B)   A contingency action plan outlining an organized, planned and coordinated course of action to be followed in case of a fire, explosion, or release of materials that could threaten human health or the environment must be submitted and approved by the Fire Marshal and the Manager of the Environmental Health Division prior to the event, and kept available onsite during the event.
         (C)   The release of any hazardous material at the event which poses a risk to the health and/or property of any person must be immediately reported to the city's Police and Fire Departments and Environmental Health Division.
         (D)   All hauling or collection of these recyclable materials must be done in suitable vehicles provided with end and sideboards of sufficient heights to prevent any part of the load from falling or leaking into or upon any public street or alley in the city. Such vehicles must at all times, except when loading or unloading, be kept covered with sufficient canvas, metal, or wooden covers, which covers must be closely attached to the side and ends of such vehicles. There must be printed on both sides of such vehicles in clear, legible type the name and telephone number of the owner of such vehicle.
         (E)   All water lines associated with the event must have anti-siphon back flow prevention valves.
      (3)   Operational requirements.
         (A)   Residential drop-off of recyclable materials such as cardboard, paper, bottles and cans, approved clean scrap metal with all hazardous waste removed, approved electronics, approved appliances, used clothing and sheets is permitted. A list of items collected at the event must be provided to the city prior to approval. Drop-off, collection or tipping of mixed municipal solid waste is prohibited.
         (B)   Permitted activities are limited to drop-off collections of recyclable materials and rearrangement of these materials for subsequent transport.
         (C)   Disassembly and/or crushing of materials on site or during the event is prohibited.
         (D)   The event must not exceed two days in duration and each site is limited to two events per calendar year.
         (E)   Hours of operation are restricted to 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m.
         (F)   All inadvertent residual mixed municipal solid waste or other unapproved material must be removed immediately.
         (G)   All truck or equipment traffic destined to or away from the site is restricted to designated routes as required by the city.
         (H)   All applicable local, county, state and federal permits and licenses must be obtained and copies submitted to the city.
         (I)   A facility lighting and security plan as required in § 21.301.07 must be submitted and approved by the city.
         (J)   A hold harmless and indemnification agreement protecting the city from all claims resulting from the site selection, design, construction, operation and maintenance of the event must be provided.
         (K)   The city must have the right to inspect the event at any reasonable time and must have the right to review all records relating to the operation of event.
         (L)   All recyclable materials must be disposed of in a proper manner after the event.
      (4)   Penalty.
         (A)   A violation of any provision of this section is a misdemeanor.
   (e)   Junk car disposal business.
      (1)   Site design requirements.
         (A)   The business, including all storage and dismantling or wrecking and display of parts for sale, must be conducted within a fire resistant building.
         (B)   The entire premises must be enclosed by screen fencing.
         (C)   The premises must abut railroad trackage.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.302.32 RETAIL SHOWROOMS.

   (a)   In Industrial Districts.
      (1)   Must be accessory to warehouse and manufacturing uses in the districts shown in the use table. See § 21.209.e.
      (2)   Must not exceed 25% of the warehouse or manufacturing tenant floor area or 5,000 square feet.
      (3)   Direct retail sales are not permitted. The customer must not walk out with product.
      (4)   Retail floor area must be separated from the warehouse or manufacturing area by a minimum six-foot-tall permanent visual barrier.
      (5)   Must comply with city Noise Code Chapter 10, Article IV.
      (6)   Parking must comply with the standards in § 21.301.06.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019)

§ 21.302.33 TEMPORARY SALES OF DONATED ITEMS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate temporary retail sales of donated items while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. Temporary sales of donated items events require administrative approval through a minor revision to final site and building plans or minor revision to final development plans if the site is a planned development (see §§ 21.501.01 and 21.501.03) application process prior to the issuance of a seasonal sales license.
   (c)   Standards.
      1.   Parking. Prior to operating the temporary sale of donated items, a parking management plan must be approved by the issuing authority.
         i.   The temporary sales site must have at least 50% of parking required by § 21.301.06; and
         ii.   The issuing authority must make the determination there would be sufficient parking at the site and access to public right-of-way to accommodate the anticipated parking and traffic demand.
      2.   Items to be sold. Items sold must be donated to the governmental or charitable organization.
      3.   Maximum time period. Temporary retail sales of donated goods are limited to one occurrence per site per year and a maximum of 30 consecutive calendar days.
      4.   Seasonal sales license. Prior to operating the temporary sales of donated items facility, a seasonal sales license, pursuant to Chapter 14, Article IV, Division O of the city code, must be approved by the Issuing Authority.
(Ord. 2019-2, passed 1-7-2019)

§ 21.302.34 TEMPORARY PANDEMIC, EPIDEMIC, OR EMERGENCY SERVICE FACILITY.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to accommodate temporary pandemic, epidemic, or emergency service facilities while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Review and approval. Unless operating under an emergency declaration, temporary pandemic, epidemic, or emergency service facilities require an interim use permit to be approved by the Planning Commission or, if appealed, the City Council.
   (c)   Standards.
      (1)   Deliveries must be made on site and outside of public right-of-way.
      (2)   The facility must have sufficient trash storage on site and be located in a manner that reduces potential nuisances but the facility is not subject to refuse, solid waste, and recyclable materials handling requirements in Section 21.301.17.
      (3)   For facilities with drive-through operations, sufficient vehicle stacking must be provided to avoid congestion within the public right-of-way, as determined by the City Engineer.
      (4)   For nighttime operations, site lighting, as required in Section 21.301.07, must be provided to ensure adequate visibility.
      (5)   Temporary structures and tents are permitted. Temporary structures and tents must meet all relevant Building and Fire Code requirements, but are not subject to City Code time limitations for tents or exterior materials requirements.
      (6)   When operating within residential zoning districts, the pandemic or emergency service facility must be located on a site that is occupied by a non-residential use.
      (7)   The Planning Commission or, if appealed, the City Council may approve flexibility from use standards if it finds that such flexibility is warranted to protect the community's health, safety, and general welfare.
(Ord. 2022-1, passed 1-10-2022)

§ 21.302.35 DATA CENTERS.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to regulate data centers in the interest of the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Standards. The following standards are applicable to data centers.
      (1)   Location. No data center may be located within 500 feet of sites zoned and used residentially, as measured in a straight line without regard to intervening structures or objects from the data center's site boundaries, to the nearest residential property line.
      (2)   Outdoor equipment. Outdoor equipment that serves the data center, including but not limited to mechanical equipment and generators, must not be located closer to a property line along a public street than the principal building and must be fully screened from view of adjacent public rights-of-way and properties.
      (3)   Noise. Commercial grade mechanical equipment and similar noise sources, including but not limited to generators and air heating or cooling equipment, must comply with the requirements of §§ 10.29.02, 10.29.04, 10.29.05, and 21.301.12(e) of the City Code.
(Ord. 2022-43, passed 9-12-2022)

§ 21.302.36 PLACES OF ASSEMBLY.

   (a)   Standards. Freestanding place of assembly uses and sites must comply with the following standards.
      (1)   Minimum site area of two acres;
      (2)   Reserved;
      (3)   Maximum building coverage is 12%;
      (4)   Minimum building setback from all public streets is 60 feet;
      (5)   Minimum building setback from property lines other than public street rights-of-way is 60 feet except a 25 foot side or rear yard setback will be permitted where such side or rear yard is adjacent to nonresidentially used property;
      (6)   Notwithstanding the provisions of § 21.301.10, an additional one-foot setback is required for each foot of height of the place of assembly in excess of 35 feet;
      (7)   Canopies and similar auxiliary structures may extend into the required side and rear setback areas, but in no event closer than 25 feet to a side or rear property line. When attached to and architecturally integrated with the principal structure, bell towers, canopies and similar auxiliary structures may extend ten feet into the required front setback area, but in no event may be closer than 50 feet to a front property line;
      (8)   Parking lot must cover no more than 50% of the site;
      (9)   No parking is permitted on the site in front of the place of assembly except where a parking lot exists on a site under the provisions of a previously approved conditional use permit. No exterior storage, motor vehicle parking or motor vehicle storage is permitted on the site except when incidental to allowed uses in place on the site. Exterior storage must meet the standards of § 21.301.16; and
      (10)   Bell towers, steeples, spires and similar structures must meet the following standards.
         (A)   Height. The height of bell towers, steeples, spires and similar structures must not exceed 65 feet.
         (B)   Location. Bell towers, steeples, spires and similar structures must be located at least 25 feet from a side or rear property line and at least 50 feet from a front property line or property line abutting a public street.
         (C)   Antenna mounting. When antennas are mounted on bell towers, steeples, spires or similar structures, the following standards apply.
            (i)   Design. The structure must be designed to visually appear as a bell tower, steeple, spire or similar structure and not be identifiable as an antenna tower. To ensure that a bell tower, steeple, spire or similar structure that supports antennas is fully camouflaged and appears to be a planned architectural element rather than an antenna tower, the design of the bell tower, steeple, spire or similar structure must replicate the unique design features of the place of assembly principal building structure, must be constructed of materials and use colors that complement and effectively integrate it with the principal structure and must not be a replication of a similar structure that supports antennas at another site within the city. The number of bell towers, steeples, spires or similar structures on an individual site must be compatible with the design of the principal structure. If more than one bell tower, steeple, spire or similar structure is present on a site, each must be architecturally coordinated with the other and they must appear as planned design elements.
            (ii)   Antenna visibility. The antennas, cables and associated mounting devices must be screened or otherwise concealed from view.
            (iii)   Equipment. The associated ground equipment must meet the setback requirements of the structure and must be fully screened by a wall or fence that is architecturally compatible with the principal structure.
   (b)   Screening. Where a place of assembly is adjacent to a residential use screening must be provided along the boundary adjacent to any property used for residential purposes. Such screening must consist of a solid fence or wall not less than five feet high, but may not extend within 15 feet of any street or driveway. Such screening will not be required along a public street. The provisions of § 21.301.15(d)(1) apply to place of assembly sites. This provision may be waived by the City Council at the time of approval of site plans if the Council finds that no adverse impact on adjacent properties will be created by such waiver, or if the Council finds that requiring such screening would have an adverse impact on adjacent residential properties.
   (c)   Expansion, alteration or addition. If a conditional use permit is granted for an expansion, addition or alteration to an existing place of assembly, the combination of the existing place of assembly and proposed development must not exceed the following.
      (1)   The combined total building coverage will not exceed 15% of the place of assembly site.
      (2)   The required parking for the combined total building will not cover more than 70% of the place of assembly site.
   (d)   Columbaria. Columbaria are permitted as accessory uses to any freestanding place of assembly for worship subject to the following standards.
      (1)   Location. If located exterior to the principal structure, columbaria must satisfy the minimum setback requirements of the principal structure.
      (2)   Size. Columbaria, not counting landscaping, plazas or screening, may not exceed 600 square feet.
      (3)   Height. Columbaria may not exceed seven feet in height.
      (4)   Screening. If not themselves designed as a screen wall, columbaria must be fully screened from all adjacent residential properties during the entire year. If designed as a screen wall and not otherwise screened from adjacent residential properties, columbaria openings must not be visible from adjacent residential properties.
      (5)   Preserving redevelopment potential. Given that places of assembly for worship are sometimes redeveloped as other uses, given that such redevelopment is in the public interest when a place of assembly for worship site becomes vacant, and given that columbaria can create an impediment for redevelopment, the following additional standards apply.
         (A)   Columbaria must be removed from the site upon vacancy.
         (B)   Any agreement or lease signed with the legal representatives of columbaria occupants must specify that the remains be removed from the columbaria upon site vacancy, specify what will happen to the remains at that time and specify that the place of assembly for worship has authority to remove and dispose of the remains upon site vacancy if the legal representatives do not.
         (C)   Model agreements or leases must be submitted for city review in conjunction with the columbaria application.
      (6)   Approval process. Columbaria must receive final site and building plan approval prior to construction.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.302.37 TOWERS AND ANTENNAS.

   (a)   Purpose. In order to accommodate the communication needs of residents and business while protecting the public health, safety and general welfare of the community, the Council finds that these regulations are necessary in order to:
      (1)   Facilitate the provision of wireless telecommunication services to the residents and businesses of the city;
      (2)   Minimize adverse visual effects of towers through careful design and siting standards;
      (3)   Avoid potential damage to adjacent properties from tower failure through structural standards and setback requirements; and
      (4)   Maximize the use of existing and approved towers and buildings to accommodate new wireless telecommunication antennas in order to reduce the number of towers needed to serve the community.
   (b)   Area specific requirements for towers and antennas.
      (1)   Towers outside the right-of-way in residential zoning districts. Towers are allowed only in the following residentially zoned areas:
         (A)   Towers supporting amateur radio antennas and conforming to all applicable provisions of this code are allowed only in the rear yard of residentially zoned parcels.
         (B)   Towers supporting commercial antennas and conforming to all applicable provisions of this code are allowed only in the following residentially zoned locations:
            (i)   Place of assembly sites, when the antenna support structure is fully camouflaged as a bell tower, steeple or similar structure;
            (ii)   Park sites, when compatible with the nature of the park; and
            (iii)   Government, school, utility and institutional sites.
      (2)   Antennas and towers in the public right-of-way. Wireless telecommunication facilities, towers and antennas in the city, county or state right-of-way are also subject to the requirements in Chapter 17, Article IV of this code.
   (c)   Co-location requirements. All commercial wireless telecommunication towers erected, constructed or located within the city must comply with the following requirements.
      (1)   A proposal for a new commercial wireless telecommunication service tower will not be approved unless the approving body finds that the telecommunications equipment planned for the proposed tower cannot be accommodated on an existing or approved tower or building within a one-mile search radius (one-half mile search radius for towers under 120 feet in height, one-quarter mile search radius for towers under 80 feet in height) of the proposed tower due to one or more of the following reasons:
         (A)   The planned equipment would exceed the structural capacity of the existing or approved tower or building, as documented by a qualified and licensed professional engineer, and the existing or approved tower cannot be reinforced, modified or replaced to accommodate planned or equivalent equipment at a reasonable cost;
         (B)   The planned equipment would cause interference materially impacting the usability of other existing or planned equipment at the tower or building as documented by a qualified and licensed professional engineer and the interference cannot be prevented at a reasonable cost;
         (C)   Existing or approved towers and buildings within the search radius cannot accommodate the planned equipment at a height necessary to function reasonably as documented by a qualified and licensed professional engineer; and/or
         (D)   Other unforeseen reasons that make it infeasible to locate the planned telecommunications equipment upon an existing or approved tower or building.
      (2)   Any proposed commercial wireless telecommunication service tower must be designed, structurally, electrically, and in all respects, to accommodate both the applicant's antennas and comparable antennas for at least two additional users if the tower is over 100 feet in height or for at least one additional user if the tower is over 60 feet in height. Towers must be designed to allow for future rearrangement of antennas upon the tower and to accept antennas mounted at varying heights.
   (d)   Tower construction requirements. All towers erected, constructed, or located within the city, and all wiring therefor, must comply with the requirements set forth of § 15.14.
   (e)   Tower and antenna design requirements. Proposed or modified towers and antennas must meet the following design requirements.
      (1)   Towers and antennas must be designed to blend into the surrounding environment through the use of color and camouflaging architectural treatment, except in instances where the color is dictated by federal or state authorities such as the Federal Aviation Administration. The use of color or design features to attract attention to the tower is prohibited.
      (2)   Commercial wireless telecommunication service towers must be of a monopole design unless the approving body determines that an alternative design would better blend into the surrounding environment.
   (f)   Tower setbacks. Towers must conform with each of the following minimum setback requirements.
      (1)   Towers must meet the setbacks of the underlying zoning district with the exception of industrial zoning districts, where towers may encroach into the rear setback area, provided that the rear property line abuts another industrially zoned property and the tower does not encroach upon any easements.
      (2)   Towers must be set back from the planned public rights-of-way as shown on the most recently adopted Master Street Plan of the city by a minimum distance equal to one-half of the height of the tower including all antennas and attachments.
      (3)   Towers must not be located between a principal structure and a public street, with the following exceptions:
         (A)   In industrial zoning districts, towers may be placed within a side yard abutting an internal industrial street;
         (B)   On sites adjacent to public streets on all sides, towers may be placed within a side yard abutting a local street; and
         (C)   Temporary towers erected to support special events and news truck towers may be placed between a principal structure and a public street subject to the time limits of subsection (r) below.
      (4)   A tower's setback may be reduced or its location in relation to a public street varied, at the sole discretion of the approving body, to allow the integration of a tower into an existing or proposed structure such as a place of assembly steeple, light standard, power line support device or similar structure.
      (5)   Towers erected on protected residential property as defined in § 21.601 are also subject to the setback provisions of § 15.14(d)(8).
   (g)   Tower height. All proposed towers must meet the height restrictions set forth in § 21.301.10.
   (h)   Tower lighting. Towers must not be illuminated by artificial means and must not display strobe lights unless such lighting is specifically required by the Federal Aviation Administration or other federal or state authority for a particular tower. When incorporated into the approved design of the tower, light fixtures used to illuminate ball fields, parking lots or similar areas may be attached to the tower.
   (i)   Signs and advertising. The use of any portion of a tower for signs other than warning or equipment information signs is prohibited. Towers must not be colored or designed in a manner meant to draw attention.
   (j)   Associated equipment. Ground equipment associated with a tower or wireless telecommunications facility must be screened by vegetative or other screening compatible with the surrounding environment if deemed necessary by the Planning Manager or designee. When associated ground equipment is housed in a building or structure, that building or structure must be architecturally designed to blend in with the surrounding environment and must meet the minimum tower setback requirements of § 21.302.37(f). Ground equipment associated with a wireless telecommunications facility may be located on residentially used property only within a utility easement adjacent to the public right-of-way and in conformance with the limitations of § 17.70(d)(3), except in the multi-family zoning districts (R-4, RM-12, RM-24 and RM-50) where ground equipment associated with a wireless telecommunications facility may also be located within a code complying building or structure after receiving the approvals required by this code.
   (k)   Discontinued or unused towers or portions of towers. Discontinued or unused towers or portions of towers must be removed as follows.
      (1)   All discontinued or unused towers and associated facilities must be removed within 12 months of the cessation of operations at the site unless a time extension is approved by the Planning Manager. A copy of the relevant portions of a signed lease which requires the applicant to remove the tower and associated facilities upon cessation of operations at the site must be submitted at the time of application. In the event that a tower is not removed within 12 months of the cessation of operations at a site, the tower and associated facilities may be removed by the city and the costs of removal assessed against the property.
      (2)   Unused portions of towers above a manufactured connection must be removed within six months of the time of antenna relocation. The replacement of portions of a tower previously removed requires the issuance of a new conditional use permit.
   (l)   Antennas mounted on roofs, walls and existing towers. The placement of wireless telecommunication antennas on roofs, walls and existing towers may be approved by the Planning Manager, provided the antennas meet the requirements of this code, after submittal of: 1) a final site and building plan as specified by § 21.501.01; and 2) a report prepared by a qualified and licensed professional engineer indicating the existing structure or tower's suitability to accept the antenna, and the proposed method of affixing the antenna to the structure. Complete details of all fixtures and couplings, and the precise point of attachment must be indicated. Antennas must be mounted on the facade of the building or penthouse structure unless the Planning Manager or designee determines that another antenna mounting location decreases the visual impact of the antennas. All roof mounted equipment must be screened from view in accordance with § 21.301.18.
   (m)   Reserved.
   (n)   Additional submittal requirements. In addition to the information required elsewhere in this code, development applications for towers must include the following supplemental information:
      (1)   A report from a qualified and licensed professional engineer which:
         (A)   Describes the tower height and design including a cross section and elevation;
         (B)   Documents the height above grade for all potential mounting positions for co-located antennas and the minimum separation distances between antennas;
         (C)   Describes the tower's capacity, including the number and type of antennas that it can accommodate;
         (D)   Documents what steps the applicant will take to avoid interference with established public safety telecommunications;
         (E)   Includes an engineer's stamp and registration number; and
         (F)   Includes other information necessary to evaluate the request.
      (2)   For all commercial wireless telecommunication service towers, a letter of intent committing the tower owner and his or her successors to allow the shared use of the tower if an additional user agrees in writing to meet reasonable terms and conditions for shared use; and
      (3)   Before the issuance of a building permit, the following supplemental information must be submitted:
         (A)   Proof that the proposed tower complies with regulations administered by Federal Aviation Administration; and
         (B)   A report from a qualified and licensed professional engineer which demonstrates the tower's compliance with the aforementioned structural and electrical standards.
      (4)   A design plan and/or route for backhaul facilities, signed by a qualified and licensed professional engineer.
   (o)   Reserved.
   (p)   Maintenance. Tower and antenna finish and paint must be maintained in good condition, free from rust, graffiti, peeling paint or other blemish.
   (q)   Antenna design and mounts. Applicants must use antenna designs and mounts that minimize visual impact.
   (r)   Variances. The following standards apply to variance requests for towers, antennas or wireless telecommunication facilities.
      (1)   The approving body must consider the following issues in addition to the variance findings required in § 21.501.10.
         (A)   The viability of code complying alternative locations for the proposed tower, antenna or wireless telecommunication facility;
         (B)   The impacts of the tower, antenna or wireless telecommunication facility at the proposed site relative to the impacts of the tower, antenna or wireless telecommunication facility at a code complying alternative location;
         (C)   The extent to which there is a significant gap in coverage surrounding the proposed tower, antenna or wireless telecommunication facility or other evidence of inadequate service due to antenna location;
         (D)   The extent to which the proposed tower, antenna or wireless telecommunication facility is the least intrusive, lowest impact design available;
         (E)   The extent to which the height of the proposed tower, antenna or wireless telecommunication facility could be reduced and still provide adequate coverage;
         (F)   The extent to which the size of the proposed accessory equipment could be reduced; and
         (G)   The feasibility of placing the proposed accessory equipment underground.
      (2)   The applicant must pay the reasonable cost of the city retaining a qualified, independent radio frequency engineer to provide a professional opinion to the approving body if the Planning Manager or designee determines that an independent radio frequency engineer is needed to assist in consideration of subsections (q)(1)(A) through (q)(1)(G) above.
   (s)   Temporary towers. The following standards apply to structures that meet the definition of "tower" that are not intended to be permanent structures.
      (1)   Emergencies. Temporary towers erected in response to emergencies may be approved for up to three months by the Planning Manager. Emergency temporary towers must meet all city code requirements applicable to permanent towers.
      (2)   News truck towers. Towers temporarily erected from vehicles for no more than 24 hours do not require prior approval. News truck towers must meet parking requirements.
      (3)   Special events. Temporary towers erected to support special events may be approved for up to seven days by the Planning Manager. Temporary towers erected to support special events must meet all city code requirements applicable to permanent towers.
      (4)   Other temporary towers. All other temporary towers must meet all city code requirements and follow the approval process applicable to permanent towers.
   (t)   Conflict with state statutes. To the extent that standards in this section are in conflict with applicable provisions in state statutes, the applicable state statute provisions supersede the standards in this section.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-43, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.302.38 AUTOMOBILE RENTAL AGENCY PERFORMANCE STANDARDS.

   (a)   Intent. The purpose of this section is to establish standards for businesses providing short-term rental of automobiles to the general public. These regulations apply to businesses operating as permitted, conditional or interim uses in zoning districts where they are allowed. It is the intent of these regulations to restrict such businesses to neighborhood and community service. It is not the intent to allow such businesses to service metropolitan, regional or interstate clients.
   (b)   Scope of operations. Automobile rental agencies allowed under this code are restricted to these activities:
      (i)   Office uses;
      (ii)   Storage of rental vehicles; and
      (iii)   One interior space for the cleaning and normal maintenance of rental vehicles.
   (c)   Site and building standards.
      (i)   The automobile rental agency must be located in an office of at least 1,000 square feet, excluding vehicle service areas. In the Regional Commercial (CR-1) District, the agency must be located in a multiple tenant building containing at least 20,000 square feet of floor area.
      (ii)   The site and building must comply with the screening and landscaping requirements of this code.
      (iii)   Vehicle access to the interior vehicle cleaning area must be limited to the side or rear of the building. The car service space must be located at the side or rear of the building, must not front on any arterial or collector street, nor can it face a residential zone or use.
      (iv)   Parking spaces allocated for rental vehicle storage must be located in a contiguous area not used by other businesses. They must be designated and identified in a manner approved by the issuing authority.
      (v)   The number of parking spaces used for storage of rental vehicles must be in excess of the number of spaces required for all other uses on the site.
   (d)   Operational requirements.
      (1)   Vehicle cleaning and maintenance:
         (i)   Only automobiles continuously owned by the automobile rental agency will be stored or cleaned on the property;
         (ii)   All cleaning and maintenance must occur inside and completely enclosed within the building in which the rental agency is located, or off-site; and
         (iii)   Cleaning and maintenance must be limited to washing, vacuuming and fluid changes and refills. No mechanical repair, body repair or painting is permitted.
      (2)   Vehicles used and stored at the automobile rental agency must not be older than two model years.
      (3)   Vehicles used and stored at the automobile rental agency must not be towed to and from the site nor can they be transported by truck or trailer. No towing vehicles can be parked at the site.
      (4)   No vehicles can be displayed or located above the elevation of the parking lot area, or on a display raised platform, a berm, planting island or any landscaped portion of the property.
      (5)   No vehicles can be displayed or stored in the public right-of-way of any city, county or state highway, nor can they be displayed or stored in any location not designated for such storage as approved by the issuing authority.
      (6)   No trucks, trailers or commercial vehicles, other than rental automobiles can be rented by the automobile rental agency or stored on the property.
      (7)   The vehicles stored on the property cannot be utilized for display purposes, nor can such vehicles have rental information displayed on the windows or any other part of the vehicles.
      (8)   No flags, balloons, banners, signs, pennants, ribbons, streamers or whirling devices can be attached to vehicles.
      (9)   Notwithstanding other provisions of this code, no vehicle sales can be permitted in conjunction with the automobile rental agency. The city cannot approve an application for a license for sale of vehicles issued by the state.
   (e)   Motor vehicle rental accessory to Class I motor vehicle sales. The following standards apply to motor vehicle rental uses accessory to Class I motor vehicle sales uses.
      (1)   The rental of the vehicles must be clearly incidental and accessory to the primary use of the property as a Class I motor vehicle sales dealership.
      (2)   Only those makes and models of vehicles that the Class I dealership sells as new may be rented.
      (3)   The rental operation must be owned and operated by the Class I dealership or a unit of the parent company of which the dealership is part.
      (4)   No exterior signage for the vehicle rental business is allowed.
      (5)   The rental vehicles must not be parked or stored in parking spaces required by this code to serve the customers and employees of the dealership. Rental vehicles must be parked in approved and designated on-site spaces.
      (6)   Rental vehicles must not be used for display purposes, must not have any rental information displayed on them, nor have any type of banners, flags, pennants, streamers or other attention-getting devices attached to them.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.302.39 ANTI-BLIGHT REGULATIONS.

   (a)   Purpose. The purpose of this section is to control, through zoning regulations, certain land uses that have a direct and detrimental effect on the character of the city's residential and commercial neighborhoods.
   (b)   Findings of the City Council. The City Council makes the following findings regarding the effect sexually-oriented businesses have on the character of the city's neighborhoods. In making the findings, the City Council accepts the recommendations of a staff committee that has studied the experiences of other urban areas in the nation where sexually-oriented businesses have located.
      (1)   Sexually-oriented businesses can exert a dehumanizing influence on persons attending places of assembly for worship; children attending state-licensed family day care homes, state-licensed group family day care homes and state-licensed child care centers; students attending schools; and people using public parks and libraries.
      (2)   Sexually-oriented businesses can contribute to an increase in criminal activity in the area in which such businesses are located, taxing city crime-prevention programs and law-enforcement services.
      (3)   Sexually-oriented businesses can significantly contribute to the deterioration of residential neighborhoods and can impair the character and quality of the residential housing in the area in which such businesses are located, thereby exacerbating the shortage of affordable and habitable housing for city residents.
      (4)   The concentration of sexually-oriented businesses in one area can have a substantially detrimental effect on the area in which such businesses are concentrated and on the overall quality of urban life. A cycle of decay can result from the influx and concentration of sexually-oriented businesses. The presence of such businesses is perceived by others as an indication that the area is deteriorating and the result can be devastating. Other businesses move out of the vicinity and residents flee from the area. Declining real estate values, which can result from the concentration of such businesses, erode the city's tax base and contribute to overall urban blight.
   (c)   Conclusions of the City Council. In order to minimize the detrimental effect sexually-oriented businesses have on adjacent land uses, the City Council adopts the following land-use regulations, recognizing that it has a great interest in the present and future character of the city's residential and commercial neighborhoods.
   (d)   Definitions. The following words and terms, when used in this § 21.302.39 have the following meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
      ADULT BODY PAINTING STUDIO. An establishment or business which provides the service of applying paint or other substance, whether transparent or non-transparent, to or on the body of a patron when such body is wholly or partially nude in terms of specified anatomical areas as defined herein.
      ADULT BOOK STORE. An establishment that has 40% or greater of its current store stock in merchandise, videos, books, magazines and/or other periodicals which are distinguished or characterized by their emphasis on matters depicting, describing or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas as herein defined.
      ADULT CAR WASH. A wash facility for any type of motor vehicle that allows employees, agents, independent contractors or persons to appear in a state of partial or total nudity in terms of specified anatomical areas as defined herein.
      ADULT COMPANIONSHIP ESTABLISHMENT. A companionship establishment which excludes minors by reason of age, or which provides the service for a fee of engaging in or listening to conversation, talk or discussion between an employee of the establishment and a customer, if such service is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas as defined herein.
      ADULT ENTERTAINMENT FACILITY. A building or space wherein an admission is charged for entrance, or food or nonalcoholic beverages are sold or intended for consumption, and wherein may be observed live presentation of entertainment distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matters depicting, describing or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas as defined herein.
      ADULT MINI-MOTION PICTURE THEATER. A building or space with a capacity for fewer than 50 persons used for presenting material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matters depicting, describing or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas herein defined, for observation by patrons therein. The phrase USED FOR in this definition will mean a regular and substantial course of conduct and not a one-time presentation of such material.
      ADULT MODELING STUDIO. An establishment whose major business is the provision to customers of figure models who are so provided with the intent of providing sexual stimulation or sexual gratification to such customers and who engage in specified sexual activities as defined herein or display specified anatomical areas as defined herein while being observed, painted, painted upon, sketched, drawn, sculptured, photographed or otherwise depicted by such customers.
      ADULT MOTION PICTURE THEATER. A building or space with a capacity of 50 or more persons used for presenting material distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on matters depicting, describing or relating to specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas as herein defined, for observation by patrons therein. The phrase USED FOR in this definition will mean a regular and substantial course of conduct and not a one-time presentation of such material.
      ADULT SAUNA. A sauna which excludes minors by reason of age, or which provides a steam bath or heat bathing room used for the purpose of bathing, relaxation or reducing, utilizing steam or hot air as a cleaning, relaxing or reducing agent, if the service provided by the sauna is distinguished or characterized by an emphasis on specified sexual activities or specified anatomical areas as defined herein.
      MINOR. Any natural person under the age of 18 years.
      NUDITY. The showing of the human male or female genitals or pubic area with less than a fully opaque covering; the showing of the female breast with less than a fully opaque covering of any portion thereof below a point immediately above the top of the areola; or the depiction or showing of the covered male genitals in a discernibly turgid state.
      SCHOOL. A building or space that is principally used as a place where 25 or more persons receive a full course of educational instruction. Any post-secondary or post-high school educational building, including any college or any vocational-technical college, is not deemed a school for purposes of this Article VIII.
      STATE-LICENSED FAMILY DAY CARE HOME, STATE-LICENSED GROUP FAMILY DAY CARE HOME, STATE-LICENSED CHILD CARE CENTER. A facility holding a license from the state pursuant to M.S. Chapter 245A, as it may be amended from time to time, and/or Minnesota Rules Chapter 9502 or Chapter 9503, as amended.
      SPECIFIED ANATOMICAL AREAS.
         (a)   Less than completely and opaquely covered:
            (1)   Human genitals, pubic region or pubic hair;
            (2)   Buttock;
            (3)   Female breast or breasts below a point immediately above the top of the areola; or
            (4)   Any combination of the foregoing.
         (b)   Human male genitals in a discernibly turgid state even if completely and opaquely covered.
      SPECIFIED SEXUAL ACTIVITIES. Include the following:
         (1)   Human genitals in a discernible state of sexual stimulation or arousal;
         (2)   Acts of human masturbation, sexual intercourse, or sodomy;
         (3)   Fondling or other erotic touching of human genitals, pubic region or pubic hair, buttock, or female breast or breasts; or
         (4)   Any combination of the foregoing.
   (e)   Zoning regulations. Sexually-oriented businesses are prohibited in all zoning districts, except those listed in § 21.209(e).
      (1)   In zoning districts in which sexually-oriented businesses are permitted uses, the following conditions must be met prior to a sexually-oriented business being allowed.
         (A)   No sexually-oriented business can be located closer than 500 feet from any other sexually-oriented business. Measurements will be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest point of the actual business premises of the sexually-oriented business to the nearest point of the actual business premises of any other sexually-oriented business.
         (B)   No sexually-oriented business can be located closer than 500 feet from any single-family dwelling, place of assembly for worship, school, public park, state-licensed family day care home, state-licensed group family day care home, public library or state-licensed child care center. Measurements will be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest point of the actual business premises of the sexually-oriented business to the nearest point of the actual premises used as a single-family dwelling, place of assembly for worship, school, park or state-licensed family day care home, state-licensed group family day care home or state-licensed child care center.
         (C)   No sexually-oriented business can be located closer than 500 feet from any of the following residential zoning districts. Measurements will be made in a straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest point of the actual business premises of the sexually-oriented business to the nearest boundary of the residential zoning district:
            Single-Family Residential R-1 District;
            Large Lot Single-Family Residential RS-1 District;
            Restricted Large Lot Single-Family Residential R-1A District;
            Townhouse Residential R-3 District;
            Multiple-Family Residential R-4 District;
            Multiple-Family Residential RM-12 District;
            Multiple-Family Residential RM-24 District;
            Multiple-Family Residential RM-50 District; and
            Multiple-Family Residential RM-100 District.
         (D)   A sexually-oriented business must comply with the licensing requirements of Chapter 14 of this code.
         (E)   The operation or maintenance of more than one of the following uses in the same building or structure is prohibited:
            Adult body painting studio;
            Adult book store;
            Adult car wash;
            Adult companionship establishment;
            Adult entertainment facility;
            Adult modeling studio;
            Adult sauna;
            Adult motion picture theater; and
            Adult mini-motion picture theater.
   (f)   Sign restrictions. In order to protect children from exposure to lurid signs and materials and in order to preserve the value of property surrounding sexually-oriented businesses, the following sign regulations apply to all sexually-oriented businesses in the city notwithstanding any other provision of this code.
      (1)   All signs must be flat wall signs. No signs can be located on the roof or contain any flashing lights, moving elements, or electronically or mechanically changing messages.
      (2)   The amount of allowable building sign area is the lessor of one square foot of sign area per foot of lot frontage on a street not to exceed 80 square feet or the sign area allowance in § 21.304.17.
      (3)   No merchandise, photos or pictures of the products or entertainment on the premises can be displayed in window areas or any area where they can be viewed from the sidewalk or public right-of-way adjoining the building or structure in which the sexually-oriented business is located.
      (4)   No signs can be placed in any window. A one square foot sign may be placed on the door to state hours of operation and admittance to adults only.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.302.40 AGRICULTURAL STANDS.

   (a)   Products grown on-site. Nothing in this chapter should be deemed to prohibit the construction or maintenance of any temporary stand or shelter for the sale of agricultural products produced on the premises; provided that if the structure is within ten feet of the front lot line, it must be used only during the season when the products sold are in season and at all other times must be removed from said location.
   (b)   Products not grown on-site. Nothing in this chapter should be deemed to prohibit the temporary construction or maintenance of any temporary stand or shelter for the sale of agricultural products not produced on the premises, but sold by the person who cultivated the agricultural products on land they own or rent, or their designee, during the season when the products sold are in season, provided:
      (1)   The stand or shelter is on private property with the permission of the property owner;
      (2)   The stand or shelter is on a property that is a nonresidential use;
      (3)   The stand or shelter is located a minimum of 20 feet from a property line abutting a street and is located a minimum of five feet from a property line not abutting a street;
      (4)   The stand or shelter operates a maximum of 60 days per calendar year at said property;
      (5)   The stand or shelter only operates between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m.;
      (6)   Any signs for the stand or shelter must be temporary in nature and follow the requirements for temporary signs for farmers markets stated in § 21.304.13; and
      (7)   The stand or shelter is removed from said property when not in continued operation.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2024-51, passed 12-2-2024)

§ 21.302.41 REMOTE AIRPORT PARKING AND HOTEL AIRPORT PARKING.

   (a)   Purpose. The following standards are intended to regulate remote airport parking facilities and hotel airport parking in the interest of the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community.
   (b)   Existing remote airport parking facilities. No interim use permit for existing remote airport parking facilities may be extended beyond August 8, 2027.
   (c)   New remote airport parking facility standards. The following standards are applicable to remote airport parking facilities established after September 29, 2025:
      (1)   Remote airport parking must be located entirely within a parking structure in existence as of September 29, 2025, that is determined to have excess off-street parking supply.
         (A)   The excess supply dedicated to remote airport parking may be determined either by parking spaces exceeding the off-street parking requirement in § 21.301.06(d) or by a parking study. The parking study must be conducted in accordance with an accepted methodology approved by the city issuing authority, prepared by an independent traffic engineering professional under the supervision of the city, and paid for by the applicant. In the event other uses that share the parking structure are vacant, the parking study must model the parking demand for all uses as if they were operating at full occupancy.
      (2)   All parking, access gates, and shuttle storage must be located within the parking structure.
   (d)   Hotel airport parking standards. The following standards are applicable to hotel airport parking:
      (1)   To be considered an accessory use, hotel airport parking must include at least one overnight stay at the hotel where the vehicle is parked.
      (2)   Hotel airport parking must take place within designated parking areas not required for other hotel uses. Parking cannot take place within fire lanes, drive lanes, or in tandem, and must be on a code-compliant parking surface.
      (3)   Hotel airport parking must take place on the same property as the hotel use and must not be on a separate property or site adjacent to the hotel or shared with adjacent uses.
   (e)   Compliance with other sections. Remote airport parking facilities established after September 29, 2025, and hotel airport parking must meet all applicable standards within city code, including but not limited to:
      (1)   Mixed Use (CX-2) District Standards (§ 21.207.01);
      (2)   High Intensity Mixed Use with Residential (HX-R) District Standards (§ 21.207.03);
      (3)   Parking (§ 21.301.06);
      (4)   Lighting (§ 21.301.07); and
      (5)   Landscaping (§ 21.301.15).
(Ord. 2025-19, passed 9-29-2025)

§ 21.303.01 SHORE AREA REGULATIONS.

   (a)   Purpose. The purpose of this section is to implement regulations concerning the use, development and alteration of certain shore areas in the city in compliance with the directives and requirements of M.S. § 103F.221, subd. 1, as it may be amended from time to time, and regulations adopted pursuant thereto. These regulations are adopted in order to protect the natural characteristics of such shore areas and adjacent water areas, to prevent the pollution of surface and ground waters, to minimize flood damage, to manage the effects of shore area crowding and development and to maintain shore area property values.
   (b)   Applicability; relationship to other regulations.
      (1)   The provisions of this § 21.303.01 apply to all "shore areas" of the city, as defined in § 21.303.01(c).
      (2)   Unless specifically stated to the contrary, the provisions of this § 21.303.01 are in addition to, and not in derogation of, other statutes, regulations or ordinances, affecting shore areas. If both these regulations and other regulations impose similar restrictions upon shore areas, the more restrictive regulation applies.
   (c)   Definitions. The following words and terms, when used in this § 21.303.01 , shall have the ascribed meanings unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
      BACKYARD APPURTENANT STRUCTURE. Children's recreational equipment (such as a swing set or sandbox); clotheslines; arbors and trellises; outdoor fireplaces or grills; permanent benches; utility wires or poles; other public sewer, water and gas utility appurtenances; flag poles; walls and fences less than six feet in height; landscaping retaining walls; or dog enclosures.
      BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES. The methods and practices described in the State Pollution Control Agency's Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas, commonly known as Best Management Practices In Minnesota (October 1989).
      DECK. A horizontal, unenclosed platform with or without attached railings, seats, trellises or other features, attached or functionally related to the principal use of the site.
      DNR. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources.
      EXOTIC SPECIES. Flora and fauna that are not indigenous to the state, as determined by the DNR, the city or other public agency.
      FLOODWAY. The channel of the watercourse of a creek or river and those portions of the adjoining floodplains (as that term is defined in § 21.601) which are reasonably required to carry and discharge the regional flood (as that term is defined in § 21.601).
      GARDEN. An area used for the noncommercial growing of vegetables, flowers or other plants.
      NOXIOUS WEED. Those weeds so defined in M.S. § 18.77, subd. 8, as it may be amended from time to time, or any plant which is identified and placed by the county on its noxious weed list.
      ORDINARY HIGH WATER LEVEL (OHWL). The boundary of public waters, which is the elevation delineating the highest water level which has been maintained for a sufficient period of time to leave evidence upon the landscape, commonly that point where the natural vegetation changes from predominantly aquatic to predominantly terrestrial. The OHWL's for those public waterbodies under this § 21.303.01 which are lakes, are as shown in Table 1 at the end of this section. For watercourses, the OHWL is the elevation of the top of the bank of the channel.
      PAVED AREA. Any impervious ground surface area created by means of concrete, asphalt, brick, mortar or other materials.
      PUBLIC WATERBODY. Each of the wetlands, lakes, creeks or rivers listed in Table 1 at the end of this section.
      SHORE AREA. All land in the city lying within the distances described in Table 1 at the end of this section, from the given public waterbody, as measured from the ordinary high water level (OHWL).
      SHORE AREA IMPACT ZONE. All land in the city lying within the distances described in Table 1 at the end of this section, from the given public waterbody, as measured from the ordinary high water level (OHWL).
Table 1
Public Waterbody
Public Waterbody ID Number or Section/Township /Range Description
Public Waterbody Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL)
"Shore Area" - Distance from OHWL of Public Waterbody
"Shore Area Impact Zone" - Distance from OHWL of Public Waterbody
Table 1
Public Waterbody
Public Waterbody ID Number or Section/Township /Range Description
Public Waterbody Ordinary High Water Level (OHWL)
"Shore Area" - Distance from OHWL of Public Waterbody
"Shore Area Impact Zone" - Distance from OHWL of Public Waterbody
1. Oxboro Lake
27-11P
803.7 feet
75 feet
37-1/2 feet
2. Upper Penn Lake
27-4P
811.5 feet
75 feet
37-1/2 feet
3. Lower Penn Lake
27-4P
807.0 feet
75 feet
37-1/2 feet
4. Bush Lake
27-47P
833.2 feet
75 feet
37-1/2 feet
5. Anderson Lake
27-62P
839.0 feet
75 feet
37-1/2 feet
6. Hyland Lake
27-48P
817.9 feet
150 feet
75 feet
7. Nine Mile (Coleman) Lake
27-13P
700.0 feet
150 feet
75 feet
8. Long Meadow Lake
27-2P
695.5 feet
150 feet
75 feet
9. Nine Mile Creek
From § 16-116-21 to § 28-27-24
Top of bank of channel
50 feet
25 feet
10. Nine Mile Creek - South Fork
From § 18-116-21 to § 17-116-21
Top of bank of channel
50 feet
25 feet
11. Minnesota River - I-494 to I-35W
From § 28-27-24 to § 5-27-23
Top of bank of channel
100 feet
50 feet
12. Minnesota River - I-35W to western city boundary
From § 6-115-21 to § 28-27-24
Top of bank of channel
150 feet
75 feet
 
   UTILITY SHED. An enclosed accessory building no larger than 120 square feet in area or 12 feet in height which is used for the storage of equipment and materials which are not water-oriented in nature.
   VEGETATION. Flora of any variety, including trees, shrubs, plants and grass.
   WATERCRAFT LANDING FACILITY. A dock, ramp or other structure used to land watercraft.
   WATERCRAFT LIFT OR STORAGE FACILITY. An unenclosed structure designed and used solely to raise watercraft out of the water or for the storage of watercraft and related equipment.
   WATER-ORIENTED ACCESSORY BUILDING. An accessory building which, because of its relationship to the public waterbody, reasonably needs to be located within the shore area. Excluded from the definition of a water-oriented accessory building are stairways, stairway landings, pedestrian lifts, watercraft landing facilities, watercraft lift or storage facilities, backyard appurtenant structures and utility sheds.
   (d)   Use, development and alteration of shore areas, generally. The use, development and alteration of shore areas are subject to the regulations and permitting requirements of this section. The use, development and alteration of the lands lying between the shore areas and the existing waterline are subject to the regulation and control of the DNR.
      (1)   Shore area alteration.
         (A)   Removal or alteration of vegetation.
            (i)   No removal or alteration of vegetation within the shore areas can occur without a shore area permit, except that no permit is required:
               (aa)   For the removal of dead, diseased, hazardous or storm-damaged vegetation, or for the mowing of turf;
               (bb)   For the periodic pruning of woody vegetation up to four inches in diameter (as measured at the base) of the cut provided the roots are left intact;
               (cc)   For removal of exotic species, noxious weeds or other public nuisances;
               (dd)   For the creation of a garden located outside of the shore area impact zone;
               (ee)   For the creation of a garden located within the shore area impact zone and more than ten feet inland from the OHWL, provided that the only vegetation which will be removed for the garden is lawn turf;
               (ff)   For removals or alterations for purposes of the construction of backyard appurtenant structures located more than ten feet inland from the OHWL; or
               (gg)   For the maintenance of existing gardens.
            (ii)   A shore area permit for the removal or alteration of vegetation may be granted only for the following purposes:
               (aa)   To construct the improvements permitted pursuant to subsections (2)(B)(iii)(gg); (3); (4); (5); or (6) below; or
               (bb)   To create a garden located within the shore area impact zone and more than ten feet inland from the OHWL, to create an access path to the water, to create a watercraft access area, to create public park, beach and marina facilities or to provide a view to the water from the principal dwelling site.
            (iii)   No shore area permit for the removal or alteration of vegetation will be issued unless:
               (aa)   The removal or alteration is the minimum reasonably required for the permitted activity;
               (bb)   The existing vegetative screening of structures, vehicles or other facilities as viewed from the water, assuming summer, leaf-on conditions, is substantially maintained; and
               (cc)   Along rivers, existing shading of water surfaces is substantially preserved, assuming summer, leaf-on conditions.
            (vi)   Use of fertilizers in a shore area is prohibited.
            (v)   No gardens can be created within ten feet of the OHWL.
         (B)   Grading and filling.
            (i)   No grading or filling within the shore areas can occur without issuance of a shore area permit by the city.
            (ii)   Before any permit may be issued to grade or fill, the applicant must provide evidence that all provisions of federal, state and local law pertaining to wetlands and shore area (including, but not limited to, the Wetland Conservation Act, Watershed District regulations, United States Corps of Engineers regulations, DNR protected waters regulations and city floodplain, steep slope and bluff regulations) have been satisfied.
         (iii)   All shore area permits for grading are subject to the following conditions:
            (aa)   Alterations must be designed and conducted in a manner that ensures only the smallest amount of bare ground is exposed and is exposed for the shortest time possible;
            (bb)   Mulches or similar materials must be used, where necessary, for temporary bare soil coverage, and a permanent vegetation cover must be established as soon as possible;
            (cc)   Methods to minimize soil erosion and to trap sediments before they reach any surface water feature must be used;
            (dd)   Altered areas must be stabilized to acceptable erosion control standards consistent with best management practices;
            (ee)   Fill or excavated material must not be placed in a manner that creates an unstable slope;
            (ff)   Alterations of topography may be allowed only if accessory to uses allowed by this section and does not adversely affect adjacent or nearby properties;
            (gg)   Placement of natural rock rip rap, including associated grading and placement of a filter blanket, is permitted only if the finished slope does not exceed three feet horizontal to one foot vertical, the landward extent of the rip rap is within ten feet of the OHWL (as measured along the ground surface), and the height of the rip rap above the OHWL does not exceed three feet; and
            (hh)   Such other conditions as are reasonable and necessary under the circumstances.
         (iv)   Excavations where the intended purpose is connection to a public waterbody (such as boat slips, canals, lagoons and harbors) cannot be allowed without the approval of the DNR .
      (3)   Structures.
         (i)   Permits. No structures will be constructed within the shore areas without a shore area permit, except that no permit is required for the construction of backyard appurtenant structures located more than ten feet inland from the OHWL.
            (B)   Types of structures permitted.
               (i)   Only the following types of structures may be constructed in shore areas:
                  (aa)   Stairways, stairway landings and pedestrian lifts;
                  (bb)   Watercraft landing facilities;
                  (cc)   Watercraft lift or storage facilities;
                  (dd)   Water-oriented accessory buildings;
                  (ee)   Utility sheds;
                  (ff)   Decks, but only to the extent that the deck is a detached, water-oriented accessory building, or, is attached to a principal structure that exists on the effective date of this section and the following criteria are met:
                     (AA)   No reasonable location exists for the deck outside of the shore area;
                     (BB)   The deck encroachment toward the OHWL does not exceed 15% of the existing setback of the principal structure from the OHWL or does not encroach into the shore area impact zone, whichever is more restrictive; and
                     (CC)   The deck is constructed primarily of wood, and is not enclosed, roofed or screened, and does not result in the creation of an impervious surface.
                  (gg)   Backyard appurtenant structures; and
                  (hh)   Public park, beach and marina facilities and other public improvements.
               (ii)   Nothing herein is intended to permit private watercraft landing facilities or other private water access where such rights have been acquired by the public.
            (C)   Limits on number of structures.
               (i)   The shore area lying within any given parcel of land may contain no more than one watercraft landing facility, one watercraft lift or storage facility, and either one water-oriented accessory building or one utility shed.
               (ii)   Such shore area may also contain any stairways, stairway landings and pedestrian lifts reasonable and necessary for pedestrian access to the water, backyard appurtenant structures , and any decking which is a permitted addition to a structure pursuant to subsection (c)(2)(A)(vi) above.
               (iii)   Nothing herein will be interpreted to allow more than the one accessory building per residential lot otherwise permitted under the City Zoning Code.
            (D)   Location of structures.
               (i)   All water-oriented accessory buildings and backyard appurtenant structures must be located at least ten feet inland from the OHWL of the public waterbody, must be located so as to minimize the impact upon existing vegetation, and must be located whenever reasonable in the most visually inconspicuous portions of lots, as viewed from the surface of the public waterbody, assuming summer, leaf-on conditions.
               (ii)   Utility sheds must only be located outside of the shore area impact zone; must be located as to minimize the impact upon existing vegetation , and must be located whenever reasonable in the most visually inconspicuous portions of lots, as viewed from the surface of the public waterbody, assuming summer, leaf-on conditions.
               (iii)   Stairways, stairway landings, pedestrian lifts, watercraft landing facilities and watercraft lifts or storage facilities must be located whenever reasonable in the most visually inconspicuous portions of lots, as viewed from the surface of the public waterbody, assuming summer, leaf-on conditions.
               (iv)   Fencing and walls may not be located within a floodway.
            (F)   Construction and design.
               (i)   Stairways, stairway landings and pedestrian lifts.
                  (aa)   Stairways and pedestrian lifts must not exceed four feet in width on residential lots. Wider stairways may be used for commercial properties, public open-space recreational properties and planned developments where more than one lot or more than four dwelling units are served.
                  (bb)   Landings for stairways and pedestrian lifts on residential lots must not exceed 32 square feet in area. Landings not exceeding 60 square feet may be used for commercial properties, public open-space recreational properties and planned developments where more than one lot is served.
                  (cc)   Canopies or roofs are not allowed on stairways, stairway landings or pedestrian lifts.
                  (dd)   Stairways, stairway landings and pedestrian lifts may be either constructed above the ground on posts or pilings, or placed into the ground, provided they are designed and built in a manner that ensures control of soil erosion.
               (ii)   Water-oriented accessory buildings, utility sheds, backyard appurtenant structures or other permitted facilities.
                  (aa)   The structure or facility must not exceed 12 feet in height, exclusive of safety rails, and cannot occupy an area greater than 250 square feet; provided that utility sheds do not exceed 120 square feet in area. Detached decks must not exceed eight feet above grade at any point.
                  (bb)   The structure or facility must be treated to reduce visibility as viewed from the public waterbodies and adjacent shore areas by vegetation, topography, increased setbacks, color or other approved means, assuming summer, leaf-on conditions.
                  (cc)   A roof may be used as a deck with safety rails, but must not be enclosed or used as a storage area.
                  (dd)   The structure or facility must not be designed or used for human habitation, must not contain water or sewer facilities, and must not be located within a floodway.
                  (ee)   Decks must be constructed primarily of wood and must not be constructed so as to create an impervious surface.
      (4)   Roads, driveways and parking areas.
         (A)   No roads, driveways, parking areas or other paved areas can be constructed within shore areas without a shore area permit.
         (B)   No shore area permit for the construction of such surface improvements will be issued unless:
            (i)   No reasonable alternative outside of the shore area exists for location of the surface improvement, and
            (ii)   The surface improvement design takes advantage of natural vegetation and topography to achieve maximum screening of view from the public waterbody, limitations on the removal or alteration of vegetation are met, the improvement is designed so as to minimize and control erosion to the public waterbody consistent with best management practices, and it is designed so as to minimize adverse impacts to the shore area.
      (5)   Water and sewage facilities.
         (A)   No new water wells or on-site sewage treatment systems may be constructed within shore areas without a shore area permit.
         (B)   No shore area permit for the construction of water wells or on-site sewage treatment systems will be issued unless:
            (i)   There is no city water or sewer utility (as applicable) available to the property;
            (ii)   There is no reasonable alternative location outside of the shore area of the property for the well or sewage treatment system (as applicable);
            (iii)   The well or sewage treatment system (as applicable) meets all state and local standards; and
            (iv)   The well or sewage treatment system (as applicable) is separated from the public waterbody and from sources of contamination by the distances required by Minnesota Rules parts 4725.4350 and 4725.4450.
         (C)   All lots containing shore areas must be connected to the public water and sanitary sewer systems in accordance with the provisions of §§ 11.03 and 11.26(c), and old sewer and water systems must be abandoned in conformance with state law and city ordinances.
      (6)   Storm water.
         (A)   Impervious surface coverage of the shore area of lots must not exceed 10% of said area.
         (B)   When possible, existing natural drainageways, wetlands and vegetated soil surfaces must be used to convey, store, filter and detain storm water runoff before discharge to public waters.
         (C)   Development and construction must be planned and conducted in a manner that will minimize the extent of disturbed areas, runoff velocities, erosion potential and reduce and delay runoff volumes. Disturbed areas must be stabilized and protected using methods and facilities designed and installed consistent with best management practices.
         (D)   When development density, topographic features and soil and vegetation conditions are not sufficient to adequately handle storm water runoff using natural features and vegetation, various types of constructed facilities such as diversions, settling basins, skimming devices, dikes, waterways and ponds may be used. Preference must be given to designs using surface drainage, vegetation and infiltration rather than buried pipes and human-made materials and facilities.
         (E)   When constructed facilities are used for storm water management, they must be designed and installed consistent with best management practices.
         (F)   New constructed storm water outfalls to public waters must provide for filtering or settling of suspended solids and skimming of surface debris before discharge.
      (7)   Agricultural use standards.
         (A)   If otherwise allowed under the Zoning Code, general cultivation farming, grazing, nurseries, horticulture, truck farming, sod farming and wild crop harvesting are permitted in the shore area of a property if it is maintained in permanent vegetation or operated under an approved conservation plan (Resource Management Systems) consistent with the field office technical guides of the local soil and water conservation districts of the United States Soil Conservation Service.
         (B)   Use of fertilizers in the shore area is prohibited.
   (e)   Existing uses. Except for wells and on-site sewage treatment systems whose use must be discontinued pursuant to § 21.303.01(d)(5), existing uses and improvements within shore area may be maintained in accordance with the provisions and limitations of § 21.504.
   (f)   Variances. Variances from the provisions of this § 21.303.01 may be permitted in accordance with § 21.501.10.
   (g)   Notification of DNR. The DNR must be notified by the city at least ten days in advance of any public hearing involving the proposed use, development, subdivision, or rezoning of a shore area within the city or the amendment of this § 21.303.01.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.303.04 SLOPES PROTECTION.

   (a)   Purpose. The purpose of this section is to protect areas with slopes from erosion caused by surface runoff due to development. These provisions apply to all properties in Single-Family R-1 and R-1A, and Large Lot Single-Family Residential RS-1 Zoning Districts with 12% or greater slope shown in a final plat or otherwise approved by the City Council after May 1, 1993. Additional provisions for the Bluff Protection (BP) Overlay District are in § 21.208.02.
   (b)   Lots with an average slope of 12% or greater. For lots with an average slope of 12% or greater impervious surface coverage is limited according to the following table:
Average Slope
Maximum Coverage
Average Slope
Maximum Coverage
Average Slope
Maximum Coverage
Average Slope
Maximum Coverage
12%
34%
22%
24%
13%
33%
23%
23%
14%
32%
24%
22%
15%
31%
25%
21%
16%
30%
26%
20%
17%
29%
27%
19%
18%
28%
28%
18%
19%
27%
29%
17%
20%
26%
30%
16%
21%
25%
 
 
 
   Impervious surface coverage for properties with average slopes greater than 30% must be decreased by 1% for each percent of slope greater than 30%.
   (c)   Average percentage slope. Average percentage slope is calculated according to one of the following methods, based on existing conditions prior to the proposed development:
      (1)   In those instances where the lot is rectangular or regularly shaped, and the contour lines are generally parallel throughout the property, the average percentage slope must be calculated by determining the slope of a line drawn from the highest point on the property to the lowest point on the property, according to the following formula:
S = (VH - VL)/H
         S = Average percentage slope
         VH = Elevation of the highest point of the line above mean sea level
         VL = Elevation of the lowest point of the line above mean sea level. In no event can the lowest point used in this calculation have an elevation lower than 722 feet above mean sea level.
         H = The horizontal distance separating the highest point from the lowest point
      (2)   In those instances where the lot is rectangular or regularly shaped, and the contour lines are not generally parallel through the property, the average percentage slope may be calculated by determining the average of the slopes of several lines, evenly spaced across the property, drawn from the highest points on the property to the lowest points on the property. The slope of each line must be calculated in the manner specified in subsection (c)(1) above;
      (3)   In those instances where the lot is irregularly shaped, the following formula may be used:
S = (0.00229 x L x F)/A
         S = Average percentage slope
         L = Length of all contours (above 722 feet above mean sea level) in feet
         F = Contour interval in feet
         A = Area of the lot (above 722 feet above mean sea level) in acres
      (4)   Any other methodology commonly recognized in the field of civil engineering and which is approved by the issuing authority. In no instance will the calculation incorporate elevations below the 722 foot contour elevation above mean sea level.
   (d)   Best management practices. The following best management practices (BMPs) are encouraged to filter, slow, and disperse surface water runoff:
      (1)   Minimize stormwater runoff over slopes;
      (2)   Limit or reduce impervious surfaces;
      (3)   Direct runoff from impervious surfaces into a storm sewer system or well vegetated area;
      (4)   Manage soil erosion;
      (5)   Plant bare areas with native seedlings or seeds of native species and mulch; and
      (6)   Cover bare soils with biodegradable erosion control blankets and/or logs while vegetation becomes established.
   (e)   Special provisions.
      (1)   Surface runoff redirected away from slopes. In those instances where surface water runoff from impervious surface is directed away from steep slopes and into a public storm sewer or public or approved private BMP, such areas shall not be considered as impervious surface for the maximum coverage limitations identified in subsections § 21.303.04(b)(c). However, in no instance can the total impervious surface, including those areas affected by this provision, exceed the maximum impervious allowed in the zoning district as shown in § 21.301.01(c).
      (2)   Development occurring on areas with less than 12% slopes. In those instances where all impervious surfaces on lots with steep slopes are located in an area of the lot with slopes of less than 12%, and surface water runoff from impervious surface is directed away from steep slopes and into a public storm sewer or public or approved BMP, the restrictions of this § 21.303.04 do not apply.
      (3)   Mitigation. When the City Council grants relief from the requirements of this section by granting of a variance, approval of a Planned Development (PD) Overlay District, approval of a conditional use permit for a Neighborhood Unit Development or other action, the City Council may require mitigation of the effects of surface runoff on steep slopes by any reasonable method, including but not limited to:
         (i)   Trees. The City Council may require applicants to plant additional trees to intercept rainwater on open portions of the lot. Any overstory tree of two and one-half caliper inches or greater or any evergreen tree of six feet or more feet in height at the time of planting qualify as meeting this requirement. This provision is not required for any lot which has more than one tree of qualifying size (but not species) for each 3,000 square feet of lot area;
         (ii)   Redirection of surface water. The City Council may require applicants to redirect surface water runoff away from steep slopes by the provision of gutters and downspouts, reorientation of roof slopes, regrading and/or installation of an approved private storm sewer system; and
         (iii)   Removal of existing impervious surfaces. The City Council may require the removal of certain existing impervious surfaces which will reduce surface water runoff. This requirement may include replacement of impervious plastic sheeting under landscaping materials with permeable landscaping membrane, replacement of parking areas (other than in driveways) with permeable surfaces, or removal of any impermeable surface which is in violation of any of the provisions of this code.
(Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.304.01 TITLE.

   This Chapter 21, Article III, Division D of the city code shall be known as the "sign code."
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.02 FINDINGS, PURPOSES, AND INTENT.

   (a)   Findings. The City Council finds it necessary for the promotion and preservation of the public health, safety, welfare, and aesthetics of the community that the construction, location, size, conspicuity, brightness, legibility, operational characteristics, and maintenance of signs be controlled and regulated, based on the following findings:
      (1)   Exterior signs substantially impact the character and quality of the environment;
      (2)   Signs provide an important medium through which individuals may convey various messages;
      (3)   Signs can create safety hazards that threaten the public health, safety, or welfare. Such a safety threat is particularly great for signs that are structurally inadequate, or that may confuse or distract the traveling public, or that may interfere with official traffic, directional, or warning signs;
      (4)   Signs can also threaten the public welfare by creating aesthetic concerns connected to an accumulation of signs resulting in visual clutter, the spoiling of vistas or views, general harm to the physical environment, or an increase of commercialism in noncommercial areas;
      (5)   The ability to erect signs serving certain functions, such as an address sign or a sign announcing that the property on which it sits is for sale or lease or a sign used to indicate the availability of areas for public use, is an integral part of nearly every property owner's ability to realize fundamental attributes of property ownership. The same cannot be said of signs serving other functions, such as off-premises advertising signs erected to be visible from public rights-of-way. Such signs are primarily designed to take advantage of an audience drawn to that location by the public's substantial investment in public rights-of-way and other public property; and
      (6)   The city's land use regulations have included the regulation of signs in an effort to foster adequate information and means of expression, and to promote the economic viability of the community, while protecting the city and its residents from a proliferation of signs of a type, size, location, and character that would adversely impact the physical environment of the community or threaten the health, safety, or welfare of the community. The appropriate regulation of the physical characteristics of signs in the city and other communities positively impacts the community's safety and appearance.
   (b)   Purposes and intent. The City Council intends by this sign code to establish a legal framework for sign regulation in the city. The regulations included in this sign code are intended to facilitate an easy and agreeable communication while protecting and promoting the public health, safety, welfare, and physical environment of the community. It is neither the purpose nor intent of this sign code to prefer or favor commercial messages or speech over noncommercial messages or speech or to discriminate between types of noncommercial speech or the ideas, subjects, messages, or viewpoints represented therein.
   Therefore, the purposes of the sign regulations promulgated in this sign code are:
      (1)   To eliminate potential hazards to people using the public streets, sidewalks, and public right-of-way;
      (2)   To safeguard and enhance property values;
      (3)   To control nuisances;
      (4)   To protect government investments in public buildings, streets, sidewalks, traffic control and utility devices, parks, and open spaces;
      (5)   To preserve and improve the appearance of the city through adherence to aesthetic principles, to create a community that is attractive to people who come to live, visit, work or trade;
      (6)   To prevent excessive and confusing sign displays;
      (7)   To implement the city's Comprehensive Plan;
      (8)   To encourage signs that, by design, are integrated and harmonious with the surrounding environment and the buildings and sites they occupy;
      (9)   To recognize the constitutional right of residents, businesses, institutions, and other users to freedom of expression through signage by providing a fair, equitable, and predictable regulatory framework for signage; and
      (10)   To promote public health, safety, and general welfare.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.03 APPLICABILITY OF REGULATIONS.

   (a)   The requirements, conditions, prohibitions, and exceptions specified in this sign code apply to all signs and sign structures in all zoning districts within the city, unless exempted by § 21.304.10.
   (b)   No sign or sign structure, or part thereof, may be constructed, erected, converted, enlarged, extended, expanded, reconstructed, or relocated except in conformity with the regulations of this sign code.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.04 SUBSTITUTION.

   The owner of any sign otherwise allowed by this sign code may substitute noncommercial speech in addition to or in place of any other commercial or noncommercial speech without any additional approval or permitting subject to the regulations set forth herein. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any inadvertent favoring of commercial speech or message over noncommercial speech or message. This provision prevails over any more specific provision to the contrary.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.05 SEVERABILITY.

   (a)   Subject to subsection (b) below, if any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word of this sign code is for any reason held invalid, such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this sign code. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted the sign code in each section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or word thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses, phrases, or words be declared invalid.
   (b)   If one or more required findings for the approval of sign variance applications under § 21.304.24(h) is for any reason held invalid, or if one or more required findings for the approval of variance applications in § 21.501.10 is for any reason held invalid, then notwithstanding subsection (a) above, such invalidation shall cause § 21.304.24(h) as a whole to be invalid until amended, but shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of the sign code. The City Council declares that, if one or more of its variance criteria are invalid, it would have adopted the standard or requirement from which a variance was sought without causing variances to become easier to obtain.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.304.06 CONSTRUCTION OF LANGUAGE.

   The language of this sign code must be interpreted in accordance with the following regulations:
   (a)   The particular controls the general.
   (b)   In the case of any difference of meaning or implication between the text of this sign code and any illustration or diagram, the text controls.
   (c)   The word "shall" is always mandatory and not discretionary. The word "may" is permissive.
   (d)   Words used in the present tense include the future; and words used in the singular number include the plural, and the plural the singular, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
   (e)   A "building" or "structure" includes any part thereof.
   (f)   The phrase "used for" includes "arranged for," "designed for," "intended for," "maintained for" or "occupied for."
   (g)   Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, where a regulation involves two or more items, conditions, provisions, or events connected by the conjunction "and," "or," or "either...or," the conjunction must be interpreted as follows:
      (1)   "And" indicates that all the connected items, conditions, provisions, or events must apply;
      (2)   "Or" indicates that the connected items, conditions, provisions, or events may apply singly or in any combination; and
      (3)   "Either...or" indicates that all the connected items, conditions, provisions, or events must apply singly but not in combination.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.07 DEFINITIONS.

   When used in this sign code, the following words and terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Other words and terms not defined in this section may be defined in § 21.601.
   A-FRAME SIGN. A double-faced temporary sign that is comprised of two sign boards attached at the top and separate at the bottom, not permanently attached to the ground.
   ABANDONED SIGN. For a period of more than one year, a sign that does not have a sign face, a sign that has a sign face that is blank or illegible, or a sign that refers to a use that no longer occupies the site or a portion thereof.
   ACCESS DOOR SIGN. A sign placed on or near an accessory door, typically used to identify a secondary building access point.
   ADVERTISING SIGN. A sign that displays commercial speech to direct attention to a business, profession, commodity, service, or entertainment for business purposes.
   AWNING SIGN. A building sign or graphic printed on or attached directly to an awning. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   BALLOON SIGN. A temporary sign consisting of a bag made of lightweight material supported by helium or hot or pressurized air, and greater than 24 inches in diameter. Inflatables are considered BALLOON SIGNS.
   BANNER. Any temporary sign of lightweight fabric or similar material mounted to a pole or a building at one or more edges. Flags, as defined herein, shall not be considered BANNERS. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   BILLBOARD. An outdoor, off-site advertising sign with a sign area greater than 150 square feet.
   BUILDING MARKER. A small sign cut into building masonry or inlaid as part of a building's surface, typically used to identify the name of a building or date of its construction.
   BUILDING SIGN. A sign attached to or supported by any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.
   CABINET SIGN. A sign that is not of channel construction.
   CANOPY SIGN. A building sign or graphic printed on or in some fashion attached directly to a canopy. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   CHANGEABLE COPY SIGN. A sign or portion thereof which has a readerboard for the display of text information in which each alphanumeric character, graphic or symbol is defined by objects, not consisting of an illumination device, and may be changed or re-arranged manually or mechanically with characters, letters or illustrations that can be changed or rearranged without altering the face or the surface of the sign.
   CHANNEL CONSTRUCTION. Individually shaped three dimensional letters and symbols that are arranged to form a sign.
   COMMERCIAL MERCHANDISE. A product in regular production that is sold in substantial quantities to the general public or industry at market prices.
   COMMERCIAL SPEECH. Any sign text, wording, logo, or other representation that directs attention to a business, profession, commodity, service, or entertainment for business purposes.
   COMPREHENSIVE SIGN PLAN. A sign criteria plan for a multi-tenant building to be established at the discretion of property owner(s) or their authorized representative(s), which may include the following components related to signage: height, location, size, number, construction type, and/or materials.
   DEVELOPMENT SITE. Commercial property, industrial property, multi-family residential property, or a single-family residential property of six or more single-family residential lots.
   DIRECTIONAL SIGN. A sign which serves solely to designate the direction of any place or area and is located on the same lot as said place or area. Examples include "entrance" and "exit" signs.
   DWELL TIME. The time that elapses between changes in the text, images, or graphics on an electronic sign display.
   DYNAMIC DISPLAY. Any characteristics of a sign that appear to have movement or change, caused by any method other than physically removing and replacing the sign face or sign structure, whether the apparent movement or change is in the display, the sign structure itself, or any other component of the sign. This includes ELECTRONIC SIGNS that incorporate a technology or method allowing the sign face to change the image without having to physically or mechanically replace the sign face or its components.
   ELECTRONIC SIGN. Any type of electronic display board, electronic message board, digital, LED, programmable ink, or other sign capable of displaying words, pictures, symbols, or images, including, but not limited to, any electronic laser, digital, or projected images display, that can be changed electronically or manually by remote or automatic means.
   ELEVATION. The view of the side, front or rear of a given structure.
   ELEVATION AREA. The area of all walls that face any lot line.
   ERECT. The activity of constructing, building, raising, assembling, placing, affixing, attaching, creating, painting, drawing or any other way of bringing into being or establishing.
   EVENTS. Public or private occasions that attract gatherings of people, such as parades, concerts, festivals, open houses, races, circuses, fairs, athletic events, or celebrity appearances.
   FLAG. Any fabric or similar lightweight material attached at one end of the material, usually to a staff or pole, to allow movement of the material by atmospheric changes.
   FLAG, COMMERCIAL. A flag that displays commercial speech.
   FLAG, NONCOMMERCIAL. A flag that is not a commercial flag.
   FLASHING SIGN. A directly or indirectly illuminated sign or portion thereof that exhibits changing light or color effect by any means, to provide intermittent illumination that changes light intensity in sudden transitory bursts and creates the illusion of intermittent flashing light by streaming, graphic bursts showing movement or any mode of lighting which resembles zooming, twinkling, or sparkling.
   FREESTANDING SIGN. A sign with supporting framework placed on, or anchored in, the ground and which is independent from any building or other structure.
   FRONTAGE, BUILDING. The linear distance of the side of a building measured on a per elevation basis.
   FRONTAGE, LOT. The line of contact of a property with the public right-of-way.
   GRADE. The final ground elevation after construction. Earth mounding criteria for landscaping and screening is not part of the grade for sign height computation. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations.
   GRAVE MARKER. A sign made of stone or masonry and located in a cemetery.
   GOVERNMENT SIGN. A sign that is constructed, placed, or maintained by the federal, state, or local government to carry out an official duty or responsibility, or a sign that is required to be constructed, placed, or maintained by a federal, state, or local government either directly or to enforce a property owner's rights. GOVERNMENT SIGNS do not include signs for events hosted by a government unless it is related to an official duty like voting.
   HISTORICAL OR LANDMARK MARKER. A sign constructed in close proximity to a historic place, object, building, or other landmark recognized by an official historical resources entity, where the sign is constructed by or on behalf of the owner of the historic property.
   HOME-BASED SALE. The sale of handmade goods by one or more persons made by a person residing at the premises of the sale, or the sale of personal goods no longer needed by one or more persons, which must include the sale of personal goods of a person residing at or formerly residing at the premises of the sale. HOME-BASED SALES do not include the sale of commercial merchandise.
   IDENTIFICATION SIGN. A sign intended to announce or promote the use, activity, service, or business on the same lot or site.
   ILLUMINATED SIGN. A sign which contains an internal element designed to emanate artificial light, or a sign that is illuminated by an external source of artificial light.
   INCIDENTAL SIGN. A sign that has a purpose secondary to the use of the lot on which it is located, such as "telephone," "cash machine," "air" and other similar directives. See also DIRECTIONAL SIGN.
   INTERIOR SIGN. A sign erected and maintained inside of a building and not visible outside of the building, including, but not limited to a sign attached to or painted on the inside of windows.
   LEGALLY ESTABLISHED NONCONFORMING SIGN. A nonconforming sign or sign structure lawfully erected prior to the effective date of a city code amendment causing the sign to be a nonconforming sign.
   LIGHT POLE SIGN. A sign mounted on arms affixed to a light or other decorative pole commonly used to enhance campus identity and visual character.
   LOGO. A graphic depiction of any brand name, trademark, distinctive symbol or other similar device or thing, typically used to identify a particular business, institution, activity, place, person, product, or service.
   MONUMENT SIGN. A freestanding sign with its sign face mounted on the ground or mounted on a base that is at minimum 75% as wide as the sign it supports. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   MULTI-TENANT SITE. Any site which has more than one tenant, and each tenant has a separate ground level exterior public entrance.
   MULTI-UNIT SITE. Any site that has more than one unit for a tenant or owner, each of which is approved for separate human occupation.
   NEIGHBORHOOD SIGN. A monument sign located near the entrance to a residential subdivision, typically used to identify the name of the residential subdivision.
   NONCOMMERCIAL SPEECH. Speech that is not COMMERCIAL SPEECH.
   NONCONFORMING SIGN. A sign that does not comply with this sign code.
   OFF-SITE ADVERTISING SIGN. An advertising sign used to identify a product, service, brand, business, or activity not regularly sold, located, or conducted on the site where the sign is located.
   ON-SITE ADVERTISING SIGN. An advertising sign used to identify a product, service, brand, business, or activity sold, located, or conducted on the site where the sign is located. A sponsorship agreement does not qualify a sign as an ON-SITE SIGN.
   OPAQUE SIGN FACE. The non-transparent face for an internally illuminated sign. Illumination shall be emitted only for the name, trademark, logo, distinctive symbol or other similar device, thing or text used to identify a particular business, institution, activity, place, person, product, or service.
   PARAPET (WALL). The portion of the building wall that rises above the roof level.
   PERMANENT SIGN. A non-temporary sign designed and intended for long-term use.
   PORTABLE SIGN. A sign which is manifestly designed to be transported, including by trailer or on its wheels, even though the wheels of such sign may be removed, and the remaining chassis or support is converted to another sign or attached temporarily or permanently to the ground since this characteristic is based on the design of such a sign. Banners attached to a building, a permanent sign, a permanent sign pole, or a pole mounted in the ground are not PORTABLE SIGNS. A-FRAME SIGNS are not PORTABLE SIGNS if anchored into the ground.
   PROJECTING SIGN. A sign affixed to a building or wall in such a manner that its leading edge extends more than two feet beyond the surface or such building or wall face. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   PUBLIC BUILDING. A nonresidential building owned by any governmental agency, which is primarily used for public or governmental purposes.
   PUBLIC SIGN. A sign erected, constructed, or placed within the public right-of-way or on public property by or with the approval of the governmental agency having authority over, control of, or ownership of the right-of-way or public property.
   PUBLIC UTILITY SIGN. A sign constructed or placed by a public utility on or adjacent to a pole, pipe, or distribution facility of the utility and within the public right-of-way or utility easement.
   PUMP ISLAND SIGN. A sign either affixed directly to a gasoline pump or otherwise attached to the pump or pump island.
   PYLON SIGN. A freestanding sign which has its supportive structure(s) anchored in the ground and which has a sign face elevated above ground level by pole(s) or beam(s) and with the area below the sign face open. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   PYROTECHNICS. Fireworks or similar devices that ignite a combustible substance or produce an explosion.
   REAL ESTATE SALE. The act of holding real property or any portion thereof, including dwelling units located thereon, out for sale or lease.
   ROOF. The exterior surface and its supporting structure on the top of a building or structure. The structural make-up of which conforms to the roof structures, roof construction and roof covering sections of the Minnesota State Building Code.
   ROOF LINE. The upper-most edge of the roof or, in the case of an extended facade or parapet, the upper-most height of said facade.
   ROOF SIGN. A sign erected and constructed wholly on and above the roof of a building, supported by the roof structure, and extending vertically above the highest portion of the roof. See §21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types. Individual letters mounted on canopies are considered ROOF SIGNS only if they extend above the uppermost roof of the principal building served by the canopy.
   ROOF SIGN, INTEGRAL. A building sign erected or constructed as an integral or essentially integral part of a normal roof structure of any design, so that no part of the sign extends vertically above the highest portion of the roof and so that no part of the sign is separated from the rest of the roof by a space of more than six inches. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   ROTATING SIGN. A sign or portion of a sign which in any physical part or in total turns about on an axis, rotates, revolves or is otherwise in motion, including without limitation a multi-vision sign.
   SERVICE AREA CANOPY. Any structural protective cover that is not enclosed on any of its four sides and is provided for the service area designated for the dispensing or installation of gasoline, oil, antifreeze, headlights, wiper blades and other similar products and the performance of minor services for customers as related to said dispensing or installation.
   SERVICE AREA CANOPY SIGN. A sign that is part of or attached to the service area canopy. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   SHIMMERING SIGNS. A sign that reflects an oscillating or distorted visual image.
   SIGN. A display, illustration, structure, or device with a visual display designed to identify, announce, direct, or inform. The scope of the term SIGN does not depend on the content of the message, the ideas expressed, or the image being conveyed.
   SIGN FACE. The surface of the sign upon, against or through which the sign's message is exhibited.
   SIGN HEIGHT. Computed as the vertical distance measured from the base of the sign at natural grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign. See § 21.304.08(d) for graphic illustration.
   SIGN STRUCTURE. Any structure, including the supports, uprights, bracing and framework which supports a sign.
   STRINGER. A line of string, rope, cording or an equivalent to which is attached a number of pennants.
   SUSPENDED SIGN. A building sign that is suspended from the underside of a horizontal plane surface and is connected to this surface. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   TEMPORARY SIGN. A sign or sign structure that is not permanently affixed or installed and is intended to be displayed for a limited time period only.
   TOTAL SITE SIGNAGE. The maximum permitted combined area of all freestanding and building signs allowed on a specific property.
   TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE. A sign or flagger, signal, marking, or other device used to regulate, warn or guide traffic, placed on, over, or adjacent to a street, highway, private road open to public travel, pedestrian facility, or shared-use path by authority of a public agency or official having jurisdiction, or, in the case of a private road open to public travel, by authority of the private owner or private official having jurisdiction.
   UNLAWFUL SIGN. A sign not erected in conformance with this sign code, or a sign that does not conform to the regulations of this sign code and is not a legally established nonconforming sign.
   VEHICLE SIGN. Any sign painted, placed on, attached or affixed to a trailer, watercraft, truck, automobile, or other form of motor vehicle so parked or placed so that the sign thereon is discernable from a public street or right-of-way as a means of communication and which by its location, size and manner of display is reasonably calculated to exhibit commercial speech identifying an on-site business or supplying directional information to an off-site business. A VEHICLE SIGN may be so defined when on a vehicle that functions primarily as a sign rather than as a transportation device, as determined by consideration of any combination of the following factors:
      (A)   The absence of a current, lawful license plate affixed to the vehicle on which the sign is displayed;
      (B)   The vehicle on which the sign is displayed is inoperable as defined by this city code;
      (C)   The vehicle on which the sign is displayed is not parked in a lawful or authorized location or is on blocks or other supports or is parked in a manner that is not in conformity with the identified parking space on the lot;
      (D)   The vehicle on which the sign is displayed is not regularly used for transportation associated with the use it advertises;
      (E)   The vehicle remains parked on the premises after normal business hours when customers and employees are not normally present on the premises; or
      (F)   The vehicle remains parked in the same vicinity on the property in a location which maximizes its visibility from the public street or right-of-way on a regular basis.
   VIDEO SIGN. A sign that displays its contents in both a horizontal and vertical format (as opposed to linear), through the use of pixel and sub-pixel technology, having the capacity to create continuously changing sign copy in a full spectrum of colors and light intensities. A VIDEO SIGN is not an ELECTRONIC SIGN. VIDEO SIGNS include projected images or messages with these characteristics onto buildings or other objects.
   VISIBLE. Capable of being seen by a person of what is commonly described as 20/20 or “normal visual acuity” (whether legible or not) without visual aid.
   WALL. Any structure that defines the exterior boundaries or courts of a building or structure has a slope of 60 degrees or greater with the horizontal plane.
   WALL GRAPHIC. A graphic image attached to an exterior building wall or window that displays static images with no more than 25% of the graphic area comprised of text or logos. WALL GRAPHICS may be illuminated internally or externally but are not electronic signs.
   WALL SIGN. Any building sign attached parallel to, but within two feet of a wall, painted on the wall surface of, or erected and confined within the limits of an outside wall of any building or structure, which is supported by such wall or building, and which displays only one sign surface. See § 21.304.27 for graphic illustrations of sign types.
   WINDOW SIGN. A building sign or pictures, symbols, or a combination thereof, placed inside a window or upon the window glass or door (including garage doors) and be primarily visible from the building or structure's exterior.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025; Ord. 2025-14, passed 6-30-2025; Ord. 2025-24, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.304.08 COMPUTATIONS.

   (a)   Computation of sign surface area of signs. To compute the area for a sign face, compute by means of the smallest square, circle, rectangle, triangle or combination thereof that will encompass the extreme limits of the copy, representation, emblem or other display, together with any material or color forming an integral part of the background of the display or used to differentiate the sign from the backdrop or structure against which it is placed, but not including any supporting framework, bracing or decorative fence or wall when such fence or wall otherwise meets zoning ordinance regulations and is clearly incidental to the display itself. See the following graphic illustrations:
      (1)   Computation of sign surface area of individual cabinet or panel signs.
 
      (2)   Computation of sign surface area of individual signs of channel construction.
 
      (3)   Computation of sign surface area of individual letters mounted on a backer panel.
 
   (b)   Computation of sign surface area of multifaceted signs. The sign surface area for a sign with more than one face is computed by adding together the sign surface area of all sign faces visible from any one point. When two identical sign faces are placed back-to-back, or at an angle no greater than 15 degrees from one another, so that both faces cannot be viewed from any point at once, and when such sign faces are part of the same sign structure and are not more than 48 inches apart, the sign surface area is computed by the measurement of one of the faces.
   (c)   Computation of sign surface area of awning or canopy signs. The area for an awning or canopy sign is computed by means of the smallest square, circle, rectangle, or combination thereof that will encompass the extreme limits of the copy, representation, emblem, or other display, together with any material or color forming an integral part of the background of the display or used to differentiate the sign from the backdrop. The entire awning or canopy face is not considered to be an integral part of the background, as shown in this graphic illustration:
 
   (d)   Sign height. The height of the sign is computed as the distance from the base of the sign or sign structure at grade to the top of the highest attached component of the sign. Earth mounding inconsistent with the final grade of the land surrounding the sign structure that increases the elevation of the sign is included in the measurement of the sign height, as shown in this graphic illustration:
 
   (e)   Lot frontage measurement. For the purposes of determining allowances for freestanding signage, lot frontage for lot lines along a street that do not meet at a 90-degree angle or meet along a curve will be calculated as if they extended to a natural point of intersection at a 90-degree angle, as shown in this graphic illustration:
 
   (f)   Building frontage measurement. For the purposes of determining allowances for building signage, building frontage for uniquely shaped buildings will be calculated as shown in the following graphic illustrations:
 
 
 
 
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.304.09 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS.

   (a)   Consent of property owner.
      (1)   No person may erect, place, use or permit the use of any permanent sign or sign structure on private or public property without the property owner or authorized representative's written consent.
      (2)   No person may construct, erect, place, use, or permit the use of any temporary sign on private or public property without the property owner or authorized representative's written consent.
   (b)   Required permits. Any sign not exempted from the requirements of obtaining a sign permit by § 21.304.12 must obtain a sign permit pursuant to §§ 14.553 and 14.554.
   (c)   Sites with unlawful signs. No person may erect or construct a sign on a site that contains unlawful signs.
   (d)   Signs not to be a traffic hazard. No sign that obstructs clear vision of persons using the streets, or may be confused with any traffic control sign, signal, or device may be installed.
   (e)   Pedestrian clearance. Any sign which projects over a sidewalk or other pedestrian way must have a minimum clearance of eight feet above ground level.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.10 EXEMPT SIGNS.

   The following signs are exempt from the regulations of this sign code:
   (a)   Building address numbers as required in Chapter 17 of the city code.
   (b)   Grave markers.
   (c)   Interior signs.
   (d)   Temporary decorations, rope lights, string lights, or mini-lights.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.11 PROHIBITED SIGNS.

   (a)   Findings. The City Council makes the following findings regarding the need to prohibit certain signs in all zoning districts:
      (1)   The placement and accumulation of temporary and permanent signs in public rights-of-way, on traffic and utility devices, and upon the public sidewalks or sidewalk easements can present dangerous conditions to free and safe pedestrian and vehicular traffic flow. Such areas should be reserved for government signs, public signs, public utility signs, and traffic control devices to ensure safe traffic flow;
      (2)   The accumulation of signs on publicly-owned property and buildings present an intrusion and blight on public property that interferes with and diminishes the purpose for which the public space has been reserved and disrupts the aesthetic qualities of such property;
      (3)   The placement and accumulation of signs on such natural features as trees, shrubs and rocks degrade the aesthetic qualities of such features;
      (4)   The experience of this and surrounding communities establishes the unsightly visual clutter caused by portable signs. Such portable signs also present unique safety problems. Their lightweight design and common placement along streets and sidewalks present hazards to the safe use of public streets and sidewalks;
      (5)   Large, temporary, and permanent balloon signs on buildings, roofs and sites present unique aesthetic concerns to the community. The experience of this city in allowing such large balloon signs temporarily in the past is that it has not achieved the aesthetic goals of the City Council. The balloons have been commonly thought to be obtrusive and have resulted in commercial enterprises exceeding the prescribed signage limits of this sign code; and
      (6)   The installation and maintenance of roof signs can negatively affect roofing materials. Roof signs may also be unwarranted and unsightly additions to the overall clutter of streets and thoroughfares.
   (b)   Prohibited signs. The following signs are prohibited in all sign districts:
      (1)   Signs or sign structures, whether temporary or permanent, placed on or within the public right-of-way, except for government signs, public signs, public utility signs, or traffic control devices, unless expressly permitted in this sign code.
      (2)   Signs or sign structures placed upon any public lighting system, public bridge, public drinking fountain, public emergency response or safety equipment, traffic control device, utility apparatus, public retaining or noise-barrier wall, or public fence, unless the sign is a government sign, public sign, or public utility sign.
      (3)   Signs or sign structures that prevent a person operating a vehicle from having a clear and unobstructed view of any official traffic control device or approaching or merging traffic.
      (4)   Signs or sign structures that attempt or appear to attempt to direct the movement of traffic, or which imitate, resemble, or interfere with or obstruct the view of a traffic control device.
      (5)   Signs that display any rotating beam, beacon or flashing illumination resembling any emergency light, unless the sign is a government sign, public sign, public utility sign, or traffic control device.
      (6)   Signs or sign structures greater than three feet in height and located in the clear view triangle area, as defined in § 21.601, or otherwise located in such a manner as to materially impede the view of any street or highway intersection or in such a manner as to materially impede the view of the intersection of a street or highway with a railroad crossing.
      (7)   Signs or sign structures located in a manner that could impede traffic on any street, alley, sidewalk, bikeway, trail, or other pedestrian or vehicular travel way.
      (8)   Signs painted on, attached to, or maintained upon trees, shrubs, rocks, or other natural features.
      (9)   Signs that fluctuate in light intensity or use intermittent, strobe, or moving lights that do not fall under the definition of video signs, electronic changeable copy signs, or electronic graphic display signs.
      (10)   Abandoned signs.
      (11)   Balloon signs.
      (12)   Flashing signs.
      (13)   Off-site advertising signs, unless expressly allowed by this sign code.
      (14)   Reserved.
      (15)   Shimmering signs.
      (16)   Rotating signs.
      (17)   Portable signs, unless expressly allowed by this sign code.
      (18)   Vehicle signs.
      (19)   Unlawful signs.
   (c)   Any sign erected that is not identified as a permitted sign by this sign code or any sign located in a sign district where the sign is not permitted by this sign code is prohibited.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.304.12 REGULATED SIGNS EXEMPT FROM OBTAINING A PERMIT.

   (a)   The City Council finds that allocating public funds and staff resources to those signs that present the most public safety and aesthetic problems will better achieve the overall purposes of this sign code. Requiring a permit for every type of sign in the city would unduly tax staff resources, thus diluting the overall enforcement of this sign code. Therefore, the City Council finds that the following sign types shall be regulated pursuant to this sign code but shall be exempt from the requirement of obtaining a sign permit and from the payment of a permit fee, provided the sign meets all other applicable requirements of this sign code. These exemptions do not override any more restrictive terms in contracts or leases between owners and tenants or between common-interest communities and owners, tenants, members, or occupants.
      (1)   Access door signs. One sign, two square feet or less in area, is allowed per door.
      (2)   Balloons 24 inches or less in diameter.
      (3)   Flags:
         (A)   Noncommercial flags. Up to three noncommercial flags are allowed per lot or site. Additional noncommercial flags are allowed at a rate of three flags per acre in lot or site area above one acre rounded down to the nearest acre.
         (B)   Commercial flags. Two commercial flags per site, provided:
            (i)   The lot or site must be at least three acres (130,680 square feet) in area to have commercial flags; and
            (ii)   Each commercial flag must not exceed 25 square feet each in area.
         (C)   Flagpoles. Flagpoles must be no taller than 12 feet above the highest outside wall of the tallest building on the lot or site, maintain a side and rear yard setback not less than the height of the flagpole, and be setback a minimum of 15 feet from any public right-of-way.
         (D)   Illumination. Flags may be illuminated by a light source placed below the flag, providing all flag lighting complies with § 21.301.07.
      (4)   Temporary signs exempt from permit requirement by § 21.304.13(b).
      (5)   Government signs.
      (6)   Handheld signs held or located outside of the public right-of-way.
      (7)   Historical or landmark markers, up to a maximum of 20 square feet in area.
      (8)   Public signs.
      (9)   Public utility signs.
      (10)   Signs that exclusively express noncommercial speech, subject to the following:
         (A)   Residential lots or sites. Residential lots or sites are allowed a maximum number of three signs per lot or site, except that one unit in a multi-unit site is also allowed that number of signs. Each sign may be a maximum of six square feet in area and a maximum height of four feet.
         (B)   Nonresidential lots or sites. Nonresidential lots or sites are allowed a maximum number of three signs per lot or site. Each sign may be a maximum of six square feet in area and a maximum of four feet in height.
         (C)   Election period exemption. Notwithstanding any provision of this sign code, noncommercial signs of any size in any number may be posted as follows:
            (i)   For state general election years, beginning 46 days prior to the state primary date, until ten days following the state general election.
            (ii)   For years other than state general election years in which elections (including any primaries or votes on ballot questions) are scheduled, beginning 46 days prior to the election, until ten days following the election date.
            (iii)   At all other times, the provisions of this sign code regulate the size and number of noncommercial signs.
      (11)   Traffic control devices.
      (12)   Directional and incidental signs. Directional and incidental signs are exempt from the permit requirement, subject to the following:
         (A)   Size. Signs may not exceed 12 square feet when freestanding or when mounted on a building, except in the Class IV Sign District, where directional and incidental signs may not exceed 20 square feet.
         (B)   Height. Signs may not exceed six feet in height when freestanding and 12 feet in height when mounted on a building.
         (C)   Location. Freestanding signs must be set back a minimum of ten feet from public streets or right-of-way and five feet from side and rear lot lines.
         (D)   Identification. Business, project, or site identification as part of a directional or incidental sign must not exceed two square feet.
      (13)   Window signs consistent with the standards specified in § 21.304.17.
      (14)   One sign, not exceeding one and one-half square feet in area, for each residential building, located at least ten feet from any public right-of-way. This type of sign is typically used as a residential name plate or to identify a home business.
      (15)   Signs located within a sports stadium or athletic field, or other outdoor assembly area which are intended for viewing by persons within the facility. The signs must be placed to be oriented towards the interior of the facility and the viewing stands.
      (16)   Signs displayed on a bus or light rail vehicle owned by a public transit agency.
      (17)   Signs not visible from the public right-of-way or private streets.
      (18)   One sign, not exceeding one square foot in total sign area, located at least ten feet from any public right-of-way. This type of sign is typically used as a sign to announce a home security system or feature.
      (19)   Pump island signs up to a maximum of two square feet in area.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-36, passed 12-2-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.304.13 TEMPORARY SIGNS.

   (a)   General regulations. Temporary signs may be erected and maintained in the city only in compliance with this sign code, and with the following additional provisions:
      (1)   Hazard. No temporary sign shall be erected or maintained which constitutes a hazard to the public, by reason of its size, location, or construction.
      (2)   Installation and attachment. A temporary sign must be installed on the site or attached and constructed in a manner that both prevents the sign from being blown from its location and allows for the easy removal of the sign by authorized persons.
      (3)   Illumination. Temporary signs may not be illuminated, except when otherwise illuminated by permanent approved site lighting compliant with § 21.301.07 or for the following temporary sign types:
         (A)   Noncommercial speech sign for events.
   (b)   Temporary signs exempt from permit requirement. The following temporary signs shall be allowed on a lot or site without a permit, provided the temporary sign meets the following standards and all other applicable requirements of this sign code:
Temporary Sign Type
Maximum Number
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Height
(when freestandi ng)
Maximum Area
Maximum Duration
Along Public Streets
Side or Rear Yard
Temporary Sign Type
Maximum Number
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Height
(when freestandi ng)
Maximum Area
Maximum Duration
Along Public Streets
Side or Rear Yard
Noncommercial speech sign
(including for announcements of exhibits/awards and at places of assembly, schools, parks, or other public buildings)
On site1
N/A
15 feet
5 feet
8 feet
64 sq. ft. per street frontage
60 days per year, not to exceed 12 occasions per site
Off site2
N/A
15 feet
5 feet
3 feet
12 sq. ft. per street frontage
4 occasions per year and 14 days per occasion
Sign during construction on a development site
N/A
15 feet3
5 feet
8 feet
32 sq. ft. per street frontage for residential districts and 64 sq. ft. per street frontage for other districts
May be erected upon issuance of building permit and must be removed 10 days after issuance of temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy
Sign during home construction or improvement
1
10 feet
5 feet
4 feet
6 sq. ft.
Must be removed upon approval of final inspection or when project is substantially complete, but in no event longer than 90 days from start of construction
Sign during home-based sales4
(on or off site)
2 per street frontage, up to maximum of 4 total signs
5 feet
5 feet
3 feet
6 sq. ft.
7 days per home-based sale
Sign during real estate sales (single or two-family residential)
On site
1 per street frontage, up to maximum of 2
10 feet
5 feet
6 feet
10 sq. ft.
Must be removed no later than 7 days after a property sale closing or when dwelling units are no longer for lease
Off site5
2 per street frontage, up to maximum of 4
5 feet
5 feet
3 feet
6 sq. ft.
Must be removed once the sales agent is no longer present on the lot subject to the real estate sale
Sign during real estate sales
(all other uses)
1 per street frontage
15 feet
5 feet
8 feet6
16 sq. ft. or 32 sq. ft. when adjacent to I-35W, I-494, and TH-77
Must be removed 7 days after site sale closing or when dwelling units or tenant space is no longer for lease on the site
Sign for a new multi-family residential
(building sign only)
1 per street frontage
N/A
N/A
N/A7
100 sq. ft.
Must be removed within two years after the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the new building
Sign on property with commercial or industrial uses presenting employment opportunities
1 per street frontage
15 feet
5 feet
6 feet
16 sq. ft. when freestanding or 64 sq. ft. when on a building
Must be removed when employment opportunities are no longer available
Sign on undeveloped site after approval of future development granted by City Council, Planning Commission, or Planning Manager
(development sites only)
1 per street frontage
15 feet
5 feet
6 feet in residential districts and 15 feet in all other districts
32 sq. ft. or 64 sq. ft. when adjacent to I-35W, I-494, and TH-77
May be erected on the date of development approval and must be removed 10 days after the issuance of the first temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy
Signs for farmers market or arts and crafts festivals
On site
2 per street frontage
5 feet
5 feet
8 feet
64 sq. ft. per street frontage
May be erected 24 hours prior to operation and must be removed within 3 hours after closure
On-site vendor sign
(located in vendor area)
1 sign per vendor
5 feet
5 feet
4 feet
20 sq. ft.
Off site8
2 per street frontage up to a maximum of 4
5 feet
5 feet
3 feet
6 sq. ft.
Table Notes
1)   One unit in multi-unit sites is also allowed a maximum of 64 square feet of signage per street frontage.
2)   Off-site temporary noncommercial speech signs for events may only be erected with the permission of the property owner or tenant.
3)   A temporary sign during construction on a development site that is attached to an approved construction fence is exempt from the required setback along a public street, but must not be located in the public right-of-way.
4)   Any temporary sign for a home-based sale that is installed off-site may only be erected with the permission of the property owner.
5)   Off-site temporary signs for real estate sales may only be erected with the permission of the property owner and while a sales agent is present on the lot subject to the real estate sale.
6)   A temporary sign for real estate sales for all uses other than single and two-family residential uses that is otherwise compliant with this section may be attached to an existing freestanding sign located on the site that is for sale or lease.
7)   A temporary sign for a new multi-family residential use must be attached to the building. Freestanding signs are not permitted for this temporary sign type.
8)   Off-site signs for a farmers market or arts and crafts festival may only be erected with the permission of the property owner.
 
   (c)   Temporary signs during commercial promotions; permit required. The City Council finds that many businesses have temporary promotions during the year that last for a limited time, and that businesses typically use temporary signage to communicate these temporary promotions to the public. The City Council further finds that, if left entirely unregulated, signs posted during temporary promotions could remain in place indefinitely or perform functions better performed by permanent signage. The following regulations have been formulated to address the need for temporary signs in connection with temporary commercial promotions. All temporary signage regulated by this subsection is subject to the sign permit requirement of § 14.553.
      (1)   On-site. On-site temporary signs for commercial promotions, including but not limited to banners, freestanding signs, and A-Frame signs, are allowed, subject to the following standards:
 
Number of Building Tenants
Maximum Number
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Height
(when freestandi ng)
Maximum Area
Maximum Duration
Along Public Streets
Side or Rear Yard
1
1 per street frontage
15 feet
5 feet
8 feet
64 sq. ft. per street frontage when freestanding or 64 sq. ft. per tenant when on a building
60 days per calendar year
2-15
2 freestanding signs per street frontage per site and 1 building sign per tenant
90 days per calendar year, with no individual tenant exceeding 60 days per calendar year
16-29
2 freestanding signs per street frontage per site and 1 building sign per tenant
180 days per calendar year, with no individual tenant exceeding 60 days per calendar year
30 or more
2 freestanding signs per street frontage per site and 1 building sign per tenant
240 days per calendar year, with no individual tenant exceeding 60 days per calendar year
 
      (2)   Off-site. Off-site temporary signs for temporary commercial promotions are not permitted.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.304.14 ESTABLISHMENT OF SIGN DISTRICTS.

   General allowances for commercial signage are assigned by sign district. All properties in the city are assigned to a sign district based upon the base zoning designation of the property as shown in the following table:
 
Sign Districts
Zoning Districts
Class I Sign District
R-1 Single-Family Residential District
RS-1 Large Lot Single-Family Residential District
R1-A Restricted Large Lot Single-Family Residential District
SC Conservation District
Class II Sign District
R-3 Townhouse Residential District
R-4 Multiple-Family Residential District
RM-12 Multiple-Family Residential District
RM-24 Multiple-Family Residential District
RM-50 Multiple-Family Residential District
RM-100 Multiple-Family Residential District
RO-24 Residential Office District
B-1 Neighborhood Office District
I-1 Industrial Park District
Class III Sign District
B-2 General Commercial District
C-1 Freeway Office and Service District
C-2 Freeway Commercial District
C-3 Freeway Commercial Center District
C-4 Freeway Office District
CR-1 Regional Commercial District
CO-1 Commercial Office District
CS-0.5 Commercial Service District
CS-1 Commercial Service District
I-2 Limited Industry District
I-3 General Industry District
IP Industrial Park District
FD-2 Freeway Development District
IT Innovation and Technology District
Class IV Sign District
CX-2 Mixed Use District
Class V Sign District
HX-R High Intensity Mixed Use with Residential District
B-4 Neighborhood Commercial Center District
C-5 Freeway Mixed Use District
LX Lindau Mixed Use District
TI Transitional Industrial District
 
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.15 SIGN TYPES ALLOWED BY SIGN DISTRICT.

   (a)   Purpose. The sign type allowance table in this section depicts the types of permanent signs allowed within each sign district.
   (b)   Table key. The following labeling conventions apply to the sign type allowance table in this section.
      (1)   Sign definitions. Sign types are defined in § 21.304.07.
      (2)   Permitted signs. Signs identified in the sign district column with the letter "P" are allowed as permitted signs in the respective sign district.
      (3)   Prohibited signs. Signs not associated with a letter in the sign district are prohibited in that respective sign district.
      (4)   Standards. For ease of reference, sign types for which specific standards apply include a table reference to the applicable code section.
   (c)   Signs allowed by sign district.
Sign Districts
Sign Types
Class I
Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V
Sign Type Standards
Sign Districts
Sign Types
Class I
Class II
Class III
Class IV
Class V
Sign Type Standards
Freestanding Signs
Monument signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Pylon signs
P1
 
Menu boards
P
P
 
Light pole sign
P2
 
Directional/incidental signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Building Signs
Wall signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Projecting signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Suspended signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Awning signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Canopy signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Roof-integral signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Roof signs
P
P
P
 
Service area canopy signs
P3
P
 
Window signs4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
 
Wall graphic
P
 
Directional/incidental signs
P
P
P
P
P
 
Table Notes
1)   Pylon signs are prohibited in the I-2, IP, and IT zoning districts.
2)   Light pole signs are permitted at college campuses and schools (K-12) only.
3)   Service area canopy signs are permitted in the I-1 zoning district only.
4)   Window signs are allowed for retail uses only within a ground-level window.
 
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.304.16 FREESTANDING SIGNS.

   (a)   Applicability. Regulations for freestanding permanent signs are applicable to monument, pylon, incidental, and directional signs as defined in § 21.304.07.
   (b)   General freestanding sign standards.
      (1)   Prohibitions.
         (A)   Clear view triangle. No sign or sign structure taller than three feet in height may be located within a clear view triangle area as defined in § 21.601.
         (B)   Encroachment into public easements. No freestanding sign may encroach into or be located within a public easement of record without written approval from the City Engineer or their designee.
      (2)   Foundation permit. A freestanding sign may require a separate foundation permit when required by the Minnesota State Building Code.
      (3)   Lighting. Lighting integrated into or associated with freestanding signs is subject to standards in §§ 21.304.22 and 21.301.07.
      (4)   Planned developments. When there are multiple contiguous properties within an approved planned development of record, the properties are considered one property for the purposes of freestanding signage allowances. Additional signs may be approved through planned development flexibility as specified in § 21.208.03.
      (5)   Orientation. When a freestanding sign is located at and oriented towards the corner of a site with multiple intersecting street frontages, the property owner may choose to which street the freestanding sign shall be allocated.
   (c)   Monument sign standards. Monument signs must comply with the requirements in the following table according to the sign district in which they are located:
Sign District
Monument Sign Performance Standards
Maximum Number
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Height
Maximum Area per Sign
Along Public Streets
Side or Rear Yard
Sign District
Monument Sign Performance Standards
Maximum Number
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Height
Maximum Area per Sign
Along Public Streets
Side or Rear Yard
Class I
Neighborhood identification sign
2 per neighborhood
15 feet
5 feet
8 feet
40 sq. ft.
Nonresidential use signs
1 per public street frontage
15 feet
5 feet
8 feet
40 sq. ft.
Class II
1 per public street frontage
15 feet
5 feet
8 feet
40 sq. ft. for residential uses, 64 sq. ft. for nonresidential uses
Class III
1 monument or pylon sign per public street frontage
15 feet for signs 8 feet or less in height, 20 feet for signs taller than 8 feet
5 feet
20 feet
(see table note 1)
0.4 sq. ft. of sign area per linear foot of lot frontage, up to a maximum of 150 sq. ft.
(see table notes 2 and 3)
Class IV
1 per public street frontage
20 feet
5 feet
20 feet (see table note 1)
0.5 sq. ft. of sign area per linear foot of lot frontage, up to a maximum of 500 sq. ft.
(see table note 3)
Class V
1 per public or private street frontage
15 feet
5 feet
8 feet
0.4 sq. ft. of sign area per linear foot of lot frontage, up to a maximum of 150 sq. ft.
(see table notes 2 and 3
Table Notes
1)   When located adjacent to and oriented towards I-35W, I-494, and TH-77, the maximum height allowed for a monument sign is 45 feet at sites zoned CR-1, C-2, C-3, or CX-2 and 30 feet at all other sites.
2)   When located adjacent to and oriented towards I-35W, I-494, and TH-77, the maximum area allowed for a monument sign is 200 square feet at sites zoned CR-1, C-2, or C-3.
3)   Each legally permitted monument sign is granted a minimum sign area allowance of 40 square feet irrespective of lot frontage.
 
   (d)   Pylon sign standards. Pylon signs must comply with the requirements in the following table according to the sign district in which they are located:
 
Sign District
Pylon Sign Performance Standards
Maximum Number
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Height
Maximum Area per Sign
Along Public Streets
Side or Rear Yard
Class III
1 monument or pylon sign per public street frontage
15 feet for signs 8 feet or less in height, 20 feet for signs taller than 8 feet
5 feet
20 feet
(see table note 1)
0.35 sq. ft. of sign area per linear foot of lot frontage, up to a maximum of 150 sq. ft.
(see table notes 2 and 3)
Table Notes
1)   When located adjacent to and oriented towards I-35W, I-494, and TH-77, the maximum allowed height for a pylon sign is 45 feet at sites zoned CR-1, C-2, or C3 and 30 feet at all other sites.
2)   When located adjacent to and oriented towards I-35W, I-494, and TH-77, the maximum area allowed for a pylon sign is 200 square feet at sites zoned CR-1, C-2, or C-3.
3)   Each legally permitted pylon sign is granted a minimum sign area allowance of 40 square feet irrespective of lot frontage.
 
   (e)   Menu boards. Menu boards are allowed as part of permitted drive-throughs in addition to the signage allowances in subsections (c) and (d) above, subject to the following standards:
      (1)   Number, size, and height.
         (A)   Primary menu board. One primary menu board up to 36 square feet in area and eight feet in height is allowed per order station.
         (B)   Secondary menu board. One secondary menu board up to 15 square feet in area and six feet in height is allowed per drive-through.
      (2)   Separation from residential. Menu boards must be located at least 75 feet from a property that is zoned and used residentially.
   (f)   Special freestanding sign provisions. The following special freestanding sign provisions are applicable across all sign districts:
      (1)   College campuses and schools (K-12). Freestanding signage allowances at college campuses and schools (K-12) are as follows in place of the sign number, height, and size regulations in subsection (c) above:
         (A)   Primary identification signs. Each college campus or school is permitted one primary identification sign per arterial street frontage, up to 100 square feet in area and 20 feet in height.
         (B)   Secondary identification signs. Each college campus or school is permitted two secondary identification signs up to 50 square feet in area and ten feet in height.
         (C)   Light pole signs. College campuses and schools may erect light pole signs subject to the following standards:
            (i)   Number. The maximum number of light pole signs at a college campus or school site is one per acre, rounded to the nearest acre.
            (ii)   Location. The sign must be located at least 15 feet from public right-of-way and five feet from side or rear lot lines not abutting a street.
            (iii)   Size. The sign must not exceed 20 square feet.
            (iv)   Height. The sign must not exceed a height of 20 feet.
      (2)   High usage parks, playfields, golf courses, and community facilities. Freestanding signage allowances at high usage park sites (Bush Lake Beach, Valley View Playfield, Gene C. Kelly Playfield, Dred Scott Playfield, Moir Park, Mount Normandale Lake Park, and Hyland Regional Park), high school playfields (Jefferson, Kennedy, and Lincoln school fields), golf courses (Dwan, Hyland Greens, and Minnesota Valley), and community facilities (Bloomington Ice Garden, Bloomington Community Health and Wellness Center) are as follows in place of the sign number, height, and size regulations in subsection (c) above:
         (A)   Main freestanding sign. One freestanding sign up to 80 square feet in area is allowed.
         (B)   Additional freestanding signs. For parks, golf courses, and community facilities with more than one public entrance, one additional freestanding sign up to 24 square feet in area is allowed per entrance.
         (C)   Playfield entrance signs. One freestanding sign, either monument or pylon, is permitted at the primary entrances of Jefferson, Kennedy, and Lincoln school fields subject to the following standards:
            (i)   Size. The sign must not exceed 200 square feet.
            (ii)   Height. The sign must not exceed a height of 20 feet.
            (iii)   Setbacks. The freestanding entrance sign must comply with setback requirements in subsection (c) above.
         (D)   Outfield signs and scoreboard signs. Outfield signs and scoreboard signs are permitted at Dred Scott Playfield, Valley View Playfield, Gene C. Kelly Playfield, Smith Park, Jefferson School Field, Kennedy School Field, and Lincoln School Field.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025; Ord. 2025-34, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.304.17 BUILDING SIGNS (WALL, AWNING, CANOPY, PROJECTING, AND THE LIKE).

   (a)   Purpose. Building signs must comply with the following performance standards.
   (b)   Building sign types. Regulations for building signs are applicable to sign types that are permanently affixed to a building including, but not limited to, wall, projecting, suspended, canopy, and awning signs, as defined in § 21.304.07.
   (c)   Basic design elements of building signs.
      (1)   General standards.
         (A)   Building sign number allocation. The number of building signs allocated on a per elevation basis may not be reallocated from one building elevation to another to increase the number of signs on a particular elevation beyond the maximum number allowed in subsection (d) below.
         (B)   Building sign area allocation. Building signage areas allocated on a per elevation basis may not be reallocated from one building elevation to another to increase signage area on a particular elevation beyond the maximum amount allowed in subsection (d) below.
         (C)   Building signs must not extend above the roof or parapet wall line.
         (D)   Illumination. The illumination of building signs is subject to standards in §§ 21.304.22 and 21.301.07.
      (2)   Wall signs.
         (A)   Wall signs must not extend outward more than 24 inches from the building or structure wall.
         (B)   The linear measurement of any wall sign must not exceed 80% of the linear frontage of the applicable facade of the building.
      (3)   Awning signs.
         (A)   The frame for the awning must be non-corrosive galvanized metal or aluminum.
         (B)   Awnings must have a maximum projection of four feet.
      (4)   Projecting and suspended signs.
         (A)   Minimum clearance. Projecting and suspended signs must have a minimum clearance of eight feet above any sidewalk.
      (5)   Roof signs.
         (A)   Maximum height. Roof signs may not extend more than ten feet above the roof of a building and must comply with structure height limits in § 21.301.10.
   (d)   Building sign standards. Building signs must comply with the requirements in the following table according to the sign district in which they are located:
Sign District
Building Sign Standards
Maximum Number of Building Elevations with Signage
Maximum Number of Building Signs Allowed
Maximum Total Area of Allowed Signage per Building Elevation
Sign District
Building Sign Standards
Maximum Number of Building Elevations with Signage
Maximum Number of Building Signs Allowed
Maximum Total Area of Allowed Signage per Building Elevation
Class I
(Building signs are only allowed for multiple-family residential buildings 20 units or greater and nonresidential uses)
1 per public street frontage
3 per building elevation
Residential uses - 40 sq. ft.
Nonresidential uses - 50 sq. ft
Class II
1 per public street frontage
3 per building elevation
Residential uses - 40 sq. ft.
Nonresidential uses - 100 sq. ft.
Class III
4
No limit
1.25 sq. ft. per linear foot of tenant space or building frontage with no individual sign exceeding 250 square feet when visible from and within 250 feet of a dwelling on designated residential property
Class IV (CX-2)
Mixed use center identification sign
4
1 per building elevation
2,500 sq. ft.
Tenant identification signs
4
8 per building elevation
1,000 sq. ft.
Class V
4
Residential uses - 3 per building elevation
Nonresidential uses - No limit
Residential uses - 50 sq. ft.
Nonresidential uses - 1.25 sq. ft. per linear foot of tenant space or building frontage with no individual sign exceeding 250 square feet when visible from and within 250 feet of a dwelling on designated residential property
 
   (e)   Special building sign provisions. The following special building sign provisions are applicable across all sign districts:
      (1)   Window signs. In addition to building signage allowed in subsection (d) above, window signs are allowed for retail uses only within a ground-level window, but limited to a maximum coverage of 25% of any individual window on which they are affixed or installed.
      (2)   Buildings seven stories or greater, nonresidential. Nonresidential buildings that are seven stories or greater in height are limited to three building signs per elevation located above the second story of the building. Building signs are allowed on all building elevations. The maximum total area of allowed building signage per building elevation is two square feet per linear foot of building frontage. No individual building sign may exceed 400 square feet in size.
      (3)   Service area canopy signs. In addition to building signage allowed in subsection (d) above, service area canopies may have two additional signs up to a maximum size of 40 square feet each per service area canopy.
      (4)   College campus signs. Building signs are allowed on all elevations of buildings associated with a college campus with a maximum number of eight signs per building elevation. Total signage area must not exceed one square foot per linear foot of building frontage.
      (5)   Signs on parking structures. Building signs may be installed on associated parking structures that are three stories or taller, with the following limitations:
         (A)   Building elevation limitations. Building signs installed on parking structures are limited to building elevations that face public or private streets only.
         (B)   Number of signs. The maximum number of signs allowed on an elevation of a parking structure is two signs.
         (C)   Sign size. The total area of building signage allowed on a single building elevation is 150 square feet.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025; Ord. 2025-14, passed 6-30-2025)

§ 21.304.18 ELECTRONIC SIGNS.

   (a)   Findings and purpose. Studies show a positive correlation between electronic signs that display changing messages or graphics and driver distraction. Distracted driving can result in increased traffic crashes or other hazardous events. The standards within this section are intended to minimize potential driver distraction, hazards to public safety, and related nuisance characteristics associated with electronic signs.
   (b)   Size. An electronic sign must not exceed 150 square feet in area, except for legally established nonconforming billboards otherwise in compliance with § 21.304.20.
   (c)   Setback from residential. The leading edge of an electronic sign must be located at least 100 feet from any parcel that is both residentially zoned and residentially used.
   (d)   Operational requirements. Electronic signs are subject to the following operational requirements:
      (1)   Dwell time. Electronic signs must have a static display for a minimum of eight seconds.
      (2)   Transition. The change sequence of any electronic sign must be accomplished by means of instantaneous repixalization. Fading, dissolving, scrolling, traveling, or any transition that creates the illusion of movement is prohibited.
      (3)   Brightness. Electronic signs must not exceed maximum luminance specified in § 21.301.07 as measured from the sign's face at maximum brightness.
      (4)   Dimmer control. Electronic signs must have an automatic dimmer control to produce a distinct lumination change from a higher lumination level to a lower level for the time period between one-half hour before sunset and one-half hour after sunrise.
      (5)   Audio or pyrotechnics. Audio or any form of pyrotechnics are prohibited in association with an electronic sign.
      (6)   Nighttime use. When located within 150 feet of a site that is both residentially zoned and residentially used, an electronic sign must be static or turned off between the hours of 9:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. The following sign types are exempt from the nighttime use limitation:
         (A)   Price signs designed to change infrequently; and
         (B)   Electronic signs that are oriented so that no portion of the sign face is visible from a permitted principal structure on a site that is both residentially zoned and residentially used.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-14, passed 6-30-2025)

§ 21.304.19 VIDEO SIGNS.

   (a)   Findings and purpose. Studies show a positive correlation between video signs and driver distraction. Distracted driving can result in increased traffic crashes or other hazardous events. The following standards are intended to minimize potential driver distraction, hazards to public safety, and related nuisance characteristics associated with video signs.
   (b)   Orientation. In all sign districts, the video sign must be placed, illuminated, and oriented in a manner that meets traffic safety standards as determined by the City Engineer or their designee and so that no portion of the sign face is visible from:
      (1)   An existing or permitted principal structure on any residential lot; or
      (2)   Any traveled highway, street, trail, or bikeway.
   (c)   Size. Video signs must not exceed 50 square feet.
   (d)   Operational requirements. Video signs are subject to the following operational requirements:
      (1)   Brightness. Video signs must not exceed maximum illumination levels specified in § 21.301.07(c)(5), measured from the sign's face at maximum brightness.
      (2)   Dimmer control. Video signs must have an automatic dimmer control to produce a distinct illumination change from a higher illumination level to a lower level for the time period between one-half hour before sunset and one-half hour after sunrise.
      (3)   Audio or pyrotechnics. Audio or any form of pyrotechnics are prohibited as part of a video sign.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.304.20 BILLBOARDS.

   (a)   Purpose, intent, and findings. The City Council finds that large, off-premise advertising signs known commonly and in this city code as billboards create an immediate safety risk to the public by diverting the attention of persons operating vehicles from the surrounding travelways. The City Council further finds that billboards create visual obstructions that have undesirable effects on adjacent property owners and businesses and harm the overall aesthetics of the community's physical environment. This section promotes the general health, safety, and welfare and directly advances the city's substantial government interests by prohibiting the construction of new billboards in the city and confirming the legal nonconforming status of pre-existing billboards in the city. Furthermore, this section imposes reasonable regulations on legally nonconforming billboards to abate nuisance characteristics associated with billboards and to promote the public health, safety, and welfare by requiring proper construction and maintenance, prohibiting features most likely to cause distraction amongst persons operating vehicles, and reducing obstructions and visual clutter that harms the overall physical environment and aesthetics of the community.
   (b)   Billboard prohibition. Billboards are prohibited in all sign districts, unless expressly permitted by this sign code.
   (c)   Billboards in existence on August 6, 2009. Billboards legally in existence on August 6, 2009, shall have the status and rights of a legally established nonconforming sign pursuant to § 21.304.23 and M.S. § 462.357, subd. 1e, as it may be amended from time to time. To protect the public health, welfare, and safety, and to prevent and abate nuisances, pursuant to M.S. § 462.357, subd. 1e(b), all billboards, including legally established nonconforming billboards, are subject to the following regulations:
      (1)   Mounting. Billboards must be erected on single poles and maintained as required by § 21.304.21.
      (2)   Signs per face. No billboard structure may contain more than two signs per face.
      (3)   Animation. No animation is permitted on billboards.
      (4)   Maximum length. The length of any billboard, including trim and extensions, must not exceed 50 feet.
      (5)   Maximum copy area. The copy area for each billboard face is limited to 14 feet by 48 feet with no copy, projection, or extension to the top, sides, or bottom.
      (6)   Maximum height. No portion of any billboard, including the face, trim, or extensions, may exceed 40 feet above grade.
      (7)   Roof-mounting. No billboard shall be erected on or above the roof of any building.
      (8)   Rotation. No billboard or portion thereof may turn on an axis, rotate, revolve, or otherwise physically move.
      (9)   Maximum depth. The maximum depth of each sign face, measured from the outside, back to front, of each display panel surface, must not exceed two feet.
      (10)   Electronic display techniques. Any billboard utilizing electronic display techniques in whole or in part must meet the following operational regulations:
         (A)   Dwell time. The full billboard image or any portion thereof must have a static display as follows:
            (i)   Electronic changeable copy signs with ten words or less must have a static display for a minimum of eight seconds.
            (ii)   Electronic changeable copy signs with 11 words or more or electronic graphic display signs must have a static display for a minimum of 20 seconds.
         (B)   Transition. Where the full billboard image or any portion thereof changes, the change sequence must be accomplished by means of instantaneous re-pixelization.
         (C)   Brightness. The billboard must not exceed maximum illumination levels specified in § 21.301.07(c)(5), measured from the billboard's face at maximum brightness.
         (D)   Dimmer control. The billboard must have an automatic dimmer control to produce a distinct illumination change from a higher illumination level to a lower level for the time period between one-half hour before sunset and one-half hour after sunrise.
         (E)   Audio or pyrotechnics. Audio or any form of pyrotechnics are prohibited as part of a billboard.
         (F)   Flashing. No portion of any billboard may display the characteristics of a flashing sign.
         (G)   Video display. No portion of any billboard may display the characteristics of a video sign.
   (d)   Billboards permitted to continue. Following destruction of a legally established nonconforming billboard potentially eligible to continue after destruction under § 21.304.23(d)(2), the owner must apply for a sign permit to continue the billboard. The issuing authority may impose reasonable conditions on the sign permit to mitigate any new impacts upon adjacent properties.
   (e)   Digital conversion permitted. Notwithstanding § 21.304.23(b), a legally established nonconforming billboard may be converted from a non-digital to digital display, provided the billboard is in compliance with this section. A sign permit is required for the conversion.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.21 SIGN CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE STANDARDS.

   (a)   Construction standards.
      (1)   Conformance with building code. All permanent signs must be constructed and erected in accordance with the requirements of the Minnesota State Building Code. Where required, a building permit must be obtained prior to the installation of a sign.
      (2)   Conformance with electrical code. All lit signs must be installed in accordance with the requirements of the Minnesota Electrical Code. Where required, an electrical permit must be obtained prior to the installation of a sign.
      (3)   Permanent sign materials. Permanent signs must be constructed of durable and rigid materials.
   (b)   Maintenance standards.
      (1)   General maintenance. All signs and sign structures must be maintained in a safe condition and kept in good repair and proper state of maintenance.
      (2)   Maintenance activities. Maintenance includes, but is not limited to, activities such as replacing or repairing the sign face, replacing lamps, repairing or replacing the foundation of freestanding signs, painting the base of a freestanding sign or trim of a building sign, and replacing fasteners or other hardware used to attach or assemble a sign.
      (3)   Non-maintenance activities. Activities that modify the sign in such a manner that results in increased sign height, physical expansion of the area or depth of the sign or its associated components, or relocation of the sign are not considered maintenance for the purposes of this sign code.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-06, passed 4-28-2025)

§ 21.304.22 SIGN LIGHTING.

   (a)   Interference with traffic. No lighting may be used in any way in connection with a sign unless it is effectively shielded so as to prevent beams or rays of light from being directed at any portion of the main-traveled way of the public roadway, bikeway, trail, or onto any residential property, or is of such low intensity or brilliance as not to cause glare or to impair the vision of a person operating a vehicle, or to otherwise interfere with a person's operation of a vehicle.
   (b)   Underground electrical service. All luminated freestanding identification signs must have underground electrical service.
   (c)   Lighting standards. Lighting integrated into or associated with a sign must comply with the standards of § 21.301.07, including sign brightness. Lighting internally integrated into the sign does not require a lighting plan.
   (d)   Dimmer control. All luminated signs must have a dimmer to control sign brightness.
   (e)   Temporary sign lighting. Except for temporary decorations, temporary signs must not be lit unless otherwise noted in § 21.304.13.
   (f)   Proximity to residential. Luminated signs must have a minimum separation of 100 feet from the leading edge of a sign to any adjacent parcel that is both residentially zoned and residentially used if the sign face is visible from the adjacent residential property.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2025-35, passed 11-17-2025)

§ 21.304.23 NONCONFORMING SIGNS.

   (a)   Pursuant to M.S. § 462.357, subd. 1e, as it may be amended from time to time, a legally established nonconforming permanent sign may continue, including through repair, replacement, restoration, maintenance, or improvement, but not including expansion, only in compliance with the provisions of this section.
   (b)   Expansion. For purposes of this sign code, EXPANSION means:
      (1)   An increase to the sign area that increases the level of nonconformity;
      (2)   An increase to the height of the sign that increases the level of nonconformity;
      (3)   An increase to the dimensions of the sign cabinet or increase in the depth of the sign; or
      (4)   Removal of the sign and installation of the sign at a new location.
   (c)   A legally established nonconforming sign may not be expanded except to bring the sign into compliance with this sign code, unless a sign variance, master sign plan or planned development flexibility is approved that allows the proposed level of nonconformity.
   (d)   A legally established nonconforming sign must not resume if:
      (1)   The sign is discontinued within the meaning of M.S. § 462.357, subd. 1e; or
      (2)   The sign or is destroyed by fire or other peril to the extent of greater than 50% of its market value, as indicated in the records of the city assessor at the time of damage, and no sign permit has been applied for within 180 days of the when the sign was damaged. In this case, the city may impose reasonable conditions on the sign permit in order to mitigate any newly created impact on adjacent property.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.24 SIGN VARIANCES.

   (a)   Purpose. Sign variances provide a means to approve deviation from the sign code or other city code requirements related to sign size, sign height, sign location, or number of signs, where practical difficulties exist because of conditions or circumstances unique to an individual property. The purpose of this section is to establish the procedures for requesting a sign variance and the requirements for issuing a sign variance.
   (b)   Authority. The Planning Commission shall serve as the board of appeals and adjustments pursuant to the provisions of M.S. §§ 462.354, subd. 2; 462.357, subd. 6; and 462.359, subd. 4, as they may be amended from time to time.
   (c)   Where authorized. Sign variances may be granted for the following:
      (1)   Sign size or height;
      (2)   Sign location;
      (3)   Number of signs; or
      (4)   Other dimensional feature.
   (d)   Where required. Prior to any city approval of a sign permit application that does not meet the standards of the city code, the Planning Commission, or City Council in the case of an appeal, must approve a sign variance unless the city code provides an alternate means of deviation.
   (e)   Initiation. A sign variance application must be initiated by the owner of land upon which a variance is proposed or by the issuing authority. If originally denied, a sign variance application for the same item may not be resubmitted until one year after the original denial.
   (f)   Review, approval, and appeal of Planning Commission decision. Sign variances must be acted upon by the Planning Commission. If the Planning Commission action results in a tie vote, or if the approval or denial action is not consistent with the staff recommendation, the sign variance application is automatically sent to the City Council for final action. The Planning Commission must hold a public hearing. The applicant or a member of the public may appeal the decision of the Planning Commission to the City Council by submitting an appeals request with supporting materials within three business days of the decision. The appellants will be given the opportunity to present their case in front of the City Council.
   (g)   Conditions of approval. The Planning Commission, or City Council in the case of an appeal, may impose conditions in the granting of a sign variance. A condition must be directly related to and must bear a rough proportionality to the impact created by the sign variance.
   (h)   Findings. Sign variance applications may be granted if applicant demonstrates, and the issuing authority makes, all findings required by this subsection. The issuing authority must apply the criteria in a content-neutral manner, not taking into consideration the communicative content of the sign or proposed sign.
      (1)   The variance is in harmony with the general purposes and intent of the sign code and other applicable sections of the city code;
      (2)   The variance is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan;
      (3)   The applicant for the variance establishes that there are practical difficulties in complying with the sign code, and strict compliance with the sign code would deprive the applicant of a reasonable use of a sign, consistent with the purpose of the sign. Economic considerations alone do not constitute practical difficulties;
      (4)   The property owner proposes to use the sign in a reasonable manner not permitted by the sign code or other applicable sections of the city code;
      (5)   The plight of the landowner is due to circumstances unique to the property not created by the landowner; and
      (6)   The variance, if granted, will not alter the essential character of the locality, or deter or negatively affect the traveling public on roads or highways adjacent to the sign.
   (i)   Recording. A certified copy of the resolution approving a sign variance must be recorded with the county.
   (j)   Expiration. Expiration of sign variances is governed by § 21.501.10(n).
   (k)   Use variance prohibited. No sign variance may be granted that would allow a sign not of a type allowed at the lot or site subject to the sign variance application.
   (l)   Content. Sign variance applications must include all information required in § 21.501.10(l).
   (m)   Notice. In addition to the notice requirements set forward in § 21.502.01, if the sign variance application pertains to a variance within the Floodplain District, notice must also be given to the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources at least ten days prior to the date of the hearing.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024; Ord. 2024-24, passed 10-14-2024; Ord. 2024-28, passed 11-18-2024)

§ 21.304.25 COMPREHENSIVE SIGN PLANS.

   (a)   Purpose. The City Council finds that the purpose of a comprehensive sign plan is to establish a fair and equitable process for complex signage situations that:
      (1)   Accommodate the needs for a well-maintained, safe, and attractive community; and
      (2)   Provide effective communications, including business identification.
   (b)   Consistency with the sign code. A comprehensive sign plan for a multi-tenant building must be consistent with all regulations of this sign code.
   (c)   Comprehensive sign plan allowance. Comprehensive sign plans may only be submitted for sites or planned developments that have multi-tenant buildings. A comprehensive sign plan is a discretionary tool that can be used to establish the following, as determined by the property owner(s) or their authorized representative(s):
      (1)   Building sign area allocation. A comprehensive sign plan may allocate the total allowed sign area of an individual building elevation amongst all the tenants or occupants of a building.
      (2)   Building sign location. A comprehensive sign plan may establish required mounting or installation locations for building signs.
      (3)   Building sign construction type. A comprehensive sign plan may establish uniformity of building sign construction (cabinet or channel).
   (d)   Limitations. A comprehensive sign plan may not be used for the following:
      (1)   Reallocation of signage to other building elevations. A comprehensive sign plan may not be used to reallocate unused building sign area to other building elevations or increase the maximum number of signs allowed on an individual building elevation.
      (2)   Sign text requirements. A comprehensive sign plan may not be used to specify mandatory fonts or precise sizes of text incorporated into a building sign.
   (e)   Minimum application requirements. A comprehensive sign plan application must include the following content, unless exempted by the Planning Manager.
      (1)   Property owner consent. All applications for a new or revised comprehensive sign plan must be signed by the property owner(s) or authorized representative(s).
      (2)   Written documentation. A description of the purpose or intent of the comprehensive sign plan.
      (3)   Plans and other documentation.
         (A)   Sign area allocation. If allocating the total sign area of a building elevation amongst tenants and occupants, the signage area allowance for each tenant space must be documented in both visual and tabular forms.
         (B)   Sign location. If establishing required installation or mounting locations for building signage, plans or written documentation must be provided specifying these locations in detail as determined by the Planning Manager.
         (C)   Sign construction type. If establishing uniformity of sign construction, plans or written documentation must be provided specifying the construction type for all building signs.
      (4)   Application fee. The required application fee as established in Appendix A of this city code.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.26 MASTER SIGN PLANS.

   (a)   Purpose. To support a dynamic and vibrant environment desired for the South Loop District, as defined in the Bloomington Comprehensive Plan, flexibility to sign regulations of this sign code, including the number, size, location, and type of signs, may be granted by the City Council through approval of a master sign plan.
   (b)   Application review and approval process. Application submittal, review, and approval procedures for master sign plans are outlined in § 21.501.06.
   (c)   Billboards. Master sign plans may not be utilized for the purposes of seeking flexibility to the billboard regulations of this sign code.
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.304.27 GRAPHIC ILLUSTRATIONS OF SIGN TYPES.

   (a)   Freestanding signs.
 
   (b)   Building signs.
 
   (c)   Temporary signs.
 
(Ord. 2024-4, passed 2-26-2024)

§ 21.305.01 CONFLICTING PROVISIONS.

   In the event that the provisions of this Article III are inconsistent with one another or if the provisions of this Article III conflict with provisions found in other adopted regulations of the city, the more restrictive provision will control. When the provisions of this Article III impose a greater restriction than imposed by any easement, covenant, deed restriction or private agreement, the provisions of this Article III control.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2009-1, passed 1-26-2009)

§ 21.305.02 SEVERABILITY.

   If any division, section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this Article III is for any reason held to be invalid, such decision does not affect the validity of the remaining portion of this Article III. The City Council hereby declares that it would have adopted the ordinance in each division, section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or more divisions, sections, subsections, sentences, clauses or phrases be declared invalid.
(Ord. 2006-35, passed 9-11-2006; Ord. 2009-1, passed 1-26-2009)